}

j . :

'

If ' - .

u^

: ? ^ ^^^r /#* '
^i-'flM-m;

;>"> . - y> j,

^% : g^<-
*&> 3fe3llt;

x>^ ^> 5y> >^J>..^ ',^p

5 -> , "^-1> _ JJ ~3> > -'?^

.

,>.* .
'

:

-

; .

->a>3>:>

: r)>'7#>

">"3>.>^>

>.99fj >**3&>> : >?& > -&!
r^:-^3^a>-'.-3-

^- ^M

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME X.

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VO L UME X.

PRINTED FOR THE

TEUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFEICAN MUSEUM

BY WEST, NEWMAN & Co., LONDON

1911-1914

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM.

The Right Hon. JOHN XAVIER MERIUMAN, M.L.A.

THOMAS Mum, C.M.G., LL.D., M.A., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Superintendent-General

of Education.
JOHN WILLIAM JAGGKK, M.L.A., F.E.Stat.S.

SCIENTIFIC STAFF OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN

MUSEUM.

LODIS ALBERT PERINGUEY, D.Sc., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Director.

WILLIAM FREDERICK PURCELL, B.A., Ph.D., Keeper of Land Invertebrates, except

Insects.
ARTHUR WILLIAM ROGERS, D.Sc., F.G.S., Keeper of the Geological and Miuera-

logical Collections.

E. P. PHILLIPS, M.A., F.L.S., Assistant in Charge of the Herbarium.
K. H. BARNARD, M.A., Assistant in Charge of Fish and Marine Invertebrate

Collections.
S. H. HAUGHTON, B.A., F.G.S., Assistant in Charge of Geological Collections.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

K. H. BARNARD. PAGE

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa :

1. Additions to the Marine Isopoda. Plates XVII.-XXII 197

2. Description of a New Species of Phreatoicus (Isopoda) from South
Africa. Plates XXIII. and XXIV 231

3. Additions to the Marine Isopoda, with Notes on some previously
incompletely known species. Plates XXVII. -XXXVIII 325a

4. A New Species of Nebalia. Plate XXXIX 443

M. BURR.

On Some South African Dermaptera (Earwigs) in the South African

Museum 1

W. L. DISTANT.

On Some South African Bhynchota in the South African Museum 39

E. ELLINGSEN.

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa, based on the Collections of the

South African Museum 75

J. J. KIEFFER.

South African Chironomidre (Diptera) 259

E. MEYRICK.

New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. Ill 53

Descriptions of South African Micro-Lepidoptera 243

L. PERINGCEY.

Descriptions of Four New Species of South African Heruerobiidag (Order

Neuroptera) 31

Notes on South African Mutillidffi (Hymenoptera), with Descriptions of

New or Little Known Species 323

E. PETEKSEN.

Ephemeridae from South Africa 177

A. EAFFRAY.

Description of a New Species of Pselaphidas (Coleoptera) from South Africa 193
Description of a New Genus and Species of Termitobious Pselaphidse

(Coleoptera) 463

G. EICAKDO.

List of South African Tabanidae (Diptera) in the South African Museum,

with Descriptions of New Species 447

Index of New Family and Generic Names. vii

T. E. R. STEBBING. PAGE

South African Crustacea. Part VI. The Sympoda. Plates I.-XVI. . . 129

G. ULMER.

South African Trichoptera 189

W. WARREN.

Descriptions of Some New Geometridse and Pyralididae from South Africa 19
Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the South

African Museum. Plates XL. and XLI 467

J. WATERSTON.

On Some Ectoparasites in the South African Museum. Plates XXV. and

XXVI. 271

INDEX OF NEW FAMILY AND GENERIC NAMES
INTEODUCED IN THIS VOLUME.

Acorostoma, n. g., Tineidae (Lepidoptera), Meyr 255

Adiastylis, n. g., Diastylidaa (Sympoda), Stebb 148

Agrammodes, n. g., Geometridaa (Lepidoptera), Warr 27

Anchicolurus, n. g., Colurostylidffi (Sympoda), Stebb 176

Antisolabis, n. g., Labiduridse (Dermaptera), Burr 5

Botha, n g., Phymatidze (Rhynchota), Dist 44

Brachydiastylis, n. g., Diastylidas (Sympoda), Stebb 176

Campsiceras, n. g., Geometridaa (Lepidoptera), Warr 482

Chlorophylls, n. g., Tineidte (Lepidoptera), Meyr 71

Dynoides, n. g., Sphseromidffi (Isopoda), Brnrd 407

Ekdiastylis, n. g., Ekdiastylidaa, n. f. (Sympoda), Stebb 155

Engidotea, n. g., Idoteidte (Isopoda), Brnrd 203

Euahanes, n. g., Tingididaa (Rhynchota ), Dist 42

Euonychodes, n. g., Noctuidaa (Lepidoptera), Warr 480

Exanthura, n. g., Anthuridse (Isopoda), Brnrd 336a

Gasterotropis, n. g., Pselaphidfe (Coleoptera), Raffr 463

Giebeliidro, n. f., Mallophaga, Waterst 290

Hernilampropidaa, n. f. (Sympoda), Stebb 143

Idarcturus, n. g., Astacillidie (Isopoda), Brnrd 430

Ilia, n. g., Geometridae (Lepidoptera), Warr 487

Kuphomunna, n. g., Munnidae (Isopoda), Brnrd 438

Lipogonia, n. g., Geometridse (Lepidoptera), Warr 24

37999

viii Index of New Family and Generic Names.

PAGE

Liposchema, n. g., GeometridEe (Lepidoptera), Warr 494

Lissodes, n. g., Geometridaa (Lepidoptera), Warr 497

Loxopora, n. g., Geometridas (Lepidoptera), Warr 492

Machlotricha, n. g., Gelechiadae (Lepidoptera), Meyr 61

Macrotinactis, n. g., Pterophoridae (Lepidoptera), Meyr 55

Makrokylindrus, n. g., Diastylida 1 (Sympoda), Stebb 150

Mesanthura, n. g., Anthuridaa (Isopoda), Brnrd 343a

Neoarcturus, n. g., Astacillida? (Isopoda), Brnrd 213

Neovarus, n. g., Redinidie (Rhynchota), L>ist 45

Cannes, n. g., Coreidae (Rhynchota), Dist 39

Parisocladus, n. g., Sphaeromidae (Isopoda), Brnrd 398

Perusiopsis, n. g., Geometridae (Lepidoptera), Warr 493

Picrospora, n. g., Tineidse (Lepidoptera), Meyr 69

Platytyphlops, n. g., Lampropidse (Sympoda), Stebb 159

Plexippica, n. g., Hyponomeutidae (Lepidoptera), Meyr 67

Pontogeloides, n. g., Eurydicida? (Isopoda), Brnrd 355o.

Procampylaspid;u, n. f. (Sympoda), Stebb 167

Prosomphax, n. g., Geometridaa (Lepidoptera), Warr 20

Rhodesia, n. g., Lygaeidffi (Rhynchota), Dist 41

Rhodotarache, n. g., Noctuidse (Lepidoptera), Warr 478

Sphaeramene, n. g., Sphieromids (Isopoda), Brnrd 405

Stenoptilotis, n. g., Geometridaa (Lepidoptera), Warr 498

Stenotyphlops, n. g., Lampropidae (Sympoda), Stebb 162

Sympodomma, n. g., Sympodommatidaj, n. f. (Sympoda), Stebb 138

Thyestarcha, n. g., Hyponomeutidsv (Lepidoptera), Meyr 64

Thyraosopha, n. g., Gelechiadse (Lepidoptera), Meyr 244

DATE OF ISSUE OF THE PAKTS.

Part 1, June 15th, 1911.
Part 2, November 23rd, 1911.
Part 3, May 23rd, 1912.
Part 4, December 12th, 1912.
Part 5, December 12th, 1912.
Part 6, May 30th, 1913.
Part 7, February 19th, 1914.
Part 8, May 7th, 1914.
Part 9, July 10th, 1914.
Part 10, May 30th, 1914.
Part 11, September 24th, 1914.
Part 12, August 14th. 1914.

LIST OF PLATES.

PLATE

I. Bathycuma uatalensis, n. sp.
II. Sympodormna africanus, n. g. et sp.

yjy f Bodotria montagui, n. sp.
I Bodotria australis, n. sp.

IV. Hemilamprops pellucidus, Zimmer.
V. Adiastylis acaathodes, n. g. et sp.

_^' I Makrokylindrus fragilis, n. g. et sp.

VIII. Leptostylis macruroides, n. sp.
IX. Leucon kalluropus, n. sp.

X I

^j' - Platytyphlops peringueyi, n. g. et sp.

XII. Stenotyphlops spinulosus, n. g. et sp.

XIII. Schizotrema calmani, n. sp.

XIV. Procampylaspis tridentatus, n. sp.
XV. Campylaspis ovalis, n. sp.

XVI. Campylaspis pfeneglaber, n. sp.

ITanais spongicola, n. sp.
Gnathia africanus, n. sp.
Engidotea lobatus (Miers), n. g.

t Synidotea setifer, n. sp.
XVIII.- Autarcturus kladophoros, Stebb.
( Neoarcturus oudops, n. g. et sp.

J Arcturopsis hirsutus, n. sp.
' \ Neoarcturus oudops, n. g. et sp.

List of Plates.

PLATE

XXI.

XXII.

XXIII. f

XXIV. j

XXVx

XXVI.

XXVII.-

XXVIII.-

XXIX.

XXX.

XXXI.

Stenetriurn crassimanus, n. sp.
Janira capensis, n. sp.
Jseropsis curvicornis (Nicolet).

laniropsis palpalis, n. sp.
Munnopsurus mimus, n. sp.

Zonophryxus quinquedens, n. sp.
Phreatoicus capensis, n. sp.

Lipeurus acutifrons, Eudow.
Nirmus macrocephalus, n. sp.
Nirmus hiaticulae, D.
Nirmus opacus, Kell. < Chap.
Giebelia hexakon, n. sp.
Giebelia mirabilis, Kell.
Mackayia heteracanthus, Waterst.
Mackayia dimorpha, Waterst.

Giebelia hexakon, n. sp.
Giebelia mirabilis, Kell.
Mackayia heteracanthus, Waterst.
Mackayia dimorpha, Waterst.

Apseudes avicularia, n. sp.
Apseudes deltoides, n. sp.
Tauais annectens, n. sp.
Cyathura estuarius, n. sp.

Exanthura macrura, n. g. et sp.
Anthelura remipes, n. sp.
Apanthura africana, n. sp.
Apanthura dubia, n. sp.

Mesanthura catenula (Stimpson), n. g.
Leptanthura faurei, n. sp.
Paranthura punctata (Stimpson).

Cirolana undulata, n. sp.
Cirolana vicina, n. sp.
Pontogeloides latipes, n. g. et sp.
Corallana africana, n. sp.

Lanocira capensis, n. sp.
2Ega monophthalma, Johnston.
/Ega monilis, n. sp.
Kocinela granulosa, n. sp.

List of Plates.

XI

PLATE

XXXIlJ

XXXIII. -

/Ega urotoma, n. sp.
Exosphseroma brevitelson, n. sp.
Exospheeroma varicolor, n. sp.
Exospharoma kraussi, Tatters.
Exosphffiroma porrectum, n. sp.
Exosphffiroma planum, n. sp.
Parisocladus stimpsoni (Heller), n. g.
Parisocladus perforates (M. Ediv.).
Cilicaaa latreillei, Leach.

Sphseramene polytylotos, n. g. et sp.
Isocladus tristensis (Leach).
Cymodoce valida (Stebbing) .
Cymodoce cornans, n. sp.
Cymodoce acanthiger, n. sp.
Cymodoce africana, n. sp.

Cymodoce falcata, n. sp.
Cymodoce unguiculata, n. sp.
Cymodoce umbonata, n. sp.
Paraciliciea niossambicus, n. sp.
Dynamenella dioxus, n. sp.
Dynoides serratisinus, n. g. et sp.

/ Dynamenella scabricula (Heller).

Dynamenella kraussi, n. sp.
XXXV. -i Dynamenella macrocephala (Krauss).

Dynarneuella ovalis, n. sp.
\ Dynamenella australis, Richardson.

Dynamenella bicolor, n. sp.
Cymodocella sublevis, n. sp.
Cymodocella pustulata, n. sp.
Paridotca reticulata, n. sp.
Paridotea ungulata (Pallas).
Paridotea fucicola. n. sp.

XXXIV.

XXXVI. -

XXXVII.

XXXVIII.

Paridotea rubra, n. sp.

Idarcturus platysoma, n. g. et sp.

lais pubescens (Dana).

Eocinela orientalis, Sch. tO Mein.

Gnathia africanus, Brnrd.

Cirolana venusticauda, Stebb. var. simplex, n.

Jasra serrata, n. sp.
Janira exstans, n. sp.
Kuphomunna rostrata, n. g. et sp.

XXXIX. Nebalia capensis, n. sp.

Xll

List of Plates.

PLATE

f Euxoa sordida, n. sp.
Euxoa contingens, n. sp.
Rhizotype palliata, n. sp.
Centrarthra fulvinotata, n. sp.
Centrarthra argentea, n. sp.
Centrarthra albiapicata, n. sp.
Centrarthra brunnea, n. sp.
Centrarthra pallescens, n. sp.
Centrarthra fulvitincta, n. sp.
Centrarthra ossicolor, u. sp.
Centrarthra cretacea, n. sp.
Thalatha varicolor, n. sp.
lambia brunnea, n. sp.
Euonychodes albivenata, n. g. et sp.
Plecopterodes deprivata, n. sp.
Eutelia fulvigrisea, n. sp.
Khodotarache roseofusca, u. g. et sp.
Acrapex tristrigata, n. sp.
Naarda ovaliplaga, n. sp.
Ozarba regia, n. sp.
Ozarba illimitata, n. sp.
Penisa albigrisea, n. sp.
Chusaris venata, n. sp.

Catascia approximates, n. sp.
Catascia renitcns, n. sp.
Idiotephra simplex, n. sp.
Petrodava atrisignata, n. sp.
Ilia nefanda, n. g. et sp.
Procypha lactesignata, n. sp.
Loxopora dentilineata, n. g. et sp.
Tephrina confertaria, n. sp.
Liposchema bifasciata, n. g. et sp.
Perusiopsis veninotata, n. g. et sp.
Myrioblephara decisa, n. sp.
Perizoma eviscerata, n. sp.
Sterrha fulvilinea, n. sp.
Zamarada metallicata, n. sp.
XLI.-j Coustantia pallidicarnea, n. sp.
Constantia grisescens, n. sp.
Platytes auriplumbea, n. sp.
Ematheudes quinquepunctella, n. sp.
Bostra carnicolor, n. sp.
Bostra flavicostalis, n. sp.
Homeosorna angulilinea, n. sp.
Brephia incongruella, n. sp.
Heterographis albipunctella, n. sp.
Pyralis dentibasalis, n. sp.
Ancylosis inangulella, n. sp.
Gorgopis plurimaculata, n. sp.
Gorgopis albiplumis, n. sp.
Gorgopis olivaceonotata, n. sp.
Gorgopis intervallata, n. sp.

INDEX OF GENERA.

N.B. Pages 325 to 358 having been unfortunately duplicated, the second
appearance of these thirty-four pages (only) is indicated by an "" after each
page number.

A.

PAGE

Acorostoma, Meyr J-'io

Acrapex, Hmpm 471

Adenophlebia, Eat 180

Adersia, Aust 454

Adiastylis, Stebb 148

/Ega, Leach 361

Agdistis, Hub 55

Agramruodes, Warr "21 , 496

Alcis, Curt 25

Amydria, Clem 7 ] , 255

Anchicolurus, Stebb 176

Ancistrona, Westw 315

Ancylosis, Zell 501

Antarcturus, zur Strass 212

Anthelura, Norm. Stebb 338

Antisolabis, Burr 5

Apachyus, Servillc 2

Apantnura, Stebb 340a

Apseudes, Leach 327

Apterogyna, Latr 351

Apterygida, Westw 14

Arcturopsis, KoeJil 207

Arcturus, Latr 206

Argyroploce, Hub 243

Atalophlebia, Eat 179

Augasma, Herr-Sch 68

Axiodes, Warr 27, 496

B.

Barymutilla, Andr 325, 350

Bathycuma, Han*en 135

Bodotria, Goodsir 140

Borkhausenia, Hub 247

Bormansia, Verhofff. 2

Bostra, Wlkr ' 29, 503

Botha, Dist 44

Brachmia, Hiib 245

PAGE

Brachydiastylis, Stebb 176

Brephia, Hein 501

C.

Cadicera, Macq 453

Campsiceras, Warr 482

Camptocladius, c. d. Wulp 261

Campylaspis, Sars 171

Carposina, Herr-Sch 55

Catascia, HUb 491

Centrarthra, Hinpsn 471

Centroptilum, Eat 182

Ceratocuma, Caiman 142

Ceromitia, Zell 72, 256

Cheiridium 86, 104

Chelaria, Haw 246

Chelidurella, Verhoe/)' 13

Chelifer 78, 90

Chimarrha, Curt 189

Chironomus, Meig 263

Chlorerythra, Warr 495

Chlorophytis, Meyr 71

Chloropsyche 191

Chrysops, Meig 454

Chthonius 88, 120

Chusaris, Wlk 482

Cilicsea, Leach 396

Cinglis, Guen 21

Cirolana, Leach 351a

Cloeon, Sam 184

Ccesyra, Meyr 64, 247

Coleophora, Hiib 68

Golpocephalum, Nitzsch 315

Constantia, Rag 504

Corallana, Dana 358

Corizoneura, llond 449

Cosmopteryx, Hiib 63

Ctenisolabis, Verhoeff. 4

Ctenocephalus, Kolen 274

XIV

Index of Genera.

PAGE

Cyathura, Norm. & Stebb 334

Cymodoce, Leach 386

Cymodocella, Pfeff 421

D.

Dasylabris, Radoz 329

Dasylabroides, Andr 325, 326

Depressaria, Haw 249

Diastylis, Say 147

Dicrana, Burr 2

Dicrotendipes, Kieff. 262

Dinopsyllus, Jord. tO Roths 274

Docophorus, Nitzsch 280

Dynamenella, Hainan 410

Dynoides, Brnrd 407

Dyscia, Hub 492

E.

Ecdyurus, Eat 185

Echidnophaga, Wesiw 273

Echinosoma, Serville 3

Ekdiastylis, Stebb 155

Elassoneuria, Eat 177

Elaunon, Burr 16

Ematheudes, Zell 500

Emmiltis, Hiib 484

Engidotea, Brnrd 203

Entephria, Hiib 22

Epicaris, Reir 193

Epichorista, Meyr 243

Epiphractis, Meyr 66, 252

Epithectis, Meyr 244

Esphalmenus, Burr :}

Euahanes, Dist 42

Eucosma, Hiib 57

Eulasia, Warr 497

Euonychodes, Warr 480

Eurydice, Leach 350

Eurymetopus, Taschenb 299

Eutelia, Hub 479

Euxoa, Hiib 408

Exanthura, Brnrd 336

Exosphaeroma, Stebb 374

F.

Feffilla 86, 104

Forcipomyia, Megerle 268

Forficula, Linn 16

G.

Garypinus 87, 114

Garypus 86, 105

Gasterotropis, Raffr 463

PAGE

Gelechia, Hub 61

Giebelia, Kell 291

Gliricola, Mjob 313

Glyphodes, Guen 505

Gnathia, Leach 201, 333a

GDorimoschenia, Busck 61

Goniocotes, Burin 289

Goniodes, Nitzsch 290

Gorgopis, Hiib 506

Gymnogramma, Zell 66

Gyropus, Nitzsch 313

H.

Haematopota, Meiy 459

Hapsifera, Zell 72

Hemilamprops, Zimm 144

Heterographis, Rag 502

Hexagenia, Walsh 179

Hinea, Adams 455

Holotrichius, Burnt 47

Homeosoma, Curt 502

Hybophthirius, Enderl 278

Hydropsyche 191

Hydropsychodes 191

Hyponomeuta, Latr 66, 251

Hypsimetopus, Sayce 232

Hypurgus, Burr 16

I.

lais, Borall 435

lambia, Wlk 470

laniropsis, Sars 221

Idarcturus, Brnrd 430

Ideobisium 88, 117

Idiotephra, Warr 490

Idotea, Fabr 203

Ilia, Warr 487

Irona, Sell. & Mein 372

Isocladus, Miers 384

Isocrita, Meyr 65, 251

Isolopha, Hmpsn 28

J.

Jaera, Leach 433

Jasropsis, Koehl. 224

Janira, Leach 219, 436

K.

Kuphoraunna, Brnrd 438

Index of Genera.

xv

L.

PAGE

Labia, Leach 7

Labidura, Leach 4

Lsemobothrium, Nitzsch 316

Lanocira, Hansen 359

Leptanthura, Sars 345a

Leptonema 191

Leptostylis, Sars 152

Leucon, Krotjer 156

Linognathus, Enderl 275

Lipeurus, Nitzsch 306

Lipogonia, Jfarr 24

Liposchema, Warr 494

Lissodes, Warr 497

Lithostege. Hub.

23

Loxopora, Warr 492

Lygaeus 42

M.

Machlotricha, Meyr Gl

Mackayia, Waterst 292

Macrotinactis, Meyr 55

Makrokylindrus, Stebb 150

Mecidea, Dall 39

Megacraspedus, 'A ell 60

Melasina, Boisd 252

Menopon, Nitzsch 313

Mesanthura, Brnrd 343a

Mesochelidura, Verhoejf'. 9

Methoca, Latr 355

Munnopsurus, Richardson 225

Mutilla, Linn 336

Myrioblephara, Warr 25, 488

Myrmilla, Wesm 326, 332

Myrmochermes 85

N.

Naarda, Wlk 481

Nala, Zacher 4

Nebalia, Leach 443

Nemoptera, Latr 36

Neoarcturus, Brnrd 213

Neorarus, Dist 45

Nerocila, Leach 371

Nirmus, Nitzsch 283

0.

Cannes, Dist 39

Ochyria, Hub 22

Ocystola, Meyr 247

Odites, Wals 62, 250

Odontomutilla. Andr 346

Olpium 87, 116

Ozarba, Walk 477

P.

PAGE

Palasaspilates, Warr 484

Palpares, Ramb 31

Paltodora, Meyr 59

Pangonia, Latr 447

Paraeilicaea, Stebb 397

Paraclunio, Kieff'. 2.~>9

Paranthura, Bate & Westic 347

Paridotea, Stebb 424

Parisocladus. Brnrd 398

Pelopia, Meig 268

Penisa, Warr 477

Peridela, If arr 26

Perizoma, Hilh 485

Perusiopsis, Warr 493

Petrodara, Wlk 490

Philobotha, Meyr 248

Phreatoicoides, Sayce 232

Phreatoicopsis, Sp. ( Hall 232

Phreatoicus, Chilton .... 231

Phthorimaea, Meyr 245

Picrania, Burr 2

Picrospora, Meyr 69

Pirates, Serv 48

Platyptilia, Hilb 54

Platytes, Guen 499

Platytyphlops, Stebb 159

Plecopterodes, Hmpsn 481

Pleuroprion, zur S trass 216

Plexippica, Meyr 67

Polymilarcys, Eat 178

Polymorphaniscus 191

Polyplax, Ende.rl 274

Pontogeloides, Brnrd 355a

Prasinocyma, Warr 21

Procampylaspis, Bonn 167

Prooypha, Warr 495

Prosomphax, Warr 20

Protomacronema 191

Pseudochiridium 86

Pseudurgis, Meyr 70, 254

Pulex, Linn 273

Pyralis, Linn 502

E.

Rhinomyza, Wied 451

Rhizotype, Hmpsn 469

Rhodesia, Dist 41

Rhodotarache, Warr 478

Rocincla, Leach 368

S.

Sanazarius, Dist 43

Sapheneutis, Meyr 70

Sohizotrema, Caiman 165

Scythris, Hilb 63, 246

Scythropia, Hilb 68

XVI

Index of Lienc.rtt.

PAGE

Serromyia, Meuerlr 268

Silvius, Mei;i 454

Sphan-amene, Brnrd 405

Sphingolabis, liurmana 8

Stenetrium, Hasic '217

Stenomutilla, Amir 325, 331

Stenoptilotis, Warr 498

Stenotyphlops, Stebb 162

Sterrha, Hilb 483

Sympodomma, Stebb 138

Synelys, Hilb 484

Synidotea, Hargen 205

T.

Tabanus, Linn 455

Tanais, And. & M. Ediv 198, 331a

Tephrina, Hilb 489

Tephrinopsis, Warr 489

Thalatha, Wlk 467

Thyestarcha, Meyr 64

Thymosopha, Mt'i/r 244

PAUE

Tinea, Linn (i!)

Tortrix, Linn. 56

Trianodes 191

Trichoptilus, IF ?s 53.

Tricorythus, Eat 181

Trimalitis, Meyr 58

V.

Victoria, Warr.

19

X.

Xylorycta, Meyr 250

Xyrosaris, Meyr 67

Z.

Zamarada, Moore 485

Zonophryxus, Richardson 228

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFKICAN MUSEUM.

(VOL. X.)

1. On some South African Dermaptera (Eanvigs) in the South
African Museum, Cape Town. By MALCOLM BUBE, D.Sc.,
F.Z.S., F.L.S., F.E.S., F.G.S.

DR. Louis PERINGUEY, of the South African Museum, Cape Town,
has kindly communicated to me a small box of earwigs from South
Africa. The collection contains twenty-two species, of which seven
are new. If we exclude three from Ehodesia, there remain seven
new out of nineteen from South Africa alone. This is a very high
proportion, and should be an incentive to further collecting in a
district which has not yet been worked for Dermaptera. And out of
the nineteen known species, two were sent to Europe by Mr.
Peringuey some years ago, and described by de Bormans, which
have not been taken since, and, logically speaking, belong to the
same collection.

It is noteworthy that of the new species one is referred to
Apterygida, Westw., which, as now reduced, contains only its type,
the common Mid-European A. aibipennis, Meg. One is referred to
Chelidurelta and two others to Mesochelidura, at least until this
group is rearranged, and both these are essentially Palearctic
genera.

A new genus is required for the two new Brachylabincs, a curious
and interesting group, represented by isolated species throughout
the tropical world.

Of the two described by de Bormans, one is also referred to
Mesochelidura, but the other to Esphalmenus, a genus which is

1

Annals of the South African Museum.

otherwise only represented in South America from Patagonia to-
Ecuador.

It is exceedingly probable that if earwigs are systematically
collected in South Africa a number of further new species will be
discovered, and I shall be most grateful to any naturalists, especially
those who live in or near mountainous districts, who will save and
send me any earwigs that they come across. They will be
encouraged by the probability of discovering species new to science.

FAMILY APACHYID^E.

GEN. APACHYUS, Serville.

1. A. MURRAY:, Dohrn, var. EEICHARDI, Karsch.

Apachya murrayi, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit., xxiv., p. 44 (1863).
Apachya reichardi, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxx., p. 85 (1886).
Beira : 1 $ , P. A. Sheppard, 1905.
This species is widely distributed throughout Central Africa.

FAMILY PYGIDICRANID^.

GEN. DICBANA, Burr.
1. Sp. n.

Cape Colony : Port St. John, 1 $ .

This is a short-winged form, probably new, but I am unable to
describe it without the male.

GEN. PICEANIA, Burr.

1. P. LITURATA, Stal.

Forficesila liturata, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh., xii., p. 347 (1855).

Natal : Eshowe, 1887, 1 2 .

Cape Colony: Touw's Eiver, W. J. Purcell, 1 larva.

This species is rare in collections and museums ; it is restricted
to South Africa, as the one in the Paris Museum recorded by me
under this name from Diego Suarez is probably distinct.

FAMILY KARSCHIELLID^.
GEN. BOEMANSIA, Verhoeff.

1. B. MERIDIONALIS, Burr.

Bormansia meridionalis, Burr, apud Distant, Insecta Trans-
vaalensia, Appendix. Orth., part v., p. 97, fig. 13 (1904).

On some South African Dermaptera (Eancifjs).

Southern Kbodesia : Insiza, 1 3

Hitherto only known from the type, from Zoutpansberg, now in
the British Museum.

FAMILY LABIDURID^.
SUB-FAMILY ECHINOSOMATIN^.

GEN. ECHINOSOMA, Serville.

1. E. WAHLBEEGI, Dohrn.

Eckinosoma wahlbergi, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit., xxiv.,p. 64 (1863).

Natal : Durban, 1 $ .

Cape Colony : Cape Town, 2 larvae, L. Peringuey, 1887.

A species widely distributed throughout Africa.

SUB-FAMILY ESPHALMENIN^.
GEN. ESPHALMENUS, Burr.

d

FIG. 1. (n) E. peringueyi ; (b) forceps 4 ; (c) forceps, side view ;
(rf) tarsus, side view.

1. E. PERINGUEYI, Bonn. (Fig. 1, a-d).

Gondlabis peringueyi, Bormans, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (2), xx.
p. 451 (1900).

4 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cape Colony : Cape Town, 2 Nieuwoudtville, 2 $ ; Caledon, 1 $ ,

June, 1887, L. Peringuey ; Dunbrody, 1 $ .

Hitherto only known from de Bormans' type and syntypes, from
Caledon, Cape Colony.

SUB-FAMILY LABIDURIN^.

GEN. LABIDUEA, Leach.

1. L. RIPAEIA, Pall.

Forficula riparia, Pallas, Eeise russ., ii., Anhang., p. 727 (1773).
Eecorded from numerous places in Cape Colony, Orange Eiver

Colony, Transvaal, and Ehodesia.
A cosmopolitan species.

GEN. NALA, Zacher.

1. N. LIVIDIPES, Duf.

Forficula lividipes, Dufour, Ann. Sci. Nat., xiii., p. 340
(1828).

Echinosoma obscurwn \ Kirby, Ins. Transvaalensia, Orth., p. 12

Labidura indistincta I (1900).

Bechuanaland : Vryburg, 2 $ , 5 $ , Jones, 1904.

Found throughout the Old World. South African specimens of
this species were described by Kirby under the names of Echinosoma
obscurum and Labidura indistincta.

SUB-FAMILY BRACHYLABIN^:.

GEN. CTENISOLABIS, Verhoeff.

1. C. TOGOENSIS, Verhoeff.

C. togoensis, Verhoeff, S. B. ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, No. 1, p. 14
(1901).

Cape Colony : Dunbrody, 3 ? , 1 larva.

These specimens are undoubtedly referable to Ctenisolabis, and
I refer them provisionally to the only known African species, C.
togoensis. But these small, rare, apterous earwigs are probably
restricted in distribution, and it is very likely that these specimens
from Cape Colony are distinct from Verhoeff's species from Togo.
But it is impossible to draw good specific distinctions from Verhoeff's
description alone, and a careful comparison of authentic specimens
is necessary in order to establish the identity or distinction.

On some South African Dermaptera (Earwigs').

ANTISOLABIS, n. g.

Oculi parvi, anteriores ; elytra omnino desunt ; mesonotum baud
carinatum ; antennae segmentis sat longis, baud globularibus.

Entirely apterous ; eyes small, normal ; mesonotum not keeled ;
antennas witb segments relatively long, cylindrical, not globular.

Tbis genus stands in the same relation to Nannisolabis tbat
Isolabis stands to Leptisolabis ; it agrees in the non-keeled meso-
notum, but differs in the relatively long and cylindrical antennal
segments.

Type : A. myrmecoides, Burr.

ANTISOLABIS MYRMECOIDES, sp. n.
Fig. 2, a-c.

Parva, atra ; antennas segmentis 15, cylindricis ; pronoturn trans-
versum, postice paullo ampliatum ; thorax linea media rufa
ornatus ; caput nitidum ; abdomen innitidum.

*16

FIG. 2. (a) A. myrniecoides <? ; (b) antenna ; (c) head
and thorax.

Long, corporis : <? , 5'5 mm. ; $ , 6-6-5 mm.
Long, forcipis : $ , 5 mm. ; 2 , 5 mm.

Small, black, with a tine pale pubescence.

Antennas black, with 15 segments, all relatively long, cylindrical,
not globular, fourth nearly as long as the third, which is about as
long as the first, the fifth equal to the third.

6 Annals of the Soutli African Museum.

Head tumid, not pubescent, smooth, shining black ; sutures
obsolete ; eyes small, anterior.

Pronotum sub-rectangular, a little broader than long, and gently
widened posteriorly, the posterior angles rounded ; black, with a
median thin rufous line.

Mesonotum not keeled, rectangular, as also the

Metanotum, which is feebly concave, with the median rufous line
continued from the pronotum.

Legs black, the joints and tarsi yellowish ; femora rather thick ;
tarsi slender and long, first and third segments equal, the second
longer than broad.

Abdomen sub-parallel in the , gently dilated in the J , dull
black.

Forceps cylindrical, thick at the base and rapidly attenuate, gently
curved, more strongly in the $ than in the ? , sub-contiguous in
the $ , contiguous in the ? .

Cape Colony : Caledon, 2 3 , 6 $ .

This black little species has a superficial resemblance to an ant.
The dull black body, with median rufous line on the thoracic plates,
and the smooth shining jet-black head, make it easily recognisable.

ANTISOLABIS SULCATIPES, sp. n.
Fig. 3, a-d.

Statura majore ; colore fusco-brunneo ; corpus sublasve, minutis-
sirne punctulatum ; pronotum longius quam latius, postice ampliation ;
pedes longi ; tibiae utrinque sulcatae ; tarsi segmento tertio quam
pnmum breviori, quani secundum vix breviori.

Long, corporis : 5 , 12 mm.
Long, forcipis : $ , 2 mm.

Size relatively large, general colour dull, dark brown, body nearly
smooth, very finely punctulate.

Antennae with 15 segments, cylindrical and relatively long, fourth
longer than broad ; the apical segments passing to ovate ; brown,
the apical three or four whitish.

Head smooth ; sutures obsolete ; eyes normal.

Pronotum longer than broad, gently widened posteriorly, the
posterior angles rounded, sides strongly reflexed.

Mesonotum smooth, not keeled.

Metanotum similar, concave posteriorly.

Legs long and slender, the tibiae compressed, with a narrow longi-

On some South African Dermaptera (Earwigs). 1

tudinal shallow furrow or sulcus down each side ; tarsi long and
slender, the third segment about one-third and shorter than the first,
the second more than half as long as the third.

FIG. 3. (a) A. sulcatipes $ ; (b) leg ; (c) antenna ; (d) head and thorax.

Abdomen smooth, brown.

Forceps typical, but rather long and slender.

Cape Colony : Cape Town, 1 $ .

This is so well marked a species that I describe it on a single
female, as in this group there is but little difference between the
sexes.

It is well characterised, among other things, by the furrow on the
tibiae.

FAMILY

GEN. LABIA, Leach.
1. L. MINOK, Linn.

Forficula minor, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., i., p. 423 (1758).

8 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cape Colony : Stellenbosch, 3 $ , 5 $ , November, 1887, L.
Peringuey.

A native of the Palearctic Eegion. This species is found in Africa
from Somaliland to the Congo and Cape Colony ; it is now firmly
established in North America.

2. L. MARGINALIS, Thunb.

Forficula marginalis, Thunberg, Acta Soc. Upsal, ix., p. 52 (1827).
Transvaal : Pietersburg, Shilouvane, 1 ? .
Delagoa Bay : 1 ? , L. De Coster, 1889.
Widely distributed throughout Africa.

GEN. SPHINGOLABIS, Bormans.

1. S. VILLICA, sp. n.

Fig. 4, a-b.

Statura sat forti ; caput et pronotum fulvo-rufa ; elytra alseque
nigrae, abdomen nigrum, pedes flavi ; pygidium acuminatum ; for-
cipis bracchia $ valida, elongata ac depressa, ante apicem dente
forti armata.

Long, corporis : $ , 7*5 mm.
Long, forcipis : $ , 2'5 mm.

Size medium.

Antennae with 13 segments, pyriform or sub-conical, the third
quite short, the fourth and fifth each quite as long as, or longer than,
the third, dark brown.

Head brick-red, rather broad, tumid posteriorly, and somewhat
excavate posteriorly ; eyes small, black.

Pronotum orange-yellow, as broad as long, anterior margin gently
convex, sides straight, posterior margin rounded, flat.

Elytra and wings ample, black, finely punctulate, with a dense
close pubescence.

Legs yellow, the femora black at the base ; tarsi slender, first and
third segments equally long and slender ; femora rather thick.

Abdomen parallel-sided, passing from black at the base to deep
red near the apex, covered with long reddish bristles.

Last dorsal segment transverse, rectangular, with a feeble depres-
sion in the middle of the posterior margin, and a faint tumid elevation
on each side of it.

Forceps with the branches in the $ remote at the base, stout and
rather broad, elongate, and nearly straight, depressed and sulculate

On some South African Dermaptera (Earwigs).

above from base to apex ; on the inner margin in the apical third
there is a strong sharp tooth ; the points are hooked ; the whole
forceps are deep red in colour and covered with long pale
bristles.

Cape Colony: Dunbrody, August 5, 1901, 1 $ .

FIG. 4. (a) S. villica <J type ; (b) tarsus.

The coloration and form of the pygidium and forceps of this
species render it easily recognisable. After a good deal of hesitation
I place it in the genus Sphingolabis, Borm., revived for its type
.S'. furcifer, Borm., S hawa'iensis , Borm., only ; these are really
nothing more or less than rather large and relatively robust
Chatospanias, and closely related to Labia.

FAMILY FORFICULIDiE.
SUB-FAMILY CHELIDURIN^.

GEN. MESOCHBLIDUEA, Verhoeff.

1. M. PERINGUEYI, Burr (Fig. 5, a-b).

Chclidura peringueyi.. Burr, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xi., p. 275
(1902).

10 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cape Colony : Stellenbosch, 4 $ , 5 J , 3 larvae ; Cape Town,
3 $ , 4 5 ; Table Mountain, 1 $ , var. forcipata ; Houw Hoek,
1 cf-

Only known from Cape Colony.

x/O

FIG. 5. () M. peringueyi 3 form cyclolabia ; (1} forceps
<? form macrolabia.

2. M. PEOMONTORII, sp. n.
Fig. 6, a-b.

Statura gracili ; pygidium 3 truncatum, integrum ; forcipis
bracchia $ basi remota, gracilia, sensim arcuata.

Long, corporis : $ , 9 mm. ; $ , 8 mm.
Long, forcipis : $ , 4 mm. ; $ , 2 mm.

Size median, build slender, general colour yellowish brown.

Antennas red- brown, paler at the base and darker at the apex,
with 12 segments, fourth a little shorter than the third, all very
slightly thickened at the apex.

Head smooth, dull red, tumid ; sutures obsolete.

Pronotum rectangular, transverse, all sides straight, depressed.

Elytra rudimentary, meeting at the suture, but exposing a short
portion of the rnesonotum and all the metanotum.

Legs yellowish, slender, first tarsal segment slightly longer than
the third.

Abdomen very feebly widened posteriorly in the 3 , and gently
narrowed there in the ? , deep red-brown.

On some South African Demnaptera (Earwigs).

11

Last dorsal segment transverse in the $ , the posterior margin
raised into a low, rugulose ridge, beyond which the surface slopes
down to the pygidium ; in the ? simple, narrow.

Penultimate ventral segment $ broadly rounded.

Pygidium $ an obtuse tubercle, with face vertical and lower

FIG. 6. (a) M. promontorii 3 type ; (b) forceps 3 .

margin produced into a narrow flat transverse lobe, with converging
sides and truncate apically ; in $ minute.

Forceps with the branches in the $ slender, remote at the base,
gently arcuate, feebly dilated near the base, with an almost obsolete
tooth near the apex ; in the ? simple, straight and sub-contiguous.

Cape Colony : Caledon, $ 5 , L. Peringuey, 1905.

This species has a close superficial resemblance to the European
Apteryyida albipennis, which goes even down to the forceps, but the
pygidium is not quite the same, and the rudimentary elytra at once
distinguish it.

3. M. KAFFIK, sp. n.
Fig. 7, a-b.

Elytris valde rudimentariis, ad suturam non attingentibus ;
pygidium $ $ emarginatum, lobis acutis ; forcipis bracchia J

rernota, gracilia.

Long, corporis : 3 , 8-5 mm.

Long, forcipis : $ , 3'5 mm.

12

Annals of the South African Museum.

Build slender; general colour yellowish and reddish brown.

Antennas dark brown, with 12 segments, all cylindrical, the fourth
a little shorter than the third.

Head ferruginous, smooth ; sutures obsolete.

Pronotum yellowish brown, rectangular, transverse, depressed.

Elytra present merely as small lateral flaps, exposing the greater
part of ths mesonotum and all the metanotum, which are of the
same colour as the pronotum.

Legs dirty yellow ; tarsi slender, first and third segments about
equally long.

-8

FIG. 7. (a) M. kaffir <? ; (b) forceps i .

Abdomen yellowish ferruginous, passing to deep red-brown
apically, and gradually dilated towards the apex.

Last dorsal segment transverse, with an irregular median depres-
sion and tumid, obtuse tubercle on each side.

Penultimate ventral segment broadly rounded.

Pygidium depressed, broad, like a slightly upturned plate, with a
broad triangular emargination and triangular lobe on each side.

Forceps with the branches remote, slender, cylindrical, gently
arcuate, with a strong, triangular laminate tooth on the inner
margin at the extreme base.

Cape Colony : Dunbrody, 1 3 , January 14, 1903.

This species is well characteristic by the emarginate pygidium,

On some South African Dermaptera (Earwigs). 13

with triangular lobes ; it has a superficial resemblance to Apterygida,
A. colonies, and M. promontorii. The elytra are reduced to mere
lateral flaps (as in Euborellia stall and E. moesta), and on this
account a new genus will be required for its reception.
The ? is unknown.

GEN. CHBLIDUEBLLA, Verhoeff

1. C. PURCELLI, Sp. n.

Fig. 8, a-b.

Statura minore ; corpus ad basin abdominis sub-dilatatum, apicem
versus sensim angustatum ; forcipis bracchia $ basi remota, gracilia,
sensim arcuata, ad basin margine interne laminate.

x/O

FIG. 8. (<() C. purcelli 3 type ; (1>) forceps 3

Long, corporis : , 7'5 mm.
Long, forcipis : 3 , 7 - 5 mm.

General colour yellow-brown.

Antenme with 11 segments, yellowish brown, cylindrical, the
fourth a little shorter and little thicker than the third.

Head red-brown, smooth, tumid ; sutures obsolete.

Pronotum broad, trapezoidal, broadened posteriorly, sub-rect-
angular, all sides straight, depressed.

Elytra rudimentary, much shorter than broad, completely covering
the mesonotum but exposing the concave mesonotum, yellowish
brown.

14 Annals of the South African Museum.

Legs yellowish, slender ; tarsi short, the first segment hardly as
long as the third.

Abdomen deep red-brown, widest at the base, gradually narrowing
towards the apex, punctulate.

Last dorsal segment transverse, rectangular, punctulate, with a
median sulcus, and with a feeble crested tubercle on each side.

Penultimate ventral segment broadly rounded.

Pygidium short and broad, truncate posteriorly.

Forceps with the branches remote, cylindrical, feebly arcuate, the
inner margin produced with a laminate triangular tooth near the
base.

Cape Colony : Oudtshoorn, 1 3 , W. F. Purcell.

This is rather a remarkable species. It must be provisionally
placed in CJielidurella, but it has no real resemblance to C. acatitJw-
pyyia, the type of that genus. The whole body is spindle-shaped,
being gently broadened from the pronotum to the first or second
abdominal segment, where the maximum width is attained, and then
gradually narrowed to the apex.

SUB-FAMILY FORFICULIN^E.

GEN. APTERYGIDA, Westwood.

1. A. COLONI.E, sp. n.

Fig. 9, a-c.

A. albipennis vicina ; differt praecipae pygidio J quadrate, forci-
pisque bracchiis basi dente forti armatis.

Long, corporis : $ , 8-1O5 mm.
Long, forcipis : J , 3-4 mm.

Size rather small, general colour reddish testaceous.

Antennae testaceous, with 12-13 segments, the third rather short,
fourth a little longer, and the rest gradually longer, all cylindrical.

Head smooth and tumid ; sutures obsolete, dark red-brown.

Pronotum quadrate, a trifle longer than broad and slightly widened
posteriorly ; prozona and rnetazona not separated, and testaceous.

Elytra testaceous, smooth, truncate apically, the axillary angle
feeble, exposing a portion of the mesonotum.

Wings abortive.

Legs testaceous or pale yellow ; first tarsal segment about as long
as second and third united, second with prominent lobes, third
slender.

On some South African Dermaptem (Earwigs).

15

Abdomen not hairy, sub-parallel, deep ferruginous red, darker
apically than basally, the lateral pliciform tubercles black and
prominent.

Last dorsal segment $ quadrate, ample, smooth, with no median
sulcus, but a deep triangular depression in the middle near the
posterior margin, which is slightly incrassate and sinuous, being
gently produced to form a short rounded lobe on each side of the
middle line.

Penultimate ventral segment $ ample, very obtusely rounded.

Pygidium $ a square, depressed plate.

vi-

FIG. 9. (a) A. colonise <? type ; I forceps ; (c) tarsus.

Forceps with the branches $ slender, remote at the base,
rather elongate, slightly diverging at the base itself, then very gently
arcuate, the tips black and feebly incurved ; on the inner margin at
the base there is a prominent, dilated, and depressed triangular
tooth.

South Africa: 4 $ , Cape Town, August, 1887.

This species closely resembles the European A. albipennis, but
the pronotum is longer and narrower, the pygidium more nearly
square, and the strong basal tooth of the forceps is very distinctive.

16 Annals of the South African Museum.

GEN. ELAUNON, Burr.

1. E. ERYTHROCEPHALUS, OHv.

Forficula erythrocephala, Oliver, Enc. meth., vi., p. 468 (1791).

Beira : 1 $ , P. 0. Sheppard, 1905.

Amatongaland : 1 ? , January, 1889.

Delagoa Bay : 4 3 , 3 ? , June, 1889, J. de Costa.

Cape Colony : Port St. John, 2 3 , 1 $ .

Distributed throughout the Ethiopian Eegion.

GEN. FOEFICULA, L.

1. F. SENEGALENSIS, Serv.

Forficula senegatensis, Serville, Orth., p. 39 (1839).

Griqualand : 1 J , var. forcipata, 1873.

Ovampoland : 1 3 , 1890-1891, Erikson.

Southern Ehodesia : 1 ? , Salisbury ; 1 ? , Umtali.

Cape Colony : 1 ? , Kowie Eiver, Port Alfred ; 1 5 , Port St.

John ; 1 5 , Kentani, Dr. Kolbe.
Distributed throughout the Ethiopian Eegion.

SUB-FAMILY OPISTHOCOSMIIN^.

GEN. HYPUEGUS, Burr.

1. H. MICHELI, Burr.

Opisthocosmia micheli, Burr, Tr. ent. Soc., London, p. 307 (1904).

Southern Ehodesia : Urntali, 1 $ .

I cannot separate this specimen from H. micheli from Abyssinia,
although it differs slightly in its brighter and more yellowish colour,
especially of the elytra, which are somewhat longer, as the wings
are perfectly developed. Probably it will eventually be discovered
in intermediate localities.

(17)

INDEX.

A.

PAGE

5

Antisolabu

Apachyus 2

APACHYID/E 2

Apterygida 14

B.

Bormansia . . .
BRACHYLABIN.E .

C.

Chelidurella 13

CHELIDURIN.E 9

coloniae (Apterygida) 14

Ctenisolabis 4

D.

Dicrana

E.

Echinoioma 3

ECHINOSOMATIN.E 3

Elaunon 16

erythrocephalus (Elaunon) 16

ESPHALMENIN.E

Esphalmenus 3

F.

Forjicula 16

FORFICULID;E 9

FORFICULIN.*: 14

H.
Hypurgus 16

K.

kaffir (Mesochelidura) 11

KARSCHIELLID^E 2

L.

PAGE

. 7
7
4
3
4
2

Labia

LABIID.E

Labidiira

LABIDDRID.E

LABIDURIN.E

liturata (Picrania)

lividipes (Nala) 4

M.

marginalia (Labia) 8

meridionalis (Bormansia) 2

Mesochelidura 9

micheli (Hypurgus) 16

minor (Labia) 7

murrayi (Apachyus) 2

myrmecoides (Antisolabis) 5

N.

Nala

P.

peringueyi (Esphalmenus) 3

peringueyi (Mesochelidura) 9

Picrania 2

promontorii (Mesochelidura) 10

purcelli (Chelidurella) 13

PYGIDICRANID.^E 2

E.

ripavia (Labidura) 4

S.

senegalensis (Forficula) 16

Sphingolabis 8

sulcatipes (Antisolabis, 6

T.

togoensis (Ctenisoiabis) 4

V.
villica (Sphingolabis) 8

W.

wahlbergi (Echinosoma) 3

(19)

2. Descriptions of some New Geometridce and Pyralididce from
South Africa. By W. WARREN, M.A., F.E.S.

I HAVE lately had submitted to me for identification a few
Lepidoptera from the South African Museum. Though compara-
tively few in number themselves, I found among them a surprisingly
large proportion of (as far as I can ascertain) new and hitherto
undescribed forms. At the request of Dr. L. Peringuey, to whom I
am indebted for the opportunity of examining the specimens, I have
written the following descriptions for publication in the Annals of
the South African Museum.

FAMILY GEOMETBID/E.

SUB-FAMILY GEOMETBIKE.
GEN. VICTOBIA, Warr.

1. VICTORIA MIRABILIS, spec. nov.

Forewing : Deep green covered with white vermiculations ; costal
streak fuscous with darker dusting, and black dashes before the
commencement of each line ; veins very finely white ; first line at ^-,
indicated by black dots on median vein, on vein 1, and on inner
margin, placed in the middle of a white conical blotch reaching
from subcostal vein to inner margin ; outer line narrowly white,
oblique inwards parallel to termen, from f- of costa to near middle of
inner margin ; marked by minute black dots on the veins, followed
by a dull pinkish somewhat hourglass-shaped blotch from vein 6 to
inner margin, constricted between veins 3 and 4 and much smaller
above than below ; a subquadrate white apical blotch ; marginal
lunules black, slightly white-edged ; those between 4 and 6 thick
and black, that between 3 and 4 wholly white ; fringe fuscous ;
cellspot pear-shaped, pink, blotched with red-brown at its lower end.

20 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hindwing : Green with long white strigulse along inner and outer
margins, whitish green towards base and along costa ; cellspot
brown ; outer line marked by black vein-dots, followed by a bright
pink, round spot between veins 2 and 3 ; terminal lunules and fringe
as in forewings.

Underside whitish green; the white strigulae, lines, and blotches
of upperside showing through ; cellspots blackish ; costa of forewing
ochreous dotted with fuscous ; the terminal lunules all darker and
clearer ; fringe fuscous grey.

Head, antennae, palpi, and forelegs fuscous varied with rufous ;
thorax and dorsum fawn-grey ; the dorsum mixed with reddish,
and with pairs of black sublateral spots ; venter and pectus white.

Expanse of wings, 45 mm.

1 $ from Durban, Natal.

The $ is larger, 50 mm., the pink blotch of forewing white, and
all the other white areas larger ; the hindwing altogether paler.

PKOSOMPHAX, gen. nov.

Forewing : Triangular ; costa straight, slightly shouldered at
extreme base, and curved before apex, which is prominent ; terinen
oblique and straight ; anal angle rounded ; frenulum slight.

Hindwing: With apex and termen rounded; anal angle well
marked.

Palpi upcurved, very short ; tongue slight ; antennae of $ bipecti-
nated to f ; hind tibiae with terminal spurs only.

Neuration : Forewing, cell half as long as wing ; vein 2 from f Y
3 close before 4 ;. 5 from shortly below upper end of discocellular ;.
6, 10, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 9 rising close to apex; 11 anastomosing with
12 ; hindwing with costal approximated to subcostal near base, but
not touching ; veins 6, 7 short-stalked.

Type : Prosomphax callista, Warr.

2. PROSOMPHAX CALLISTA, spec. nov.

Forewing : Bright deep green covered with minute white dots and
striolae ; costal edge in apical half pinkish grey; fringe concolorous.

Hindwing : Silky greenish white ; the fringe deeper green.

Underside of both wings uniform smooth green ; the inner
marginal half of forewing whitish green.

Face ochreous dotted with green, pinkish above ; fore tibiae and
tarsi reddish in front ; vertex and thorax deep green ; abdomen
anally and laterally whitish ; the dorsum in basal half green ;

Descriptions of some New Geometridce and Pyralididce.. 21

venter, pectus, and femora deep green ; antennal shaft white the
pectinations ferruginous.

Expanse of wings, 30 mm.

1 $ Cape Town (Eondebosch).

GEN. PEASINOCYMA, Warr.

3. PEASINOCYMA DOKSIPUNCTATA, spec. nov.

Forewing: Semihyaline grey-green, covered with dense pale
stimulations ; costal edge very finely pale ; cellspot red-brown ;
fringe green.

Hindwing : With the cellspot triangular, large.

Underside pale dull green, without strigulations ; cellspot of
hindwing large. Face olive-green, possibly faded ; venter, thorax,
and dorsum green, the last with a white dot on each of the three
middle segments ; shaft of antennae and a line between their bases
white ; venter, pectus, and legs whitish ; forelegs reddish in
front.

Expanse of wings, 32 mm.

1 $ from Pinetown, Natal.

Close to Thalassodes vermiculata, Guen., which, however, has no
cellspots.

SUB-FAMILY STEBRHIN^E.
GEN. CINGLIS, Guen.

4. CINGLIS ACENTKA spec. nov.

Forewing : White, sparsely dusted with black scales ; the shading-
pale olive-brown ; the costal area above cell to median line, the
median nervule and its branches, and vein 1, a slight shade before
inner line, and the bands on each side of the subterminal line, all
olive, the prtesubmarginal space darkest ; lines blackish, thick ; the
inner line angled in cell, then inwardly oblique and waved, inwardly
edged with white ; outer line lunulate-dentate, incurved on each fold,
followed by a fine white line ; median line regularly lunulate-dentate,
parallel to outer line, the space between them white, crossed by the
brown veins ; subterminal line white, lunulate-dentate, the teeth
pointing inwards, also incurved on both folds ; a row of black
terminal lunules, finely edged with white ; fringe (worn) whitish ;
cellspot large, black.

22 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hindwing : Similar, without inner line ; the large black cellspot
beyond the median line.

Underside duller.

Face dark brown ; palpi dark brown above, white beneath ;
vertex white ; thorax and dor sum pale olive-brown ; hinder edge of
each segment of dorsum belted with white.

Expanse of wings, 20 mm.

1 cf from Clanwilliam, South Africa.

The hind legs of the $ are without spurs, but not aborted.

SUB-FAMILY HYDEIOMENIN^E.
GEN. ENTEPHEIA, Hub.

5. ENTEPHRIA AFRICANA, spec. uov.

Forewing : White densely speckled with blackish grey ; the basal
patch, and the bands limiting the central fascia composed of waved
blackish lines ; basal patch and outer band of four lines ; the inner
band of two ; space between third and fourth of basal patch, between
second and fourth of outer band, and between the lines of inner
band filled up \vith fulvous brown ; the inside edges of the two
bands unite at vein 2, the included pale grey space containing the
black cellspot ; submarginal line whitish, regularly lunulate-dentate,
the lunules filled up with brownish ; the pale bands on each side of
central fascia traversed by two or three obscure blackish lines ; a
terminal black crenulate line ; fringe pale grey with a darker middle
line.

Hindwing : Dull grey with a paler grey outer and terminal band ;
terminal line black, crenulate ; fringe pale grey.

Underside grey speckled with darker, somewhat glossy ; the
markings of the upperside indicated only.

Head, thorax, and abdomen dark grey mixed with paler.

Expanse of wings, 40 mm.

1 ? from Cape Town, April, 1878.

GEN. OCHYEIA, Hub.

6. OCHYRIA TENELLA, Spec. 110V.

Forewing : Delicate pale green, slightly grey tinged ; the small
rounded basal patch, the inner band of central fascia, and the outer
above vein 4 purplish fuscous ; the inner edge below middle, and

Descriptions of some New Geometrida and PyralididcB. 23

the outer in the angle between 6 and 4 black ; subterminal line
yellowish white, lunulate dentate, the lunules from costa to vein 7,
from 6 to 4, and between 1 and 2 filled up with lilac pink, and
faintly followed by patches of the same colour and blackish ; a lilac
spot on inner margin before central fascia ; pairs of black spots at
ends of veins ; fringe white, with purple grey chequering beyond veins.

Hindwing : Whitish, faintly grey tinged, with inner and outer
waved grey lines ; fringe white beyond terminal black dots.

Underside pale grey, with the lines shown chiefly on costa ; hind-
wing pale.

Head, thorax, and abdomen green freckled with blackish ;
the hinder edge of dorsal segments marked by black scales; legs
externally blackish.

Expanse of wings, 25 mm.

1 $ from Cape Colony.

SUB-FAMILY EUCESTIHSLE.
GEN. LITHOSTEGE, Hub.

7. LITHOSTEGE DECORATA, spec. nov.

Forewing : White, crossed by 3 pale brown bands ; the first before
middle, bent outwards in cell, edged with black at the outward
angle ; the other two subterminal and terminal ; the former with
the inner edge sinuous, and the outer lunulate, the latter narrower,
intersected by white veins ; the antemedian band is followed on
costa and the subterminal preceded by a black spot, from each
of which a much interrupted sinuous line runs across wing ; fringe
brown mottled with white between the veins.

Hindwing: White overclouded with greyish ochreous, the extreme
termen and fringe whitish ; a somewhat interrupted dark terminal
line.

Underside of both wings dull grey ; the forewing with the com-
mencement on costa of white submarginal and outer lines ; the
hindwing with the termen only paler.

Head and collar blackish ; thorax and abdomen pure white '
antennae brown.

Expanse of wings, 25 mm.

1 $ from Smithfield, Orange Free State (Kannemeyer).

This species will stand in a separate section from typical
Lithostege, from which it differs in having the antennae of the
$ pectinated.

24 Annals of the South African Museum.

SUB-FAMILY BISTONIN^.

\

LIPOGONIA, gen. nov.

Forewing : Elongate ; the costa straight, convex only just before
apex ; termen and inner margin forming a single curve from apex
to base ; no fovea.

Hindwing : Elongate ; apex and termen well rounded.

Antennae of $ plumose ; palpi quite short and drooping ; tongue
absent; frons slightly protuberant; frenulum present; fore tibia
with a strong claw at extremity on the outer side ; hind tibia with
two quite short terminal spurs.

Neuration : Forewing, cell longer than half of wing ; discocellular
slightly inbent ; first median nervule at f , second at ; radials
normal ; subcostal vein strongly bent down at end ; veins 7, 8, 9
stalked from the bend ; 10 and 11 coincident throughout ; hindwing,
costal and subcostal approximated for quite half of cell ; veins
3 and 7 from well before angles of cell.

Type : Lipogonia rufivena, spec. nov.

Distinguished from Omplialucha, Warr., by the absence of fovea,
and from Aphilopota and Haggardia by the narrower wings ; from
all three by the claw of fore tibia.

8. LIPOGONIA EUFIVEXA, spec. nov.

Forewing : White, thickly and coarsely speckled and striated with
fuscous ; costal edge yellowish, with short and numerous black
dots ; the veins rust colour ; inner line squarely bent in cell, from
costa at -j, oblique below middle to ^ of inner margin, marked
mainly by black spots on the costa and veins ; outer line black,
thick, regularly lunulate-dentate, curved from ;} of costa to middle
of inner margin, immediately followed by a narrow pure white
space ; submarginal line just beyond, dark between veins, but
obscure and interrupted ; a row of fine black terminal dashes ;
fringe mottled fuscous and white ; cellspot black.

Hindwing : Paler, the speckling fine and grey ; a dentate lunulate
outer curved line edged with whitish.

Underside paler, the speckling finer, mixed with yellowish ; an
outer line in both wings.

Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish, thickly speckled with dark ;
the frons browner.

Expanse of wings, 34 mm.

1 $ from Smithfield, Orange Free State, South Africa, 1909
(Kannerneyer).

Descriptions of some New Geometridce and Pyralididce. 25

SUB-FAMILY ASCOTIN^.

GEN. ALOIS, Curt.

9. ALCIS AFRICAN A, spec. nov.

Forewing : Ochreous washed with pinkish brown and thickly
striated with dark brown ; the shading dark brown ; the lines
black ; inner line thick, outwardly toothed on the veins, vertical
to submedian fold, there bent and incurved basevvards ; preceded
by a dark brown shade ; outer line from costa at f to middle of
inner margin, obliquely curved outwards to vein 5, then inwards
to submedian fold, then concave inwards ; a brown median line
more or less parallel to outer line, containing within its angle a
brown black-edged cell ring ; submarginal line lunulate dentate,
the space between it and the outer line dark brown, diffused to
termeu between veins 5 and 6, and below 4 with slight paler spaces
at inner margin ; a black terminal festoon ; fringe pale brown, varied
with darker brown.

Hindwing : With blackish inner and median lines ; the inner
touching the black cellspot ; the median followed by a thick brown
shade ; subterminal line preceded by a thick black shade ; termen
strongly dentate, with black festoon.

Underside uniform greyish ochreous, thickly striated with fuscous,
as far as the diffuse thick black submarginal band; the terminal
area paler ochreous, especially on vein 4 of forewing, above and
below which the band is diffused to termen ; both wings with black
cellspots and terminal row of spots.

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown mixed with darker brown.

Expanse of wings, 38 mm.

1 ? from South Africa.

GEN. MYRIOBLEPHAEA, Warr.

10. MYEIOBLEPHARA SUBLIMBATA, spec. nov.

Forewing : Whitish washed with pale olive brown and speckled
with black ; the veins yellowish ; the centre of the two folds, the
inner margin, and the subterminal line white; inner line at ^, bent
in middle, marked by rather large black spots on median and sub-
median veins ; outer line blurred, lunulate dentate, from i of costa
sinuate to f of inner margin ; a black ocelloid spot at end of cell ;
submarginal line irregularly dentate, preceded by a thick black
shade interrupted between veins 3 and 4 by a white spot ; terminal

26 Annals of the South African Museum.

area darker ; a row of distinct black terminal dots ; fringe grey
mottled with dark.

Hindwing : Paler, without the olive-brown suffusion, and speckled
with blackish only along inner and outer margins ; a black ring at
end of cell before a very obscurely marked lunulate dentate outer
line ; a black prsesubmarginal shade ; terminal black spots and
fringe as in forewings.

Underside of forewing olive-grey, of hindwing white, black
speckled ; both wings with large black cellspot, black-dotted
outer line, and thick black praesubmarginal shade, interrupted
between veins 3 and 4 ; a row of black terminal dots.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey speckled with black; the anal
tuft whiter ; face and palpi externally brown.

Expanse of wings, 34 mm.

1 $ from Cape Dio, Hout Bay (Sclater).

SUB-FAMILY SEMIOTHISIN^.
GEN. PEEIDELA, Warr.

11. PERIDELA IN.EQUILINEA, spec. nov.

Forewing : Pale ochreous, the shading fuscous brown, with fine
darker striations ; lines black ; the inner bent or curved below costa,
preceded by a space of pure ground colour ; median line vertical to
vein 3, then inwardly oblique to inner margin near inner line ; space
between it and inner line pale brown, with black-brown suffusion
on submedian fold ; outer line oblique outwards to vein 6, then
inwards, and again excurved above inner margin, thicker and
blacker at each extremity, where it is also preceded by brown
striae ; separated from the praesubmarginal brown shade by a space
of pure ground colour ; subterminal line ochreous, the terminal area
beyond it pale fuscous, obliquely limited above vein 6, where it leaves
the apex itself pale ; fringe worn.

Hindwing : Pale ochreous, with scattered dark striations, forming
faint outer and submarginal bands with paler bands in between.

Underside pale ochreous with fuscous dusting; the dark markings
of upperside partially showing through.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous, spotted and varied with
pale brown.

Expanse of wings, 28 mm.

1 $ from Namaqualand, South Africa (Worden).

Close to P. crw/ascia, Warr., Nov. Zool., iv., p. 110, from Mpeta.

Descriptions of some New Geometridce and Pyralididce. 27

SUB-FAMILY PEOSOPOLOPHIN^.

AGEAMMODES, gen. nov.

Forewing : Elongate triangular ; apex prominent ; hind margin
oblique ; hardly curved ; hindwing with apex and anal angle
rounded ; termen slightly indented beyond cell.

Palpi porrect, loosely and roughly haired, the segments in-
distinct ; tongue present ; forehead smoothly rounded ; antennae of
? simple.

Neuration : Forewing, cell more than half as long as wing ; disco-
cellular vertical, incurved in lower half ; vein 2 at f , 3 shortly
before 4 ; radials normal ; 7, 8, 9 stalked from the bend in sub-
costal ; 10, 11 stalked ; 10 anastomosing moderately with 8, 9,
which separate shortly before costa ; hindwing with costal and
subcostal approximated for fully half of cell so closely as to appear
to anastomose ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; no radial.

Type: A. leucograpta, spec. nov.

12. AGBAMMODES LEUCOGEAPTA, spec. nov.

Forewing : Olive-brown ; costa at base narrowing to middle white;
a white streak along outer half of cell continued shortly towards
apex beyond it ; a long streak from base of submedian fold to below
vein 3, meeting an oblique streak from apex ; the olive ground
darker along the streaks ; fringe olive-grey.

Hindwing : Whitish grey, darker along termen.

Underside paler, the white streaks of forewing showing through.

Face and thorax olive ; abdomen olive-grey ; palpi, pectus, and
forelegs fulvous.

Expanse of wings, 28 mm.

1 J from Montague Baths, Cape Colony, November, 1902.

GEN. AXIODES, Warr.

13. AXIODES KUFIGRISEA, spec. nov.

Forewing : Dull grey, dusted with darker ; the veins fulvous ;
inner and outer lines pale ; the inner acutely angled in cell, then
oblique inwards to J of inner margin, and dentate on subcostal vein
and submedian fold ; outer line lunulate dentate, from of costa
to | of inner margin, strongly indented on submedian fold ; space
between the lines suffused with brownish fuscous ; outer line fol-
lowed by a dark shade ; black terminal lunules between the veins

28 Annals of the South African Museum.

which end in strong teeth ; an oblique black dash from subapical
lunule to vein 6, the apex itself pale grey ; fringe dark grey with
base white between the veins.

Hindwing : Dull fulvous grey, crossed by a paler sinuous
outer line ; fringe whitish, thickly mottled with fuscous beyond
veins.

Underside grey, darker in forewing ; costal half of each wing
paler than inner half, and speckled with dark.

Head, thorax, and abdomen dark and light grey intermixed ;
dorsum darker with pale segmental belts.

Expanse of wings, 32 mm.

1 $ from Cape Town, 1901.

FAMILY PYEALIDID^E.

SUB-FAMILY EPIPASCHIAN^E.

GEN. ISOLOPHA, Hmps.

14. ISOLOPHA ALBICRISTATA, spec. nov.

Forewing : Grey, dusted and tinged with dark grey ; veins below
costa finely blackish ; the veins beyond cell thickly black, inter-
rupted by a broad slightly paler band, incurved below middle,
following a darker shade similarly curved ; base of submedian
interval black, finely underlined with white along vein 1, limited
by an oblique white band from median vein to submedian fold,
where it ends in a raised tuft of white scales edged with black,
connected by white scaling with a second similar tuft lying below
the base of vein 1 ; intervals before termen marked with black
specks ; fringe blackish fuscous.

Hindwing: Dull white, with a blackish grey broad terminal border,
preceded by a curved dark somewhat dentate outer line.

Underside with the dark markings shown.

Head and thorax fuscous grey ; abdomen dirty whitish speckled
with pale and dark grey ; dorsum paler, especially at base, rather
glossy ; small tufts on metathorax black.

Expanse of wings, 36 mm.

1 $ , without locality label, from South Africa.

Eef erred provisionally to Isoloplia, Hmps., as being the only
genus in the Epipaschiana with porrect palpi.

Descriptions of some New Geometrida and Pyralididce. 29

SUB-FAMILY PYEALIDIN^.
GEN. BOSTEA, Wlk.

15. BOSTRA CONSPICUALIS, spec. nov.

Forewing : Dull greyish pink in median area ; the basal and ter-
minal areas chocolate-brown ; the former with a diffuse crenulate
curved margin at ^ ; the latter with the inner edge sinuous, but
without distinct lines ; costal edge of median area yellow with short
black striae, underlined by a fulvous streak, which becomes costal
in terminal third ; cellspot chocolate ; fringe chocolate with a dark
line towards tips.

Hindwing : Fulvous orange, becoming deeper fulvous along
termen ; the fringe chocolate.

Underside vinous red, paling basewards and mixed with yellow
in hindwing ; fringe pinkish grey.

Head and thorax greyish pink tinged with red ; dorsum glossy,
reddish grey ; palpi deep chocolate ; also the legs and pectus and
underside of abdomen, the last mixed with fulvous.

Expanse of wings, 36 mm.

1 $ from Cape Town.

Nearest to B. rufimarginalis, Hmps.

( 30 )

INDEX.

A.

PAGE

acentra (Cinglis) 21

africana (Alcis) 25

africana (Entephria) 22

Agrammodes 27

albicristata (Isolopha) 28

Alcis 25

ASCOTIN.E 25

Axiodes . . 27

B.

24

Bostra . 29

C.

callista (Prosomphax) 20

Cinylis 21

conspicualis (Bostra) 29

D.

decorata ( Lithostege) 23

dorsipunctata (Prasinocyma) 21

E.

Entephria 22

EPIPASCHIAN.E 28

EUCESTIIN.E . 23

G.

GEOMETRID.E 19

19

H.

HYDEIOJIENIN^E . 22

I.

insequilinea (Peridela) 26

Isoloplia 28

L.

PAGK

leucograpta (Agrammodes) 27

Lipogonia 24

Lithostege 23

M.

niirabilis (Victoria) 19

Myriobleplidra 25

0.
Oclnjna 22

P.

Peridela 26

Prasinocyma 21

Prosomphax 20

PEOSOPOLOPHIN.E 27

PYRALIDIDJE 28

PYBALIDIN.-E . 29

R.

rufigrisea (Axiodes) 27

rufivena (Lipogonia) 24

S.

SEMIOTHISIN.E 26

STERRHIN;E 21

sublimbata (Myrioblephara) 25

T.
tenella (Ochyria) 22

V.

Victoria.. 19

( 31 )

3. Descriptions of Four Neiv Species of South African Hemerobiidae
(Order Neuroptera). By L. PERINGUEY, D.Sc., F.E.S., Director.

SUB-FAMILY MYEMELEONIDES.

GEN. PALPARES, Eamb.

PALPARES .EMQLUS, n. sp.

Text-fig. 1.

$ $ . Antennae black, slightly shorter than the thorax. Head
bright yellow with a black central macule on the vertex ; a thick
bunch of black hairs at the base of the antennae ; face without black
patch ; palpi fuscous in the anterior part ; thorax one-third longer
than broad, clothed all over with long flavescent greyish hairs,
yellow with three broad parallel black bands on the upper side ;
under side black ; wings dilated at about or a little beyond the
middle, but slightly sharper at tip in the $ , with the hind, sub-
apical margin only very slightly sinuate, hyaline but with a flavous
tinge, and the nervures and nervules yellow where not splashed
with fuscous black, pterostigma yellow, costal margin and also sub-
costal with very regular, sub-quadrate fuscous spots ; at about the
median part runs another row of similar tessellation, which, begin-
ning at the base, does not, however, reach beyond two-thirds of the
length of the wing ; the lower half of the wing is sprinkled with
numerous, somewhat irregular fuscous dots, more seriated along the
hind margin from the base to the apex where there is also a short
horizontal band consisting of four or five agglomerated macules ; in
the hind-wings is a regular series of spots in the costal margin only,
and an agglomeration of five or six such macules after the ptero-
stigma, three large fuscous patches on the disk, a sub-quadrate one
at about the middle of the disk, an irregular, horizontal one between
the middle and the apex surmounted by a smaller, sub-oblong above

3

Annals of the South African Museum.

r%

- T .

$L^>v

*r % '*

FIG. 1. PALPAKES

::,.,:

:.'

' , " ' "'. '"''

'. ', :'-^:v.^ ""

FIG. 2. PALPAKES SPABSUS, McL.

Four New H/iecies of Soittli African Hemerobiidae. 33

it and abutting on the sub-costal ; along the hind margin there runs
a regular, well-defined row of macules, and there is a juxta-apical,
short, fuscous band, similar to that of the fore-wings ; the body is
deeply infuscate, but there is a more or less distinct, sub-flavescent,
dorsal median band reaching from the base to a third of the length
in the $ , but entire in the J .

Length of body 42-43 mm. ; clasps 6 mm. ; of fore-wings expanded,
$ 104 mm., $ 115 mm. ; hind-wings, 3 106 mm., 116 mm.

Hab. Natal (Maritzburg), L. Peringuey ; Zululand, A. W. Jones.

This species is very closely allied to P. sparsus, $ , MacLachlan,
who has, however, connected with the male of this species the female
of P. cemulus. My examples of P. sparsus, 3- and 5 , are from the
same locality as the $ described by the above-mentioned author, and
agree with an example named by him in the British Museum.

PALPARES SOBRINUS, n. sp.
Text-fig. 3.

? . Closely allied to P. cemulus ; the colouration of the body is
the same, except that the half of the face is deeply infuscate ; that

$$2 v':.^'VfK : '?<

_~W l '-< .,, , r 'l A ,. ' '<X-J.

SSliP

^

FIG. 3. PALPARESSOBRINITS.

of the wings is of the same pattern, that is to say, they are
sprinkled with small black spots, but in the hind-wing there are no
large discoidal reticulated spots. In the fore-wing the sub-costal
and radial nervures are not conspicuously yellow as in P. spars us,
<? and ? ; the macules are evenly spread and of even size, except

34 Annals of the South African Museum.

along the radial nervure, where they are vertical and longer than
the others along the median part as far as or near to the ptero-
stigma ; in the hind-wings, below and alongside this radial nervure,
there is, disposed in the same position as in the fore-wings, a series
of small transverse macules a little wider than the others, and the
outer of which, set not far from the pterostigma, is semi-arcuate ;
the other spots, which are somewhat closely set, do not form any dis-
tinct patch or band, not even at apex, and they are slightly larger
than those on the fore-wings.

Length of body 39 mm. ; of fore-wings expanded 100 mm. ; of
hind-wings 93 mm.

The antennae are missing in the only example ( $ ) represented in
our Collection.

Hab. Cape Colony (Dunbrody), Eev. J. O'Neil.

This species is more than a local race of P. sparsus, but it belongs
to the same type, although more broadly differentiated from it than,
for instance, Palpares caffer from P. speciosus.

So far as now known, P. sobrinus inhabits the coastal districts of
the Eastern Province of the Cape Colony ; P. (emulus occurs in
Natal and Zululand, and is replaced in Southern Khodesia and along
the Zambesi River by P. sparsus.

PALPARES ONEILI, sp. n.

Text-fig. 4.

? . Very light buff with the under side of the antennae slightly
flavescent ; antennae shorter than the thorax ; labrum slightly
flavescent, head concolorous, vertex very highly raised in the
anterior part, sloping thence to the base ; palps concolorous ; apex
of mandibles black ; prothorax twice as long as broad, very densely
hairy, lanuginose laterally and posteriorly, the lanuginose hairs
being white ; the long hairs on the pro- and meso-notum are black ;
in the centre of the dorsal part runs a black line, very narrow on the
pronotum but wider on the mesonotum and narrower on the meta-
notum ; on each side is a broad band divided into three on the
mesonotum ; the abdomen is blackish brown and concolorous, but
probably lighter in life ; legs flavescent, femora and tibiae villose and
with black bristles, tarsi sub-flavescent ; spurs curving at apex, as
long as the first and half of the second taken together ; wings long,
narrow, sharply acuminate at apex, hind border of the fore-wing
broadly emarginate from the base to two-fifths of the length where
the end of the emargination is lobate and rounded ; in the posterior

Four Neiv Species of South African Hemerobiidae.

35

wings, the emargination although very conspicuous is not lobate at
the end ; both are hyaline with fuscous markings, the sub-costal and
radial nervures are flavescent, and the pterostigma is very indistinct;
in the fore-wings the costal interval is sprinkled with black and
white seriate patches along the margin from about half the length to
the apex, and the hind margin is tessellated in the same fashion from
the apex to the post-median lobe, but the macules are large and
very distinct ; in the centre of the disk there extends a narrow black
band on both sides of the cubital vein from the base to past the
median part, and parallel to this narrow band, but situated above it,

FIG. 4. PALPAHES ONEILI.

is another, which begins at about the middle and reaches the apex ;
and above the terminal part of the emargination of the posterior
margin there is a short line ; the hind-wings have each three trans-
verse, sinuate, fuscous-brown patches connected above the hind
margin by a broad band, sending seriate transverse rami, reaching
the margin itself ; the third or post-median patch is almost con-
nected with the costal vein, being vaguely interrupted, however, below
the radial area, and the upper margin from the pterostigma to the
apex is finely tessellated as in the fore-wing.

Easily recognised from any other South African species of
Pal pares by the peculiar emargination of the hind border of the
wings, but I do not think that this character is sufficiently important
to justify the creation of a new genus,

36

Annals of the South African ^1 use inn.

Length of body (?) 47 mm. ; of fore-wings expanded 138 mm. ;
of hind-wings 128 mm.

Hab. Cape Colony (Oudfcshoorn), Eev. J. O'Neil.

SUL-FAMILY NEMOPTEEIDES.

GEN. NEMOPTEKA, Latr.

NEMOPTEKA (EKETMOPTERA) KARROOA, n. sp.

9 . Flavous, variegated with light buff on the neck and thorax ;
abdomen buff but with a light flavous median band on the dorsal
part ; ventral part pinkish, and having a lateral narrow yellow band.
Antennae equal in length to two-thirds of the wing, yellow, but
slightly infuscate in the anterior third ; part of the head yellow, only

FIG. 5. NEIIOPTERA KAKKOOA.

the apex of the epistome and palps slightly infuscate ; vertex and
neck with three light buff bands ; neck distinct, vertex quadrituber-
culate ; prothorax twice as long as broad, pronotum narrower at
apex than the vertex of the head, plainly elongate and having a
lateral and anterior row of bristles, mesonotum nearly as broad as

Four New Species of South African Hemerobiidgs. 37

long, sutures deep, interspaces slightly convex, the median, some-
what broad buff band is hardly visible past the middle, and the
lateral ones are sub-dorsal ; these bands are no longer distinct on
the metanotum ; the under side is concolorous, flavous like the legs,
which have the ultimate tarsal joints slightly infuscate ; wings
hyaline with a very distinct flavous tinge ; reticulation also flaves-
cent, especially the sub-costal and radial veins which are con-
spicuously yellow, very bristly, and reaches the pterostigma, which is
distinct ; the wings ara two and a half times as long as broad, not
acuminate, but not rounded either at apex, with the posterior margin
plainly sinuate at a short distance from the apex ; hind-wings very
long, very slender, nearly twice as long as the fore-wings, but
curving strongly downwards at about two-thirds of the length,
where each broadens, becomes plainly quadri-costate, and tapers
suddenly near the tip, the enlarged part is more bristly than the
anterior, and the constricted part is clothed with a long, black villo-
sity ; the whole wing with the exception of the constricted apical
part is flavescent.

Length 15 mm. ; expansion of fore-wings 53 mm. ; length of hind-
wing from base to curve 41 mm. ; with the curve included 51 mm.

This species cannot be mistaken for any other South African
one. It is probable that in the $ the fore-wings are a little more
acuminate.

Hab. Cape Colony (Laingsburg), E. M. Lightfoot.

(39)

4. Qn some South African Rhynchota in the. South African
Museum. By W. L. DISTANT.

AMONG the very interesting species described in this paper is the
third Phymatid recorded from that region and two new Tingids.
The latter are now becoming fairly well known, though numerous
species must still be awaiting discovery. The Phymatidse, as I have
previously remarked, are still practically unknown, so far as the
Ethiopian region is concerned.

PENTATOMID^E.

GENUS MECIDBA.

Mecidea, Ball, List Hem. i. p. 139 (1851).
Type, M. indica, Dall.

MECIDEA LINEARIS.

Mecidea linearis, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 139 (1851).
Hab. S. Africa; Prieska (Brit, and S. Afr. Muss.).
Dallas was unable to give a locality for his type ; we have now
received it from the Cape Colony.

FAMILY COREID^E.

CANNES, gen. nov.

Head considerably longer than broad, shorter than pronotum, the
lateral lobes broadly prominent, the central lobe acutely projecting
in front, behind which are two short porrect spines, and beneath near
bases of antennae three spines, the central one longest ; eyes almost
midway between base and apex, of moderate size and placed on
lateral margins ; ocelli between the eyes ; antennae inserted at the
apices of the lateral lobes, first joint somewhat strongly incrassated,
about as long as head, setose on each lateral margin, second a little
stouter than third and about half its length, fourth short and

40

Annals of the South African Museum.

globose; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxae, first and second
joints -short and stout, second not reaching base of head, third
longest, its apex and the apical joint received in a central sternal
sulcation ; pronotum wider at base than long, the lateral margins
finely spinous, the lateral angles strongly spinous, anterior margin
truncate, basal margin a little concave ; scutellum about as broad at
base as long, its apex acuminate ; corium about as long as head and
pronotum together, the lateral margins subparallel ; membrane cen-
trally about as long as corium and with distinct basal cells, reaching
apex of abdomen in $ , but not in $ ; abdomen strongly ampliated
in ? , less so in $ ; legs slender ; abdomen beneath not visible in
the carded specimens from which this diagnosis is made.

I am uncertain as to which division of the Coreidaa, according to
Stal's arrangement, this genus should be included. It has consider-
able affinity with the Atractaria, but the veins are not emitted from
the base of the membrane, where they are distinctly cellular in
structure.

CANNES SPINOSUS, sp. n.

Head and antennas testaceous, the latter with the apical joint
black, behind eyes two central longitudinal black lines ; pronotum

with the anterior lobe testa-
ceous, and with a central
pale longitudinal carination
margined on each side with
black, posterior lobe dull
greyish and finely darkly
punctate ; scutellum testa-
ceous with basal black spots;
corium dull greyish, the
apical marginal area dis-
tinctly more palely punctate,
the punctures coarser on the
costal area ; the dilated
abdominal margins reddish
testaceous with transverse
pale ochraceous spots ; mem-
brane dull greyish, some of the veins testaceous ; body beneath
reddish testaceous; legs dull greyish, more or less annulated with
brownish ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis.
Long. 6^ mm.
Hab. Cape Colony : Cape Town,

OANNES SPINOSUS, ?

South African Rhynchota in South African Museum. 41

FAMILY

EHODESIA, gen. nov.

Broadly oblong ; head concealed by anterior produced margin of
pronotum, obliquely directed downward, central lobe prominent and
widened anteriorly ; eyes at base, ocelli near eyes ; antennae four-
jointed, first joint shortest but passing apex of head, remaining
joints almost subequal in length ; pronotum broad, considerably
shorter than breadth between pronotal angles, prominently cen-
trally, longitudinally ridged, the anterior area convex and anteriorly
produced, thus concealing the head, lateral margins thickly upwardly
recurved and broadly rounded at basal angles ; scutellum large and
broad, moderately raised and inflated, the apex broad and obtusely
narrowed ; cerium about as long as pronotum and scutellum to-
gether, the lateral margin a little roundly ampliate and distinctly
reflexed, the apical margin sinuate ; membrane large, considerably
longer than corium ; rostrum reaching the second abdominal
segment, first joint reaching the anterior coxae ; legs of moderate
length and thickness.

The concealed head beneath the anteriorly produced pronotum
is the characteristic of the genus, which may be placed near
Aulacopeltus, Stal.

RHODESIA DURBANI, sp. n.

Sanguineous ; two sub-
quadrate spots to prono-
tum divided by the central
ridge, basal area of scutel-
lum, a spot near base and
another at apex of corium,
membrane, disk of sternum,
lateral margins and apex of
abdomen beneath, antennae,
rostrum, and legs black ;
scutellum with the basal
black area somewhat retic'u-
lately impressed ; other
characters as in generic
diagnosis.

Long. 16^ mm.

Hab. Natal ; Durban.

RHODESIA DUKBANI,

Annals of the South African Museum.

PERINGUEYI, sp. n.

Dull pitchy black ; head above dull testaceous, an apical fascia
and space behind eyes black ; pronotum with the anterior margin
and two transverse spots on disk ochraceous ; apical area of

scutellum, and base and apical margin
of corium ochraceous ; membrane black
with an obscure greyish spot at basal
angle and a large transverse whitish
spot before middle ; body beneath more
or less ochraceous ; a longitudinal
fascia on each side of head, transverse
sternal fascius, a central mefcasternal
spot, antennae, and legs black ; abdomen
beneath with the middle of third seg-
ment, broad anterior margins to fourth
and fifth segments, the whole of the
sixth segment, coxae, and femora be-
neath castaneous ; antennae black, first
joint stoutest, distinctly passing apex
of head, second a little longer than
either third or fourth, which are sub-
equal ; pronotum and scutellum with

a distinct central longitudinal carination ; posterior pronotal angles
obtusely subangulate ; rostrum reaching the second abdominal
segment.

Long. 22 mm.

Hab. Cape Colony ; Port St. John's.

LYG/EUS PERINGUEYI.

FAMILY TINGIDID^E.

EUAHANES, gen. nov.

Broadly ovate ; head covered by the pronotal hood ; antennae with
the first joint short and incrassate, second a little shorter and less
incrassate than first, third very long and slender, fourth short,
thickened, pyriform ; head spinously produced between the bases
of the antennas; pronotum with a raised, compressed subangulate
pronotal hood which is truncated anteriorly, areolate, and covers
the head above, the lateral pronotal margins reflexed, dilated,
convexly rounded and areolate, the disk tricarinate, posteriorly
strongly globosely raised and areolate ; elytra broad, moderately
narrowed at base and more strongly so towards apex, discoidal

Some South African Ehynchota in South African Museum. 43

area short, about half the length of the elytra, subcostal area
narrowed at base and broader on apical area, costal area wide,
hyaline, largely transversely areolate ; legs somewhat long and
slender, femora moderately thickened, shorter than the tibiae.

This genus belonging to the Div. Tingidaria, by the pronotal hood
covering the head and the reflexed rounded pronotal margins
approaches, but is not at all closely allied to the Indian genera
Dulinius, Dist., and allies.

EUAHANES INFLATUS, sp. n.

Antennse black ; pronotum with the disk fuscous, the raised hood,
the inflated lateral
areas and the globose
posterior area dull
greyish with the mar-
gins of the areolets
fuscous or piceous ;
elytra, excluding the
costal area, greyish
brown, the margins
of the areolets much
darker, the costal
area hyaline, the
margins of the areo-
lets piceous ; femora
piceous, tibige ochra-
ceous with their
apices piceous, tarsi
piceous ; structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long. 3i mm.

Hab. Cape Colony ; Graharnstown.

EUAHANES INFLATUS.

GENUS SANAZAEIUS.

Sanazarius, Dist., Trs. S. Air. Phil. Soc., xiv., p. 431 (1904).
Type S. cuneatus, Dist.

SANAZARIUS PRODUCTUS, sp. n.

Head and pronotum pitchy brown ; elytra with the discoidal, sub-
costal, and sutural areas brownish ochraceous, thickly whitely

44 Annals of the Snutli Afiicrm 'Museum.

pubescent, costal area greyish with transverse fuscous lines, a
distinct spot a little before middle; body beneath pitchy brown,
legs fuscous brown, tarsi apically blackish ; head with two long

converging spines each
placed just behind base
of antennae, which have
the first and second joints
short, second shorter and
less incrassated than
first, third very long,
finely spinulose, fourth
short, thick, pyriform ;
pronotum with a raised
subangulate hood with
somewhat large areolets,

SANAZARIUS INFLATDS. disk tricarinate, its lateral

angles broadly, trans-
versely, somewhat obliquely produce! I.
Long. 3 mm.

Hab. Cape Colony; Grahamstown.

Allied to S. cuneatus, Dist., from which it differs by the more
produced and obtusely angulate pronotal hood, the broader and less
angular pronotal lateral areas, &c.

FAMILY PHYMATID^.

BOTHA, gen. nov.

Head long, about two-thirds the length of pronotum, the margins
subparallel, eyes inserted near middle, ocelli a little behind middle
of postocular area, post- and ante-ocular ai*eas about equal in length,
centrally longitudinally sulcate from apex to a little behind middle ;
antennae robust, apical joint longest, slightly longer than the
preceding joints together, second and third joints shortest, sub-
globose and subequal ; pronotum shorter than breadth between
pronotal angles which are broadly produced, their apices truncate
and posteriorly subangulate, anterior half of lateral margins
crenulate, two central longitudinal ridges on disk, and a central
longitudinal impressed line, posterior angular margins undulate ;
scutellum about as long as pronotum, longer than broad, the
margins distinctly ridged, the apex subangulate or angularly

Some South African Eliynclwta in South African Museum. 45

rounded ; corium a little shorter than head and pronotum together,
the veins very prominent ; membrane slightly passing abdominal
apex ; abdomen more or less angularly dilated on each side ;
rostrum extending to about middle of prosternum, first joint
considerably longest and stoutest ; anterior coxas long but dis-
tinctly shorter than femora.

Type B. insignis, Dist.

Allied to the Oriental genus Amblythyreus, but differs in having
the second and third joints of the antennae very short, subequal and
globose; first joint of rostrum longest, much longer than second, &c.

BOTHA INSIGNIS, sp. nov.

Brownish ochraceous ; scutellum, dilated abdomen above, body
beneath and legs pale ochraceous ; apex
of abdomen above, castaneous ; antennae
with the first and fourth joints distinctly
granulose, the apical thicker and slightly
curved at apex ; head and pronotum
finely granulose ; scutellum very finely
rugulose, the extreme lateral margins
finely crenulate; coxae strongly granu-
late ; central disk of abdomen beneath
moderately testaceous ; other structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long. 11 mm.

Hab. Cape Colony ; Mossel Bay.

BOTHA INSIONIS.

FAMILY REDUVIID/E.

NEOVABUS, gen. nov.

Elongate ; moderately depressed ; head almost as long as pro-
notum, eyes placed a little nearer base than apex and extending
transversely quite across the lateral areas of the head ; ocelli large
and prominent, situate between the eyes ; antennae with the first
joint slightly passing apex of head, second longest ; pronotum
transversely constructed before middle, the anterior lobe convex
and sculptured but without a central longitudinal sulcation or
fissure, its anterior angles obtusely prominent, the posterior lobe
with the lateral angles moderately subacutely produced, posterior
lateral margins sinuate ; scutellum slightly gibbous, transverse,
a distinctly raised spine on each lateral margin and a more or

46

Annals of the South African Museum.

less suberect spine at apex ; corium and membrane subequal in
length in ? , membrane a little the longer in $ , the membrane
distinctly not reaching the abdominal apex in $ ; rostrum with
the first joint slightly shorter than the second ; legs moderate,
anterior femora not spinous beneath, anterior tibia? with an apical
spongy fovea for about one-fourth the length from apex ; posternum
centrally longitudinally sulcate, allied to Yarns, Stal, but differing
in the distinct structure of the scutellum and the non-spinous
anterior femora.

The S. African species Eeduvius varius, Walk., is included in this
genus.

NEOVARUS FLAVOMARGINATUS, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; head with a curved line on anteocular area, a small
spot above and behind insertions of antennae, a larger spot between
eyes, and the disk of postocular area black ; pronotum with suffusions

to anterior lobe, two broad elon-
gate fasciae and a short submar-
ginal line to posterior lobe black ;
scutellum (excluding a short
central line) black ; apical half
of clavus and adjoining inter-
space to corium and the mem-
brane black ; body beneath black ;
lateral margins of sternum and
abdomen, four discal spots to
prosternum, a spot on each an-
terior coxa, a subbasal central
spot to abdomen and the legs
ochraceous ; anterior and inter-
mediate femora and tibiae biannu-
lated with black, posterior femora

black annulated with ochraceous at base and near apex, posterior
tibiae annulated with black near base, rostrum black, more or less
ochraceous beneath and at the margins of the joints ; antennae with
the first joint blackish, the second ochraceous, remainder muti-
lated; pronotum finely punctate and wrinkled; rostrum with the
second joint slightly longer than the first ; abdomen above black,
the connexivum ochraceous ; structural characters as in generic
diagnosis.

Long. 18-20 mm.

Hab. Cape Colony; Vryburg.

NEOVARUS FLAVOMARGINATUS.

Some South African, Rhyncliota in South African Museum. 47

NEOVARUS LUTEIPENNIS, sp. n.

$ . Black ; lateral areas of tegmina from base to beyondjmiddle,
ochraceous ; membrane piceous ; antennae piceous, pilose, first joint
passing apex of head,
second longest ; head cen-
trally longitudinally sul-
cate from in front of eyes
to near apex ; ocelli large
and somewhat ochraceous ;

Vi

w

scutellum with a short
spine on each lateral mar-
gin and a longer and
slightly upwardly curved
spine at apex ; lateral mar-
gins of connexivum more or
less pilose ; membrane not
quite reaching abdominal
apex ; rostrum piceous, first
joint slightly shorter than
the second ; prosternum
distinctly longitudinally
centrally sulcate ; base of anal segment beneath ochraceous.

Long., $ , 22 mm.

Hab. Cape Colony ; Hanover.

NEOVARUS LUTEIPENNIS.

GENUS HOLOTEICHIUS.

Holotrichius, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii. p. 247 (1835).
Type, H. tenebrosus, Burm.

HOLOTEICHIUS SEGMENTAEIUS, sp. n.

5 . Body, first joint of antennae and legs greyishly pilose, and
above more or less longly fuscously setose, head longer than
pronotum, a distinct tubercle on post-ocular area near base, lateral
margins of ante-ocular area distinctly setose ; eyes moderately
small, longer than broad ; rostrum pitchy brown, the basal joint
greyishly pilose and shortly setose ; antennae with the first joint
longer than the ante-ocular area of the head and distinctly longer
than the third joint, longly setose, second and third joints pale
brownish, their apices piceous ; pronotum with the basal margin-
including the lateral angles about twice as broad as the anterior

4

48

Annals of the South African Museum.

margin, the anterior angles obtusely angularly produced, a pro-
minent rounded tubercle on
each lateral margin behind the
anterior lobe, the posterior
lateral angles prominent and
suberect, their apices somewhat
conical ; scutellum with a long
apical, erect, slender, pitchy-
brown spine ; abdomen ovate,
longer than greatest width,
basal segment with a narrow
basal transverse elevation with
a small tubercle at each ex-
tremity, lateral margins dilately
reflexed, apical segment sub-
concavely attenuated on each
side, the segmental margins
piceously determinated.
Long. 20 mm.
Hob. Cape Colony ; Dun-

brody.

A large species somewhat allied to H. farinator, Reut., but

differing by the tubercles to the lateral pronotal margins, the

totally different shape of the posterior pronotal lobe, shorter third

joint of antennas, longer head, &c.

)

HOLOTIUCHIUS SEGMENTAKIUS.

GENUS PIRATES.

Pirates, Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat. xxiii. p. 215 (1831).
Pirates, Burm. (part), Handb. ii. pp. 222 and 239 (1835).
Type, P. Jiybridus, Scop.

PlUATfiS MONTIVAGUS, sp. 11.

Entirely black ; head opaque black, about as long as the anterior
lobe of the pronotum, a short central longitudinal incision in front
of the ocelli which are prominent and shining ochraceous in hue ;
antenna fuscously pilose, the basal joint almost smooth, shorter
than head, second and third joints subequal in length, each a little
shorter than pronotum; rostrum with the first joint a little shorter
than the second; pronotum glossy, shining black, anterior lobe
longer and narrower than the posterior lobe, coarsely longitudinally
grooved, the anterior angles strongly nodulose, the lateral margins.

Some South African Bhynchota in South African Museum. 49

moderately rounded, flattened and narrowing towards the anterior
angles, posterior lobe more or less rugosely impressed, its lateral
angles non-prominent and rounded ; scutellum with the lateral
margins ridged, the apex somewhat nodulose ; corium and membrane
slightly shining black, but duller in hue than the pronotum, apical
margin of the membrane faintly fuscous ; sternum more or less
fuscously pilose ; anterior femora strongly grooved beneath ;
posterior tibiae longly setose, anterior and intermediate tibiae
with a spongy furrow not reaching middle, anterior femora
minutely tuberculously spinose beneath.

Long. 28 mm.

Hob. S. Ehodesia ; Matoppo Hills.

The largest Ethiopian species of the genus with which I am
acquainted.

(51)

INDEX

(to Part II., Vol. X., Papers 3 and 4).

HEMEROBIID^E.

PAGE

aBirmlus (Palpares) .. 31

karrooa (Nemoptera) 30

O'neili (Palpares) 33

NEMOPTERA 315

PAGE

PALPARES 31

sobrinus (Palpares) 33

sparsus (Palpares) 33

RHYNCHOTA.

BOTHA 44

durbani (Rhodesia) 41

EUAHANES 42

flavomarginatus (Neovarius) 4G

HOLOTRICHUS 47

inrlatus (Euahanes) 43

insignis (Botha) 44

linearis (Mecidea) 39

luteipennis (Neovarius) 45

LYG/EUS 42

MECIDEA.. 39

monti vagus (Pirates) 4s

NEOVARIUS 45

OANXKS 39

peringueyi (Lygtcus) J2

PIRATES 4b

productus (Sanazarius) 43

RHODESIA 41

SANAZARIUS 43

segmentarius (Holotrichus) 47

spinosus (Cannes) 39

(53)

5. New Soutli African Micro -Lepidoptera. By E. MEYRICK,

B.A., F.B.S.

III.*

BY the kindness of Dr. L. Peringuey I have received for examina-
tion a further collection of specimens from various sources ; the types
of the new species are in the South African Museum.

PTEEOPHOEIDvE.

GEN. TEICHOPTILUS, Wals.
TRICHOPTILUS CRYPHIAS, n. sp.

$ 2 . 13-14 mm. Head and thorax brown irrorated with
blackish and whitish, posterior margin of thorax white. Abdomen
brown mixed with whitish and striated with blackish. Forewings
cleft to middle, segments linear; reddish-fuscous suffusedly irro-
rated throughout with blackish ; first segment with slender whitish
bars at -f and -t of its length, former indicated also on second seg-
ment : cilia dark fuscous, on costa with white patches on bars, both
margins of first segment with some black and white scales towards
apex, upper margin of second segment with some black scales
towards apex preceded by some white scales and followed by a
white apical patch, dorsum with a white patch on bar of second seg-
ment. Hindwings dark fuscous, slightly reddish-tinged ; cilia dark
fuscous, dorsum with a small black scaletooth at f and two or three
black scales at apex.

TRANSVAAL, Barberton, in May (H. Edwards) ; two specimens,
not in good condition.

* The two previous contributions are to be found in Vol. V. of the Annals.

54 Annals of the South African Museum.

GEN. PLATYPTILIA, Hiibn.
PLATYPTILIA PATEIARCHA, n. sp.

c? . 16 mm. Head and thorax pale fuscous sprinkled with dark
fuscous, forehead without tuft. Palpi H, whitish irrorated with
dark fuscous. Antennae whitish lined with dark fuscous. Abdomen
fuscous, becoming whitish-ochreous towards base, segmental
margins whitish dotted with dark fuscous, anal tuft whitish-
ochreous. Forewings cleft to before f , segments moderately broad,
apex pointed, termen oblique, of first segment straight, of second
slightly sinuate ; light brownish-ochreous irregularly sprinkled with
dark fuscous and whitish ; costal edge dark fuscous except a whitish
patch beyond cleft, slightly thickened above cleft ; a cloudy dark
fuscous dot in disc at $, and two transversely placed at angles of
cleft ; a transverse whitish line on first segment near before termen,
preceded and followed by rather dark fuscous suffusion, and a
similar less marked line on second segment : cilia ochreous-whitish,
at lower angle of first segment with a black dot and fuscous bar,
and another black basal dot above this, at apex of second segment
with a black basal dot, on dorsurn with small black scale-projections
beyond middle of wing and beyond cleft. Hindwings dark grey ;
cilia grey, above apex tinged with whitish, on basal half of dorsurn
with several small scattered dark fuscous scales.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in April (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.
An early form of the genus

GEN. PTEKOPHORUS, Geof.
PTEEOPHOBUS SOKDIDATUS, n. sp.

$ . 19 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish, face fuscous-
tinged. Palpi hardly over 1, whitish. Antennal ciliations \.
Abdomen ochreous-whitish, longitudinally streaked with brownish.
Forewings cleft to ?, segments moderate, acute ; ochreous-whitish,
mostly suffused with very pale brownish-ochreous except on second
segment, which is suffused with white, darkest on anterior portion
of first segment ; extreme costal edge dark fuscous from near base
to ? : cilia greyish-ochreous, whitish towards base, on costa of first
segment white except a dark fuscous patch from its middle to near
apex, on anterior margin of second segment rather dark fuscous, on
dorsuin with large patch of fuscous suffusion before cleft and two
smaller ones posteriorly. Hindwings with segments narrow, acute ;
grey ; cilia greyish-ochreous.

ORANGE FREE STATE, Srnithtield (D. E. Kanuemeyer) ; one
specimen.

Neiu South African Micro-Lepidoptera. 55

MACROTINACTIS, n. g.

Forehead with slightly projecting scales ; ocelli obsolete. Labia
palpi moderately long, straight, ascending, with appressed scales,
terminal joint nearly as long as second, hardly pointed. Forewings
bifid, cleft from near middle ; 2 almost connate with 4, 3 and 4
stalked, 5 and 6 very short, 7 from below angle, 9 and 10 absent,
11 approximated to 8 at base. Hindwings trifid, third segment
with tuft of black scales in dorsal cilia ; 3 absent, 5 and 6 obsolete,
7 to apex.

Type stenodactylaFlQbch. (Oxyptilus stenodactylus Fletch., Entom.,
1911, 282). An example from Mfongosi, Zululand, in May (Jones)
appears to agree sufficiently with the original description, except
that the terrnen of second segment of forewings is concave, its
apex falcate, as in Hampson's figure of Titanoptilus, to which
genus there is undoubted relationship ; the two genera constitute a
special line of development from Platyptilia, quite unconnected
with Oxyptilus.

GEN. AGDISTIS, Hiibn.
AGDISTIS INPUMATA, n. sp.

$ . 23-24 mm. Head whitish mixed with fuscous, face obtusely
prominent, Palpi white sprinkled with pale grey. Thorax whitish
sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen fuscous mixed with whitish.
Forewings with apex tolerably pointed, termen slightly rounded,
rather strongly oblique ; light greyish-ochreous, slightly sprinkled
with whitish, with scattered black scales ; triangular area purplish-
grey irrorated with blackish, contrasting strongly with light ground
colour, with a small blackish spot at its inverted apex, an elongate
one beneath its lower margin beyond middle, and a small one be-
tween this and first : cilia whitish-ochreous, with dark fuscous spots
at apex and tornus, and two on costa. Hindwings grey, irrorated
with dark fuscous towards lower part of termen ; cilia whitish-
fuscous, with fuscous median shade.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in May (W. E. Jones) ; three specimens.

CAKPOSINID^E.

GEN. CAEPOSINA, Herr.-Sch.

CARPOSINA SITUEGA, n. sp.

$ . 19 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale whitish-ochreous.
Palpi 4, ochreous-whitish, partially sprinkled with dark fuscous.

56 Annals of the South African Museum.

Forewings elongate, rather narrow, posteriorly dilated, costa gently
arched, apex ohtuse, termen almost straight, oblique ; whitish-
ochreous, slightly and irregularly sprinkled with fine fuscous and
dark fuscous irroration tending to form dots on margins ; an
inwardly oblique mark of dark fuscous irroration on extremity of
submedian fold : cilia \vhitish-ochreous, finely sprinkled with fuscous.
Hindwings grey-whitish, slightly greyer towards apex; cilia whitish.
ORANGE FREE STATE, Smithfield (Kannemeyer) ; one specimen.

TOKTBICID^.

GEN. TOETRIX, Lin.

TORTRIX CRISPATA, n. sp.

3 19-21 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, shoulders
more ochreous-tinged. Palpi 3, ochreous-whitish irrorated with
dark fuscous. Antennae subdentate, ciliations 1|. Abdomen
ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, slightly dilated posteriorly,
costa anteriorly moderately, posteriorly slightly arched, without
fold, apex obtuse, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique ; whitish-
ochreous suffusedly strigulated or reticulated with yellow-ochreous ;
costa suffused with ferruginous-brownish, with scattered striguke of
blackish irroration ; dorsal edge with some blackish scales ; an
irregular grey spot sprinkled with blackish towards costa at ^, indi-
cating angle of basal patch ; central fascia oblique, rather narrow
towards costa, dilated downwards, ferruginous-ochreous partially
suffused with grey and sprinkled with blackish ; costal spot repre-
sented by two blackish-grey striguke united at extremity, whence a
line of small grey strigulse runs to tornus, apical area beyond this
with scattered blackish-grey strigulie : cilia ochreous-whitish.
Hindwings and cilia ochreous-whitish.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in November (W. B. Jones) ; two specimens.
Allied to capcnsana, and might be overlooked as this species,
though differently marked ; distinct by longer ciliations of antennae
(in capcnsana not over 1), and palpi also rather longer.

TORTRIX MENSARIA, n. sp.

<? . 19 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax yellow-ochreous. An-
tennal ciliations 1. Abdomen dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa
gently arched, without fold, apex round-pointed, termen somewhat
sinuate, rather strongly oblique ; ochreous-yellow, costal edge

Neiu South African Micro-Lcpidoptera. 57

tinged with whitish-grey ; whole surface irregularly strewn with
small bluish-leaden-metallic spots : cilia whitish-ochreous, base
ochreous-yellow. Hindwings dark grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous,
with grey subbasal shade.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in November (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.

EUCOSMID^

GEN. EUCOSMA, Hiibn.
EUCOSMA SICCESCENS, n. sp.

$ . 20 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi whitish, somewhat
sprinkled with dark fuscous. Thorax whitish, patagia sprinkled with
brownish. Abdomen whitish sprinkled with grey. Forewings
elongate, somewhat narrow, posteriorly slightly dilated, costa
slightly arched, without fold, apex obtuse, term en hardly rounded,
rather oblique; pale brownish, irregularly sprinkled and strigulated
with dark fuscous ; costa with obscure whitish strigulae alternating
with dark fuscous irroration ; posterior third of wing with suffused
irregular partially confluent silvery-whitish striae, one immediately
before termen more distinct and preceded in ocellus by three elongate
black dots : cilia white irrorated with dark fuscous. Hind-wings with 3
and 4 stalked ; rather dark grey ; cilia whitish irrorated with fuscous.

BUSHMANLAND, Jackals Water (E. M. Lightfoot) ; one specimen.

EUCOSMA GALACTITIS, n. sp.

3 9 . 17-18 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint with
long rough projecting scales, with a grey band. Antenna? in 3
simple. Thorax grey mixed with dark fuscous and whitish. Fore-
wings elongate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa in $ gently, in
5 moderately arched, in $ without fold, apex obtuse, termen
sinuate in middle, somewhat oblique ; fuscous mixed with brown and
dark fuscous ; costal edge dark fuscous with pairs of whitish strigulae,
whence arise oblique dark leaden strigse not reaching half across
wing ; an irregular subquadrate white blotch occupying median
third of dorsum and reaching more than half across wing, including
two or three greyish dots or marks, dorsal edge between this and
base irregularly marked with whitish ; an irregular white tornal blotch
representing ocellus, containing two black dots near middle of
posterior edge and apex, and surmounted by a small irregular
blackish spot : cilia leaden-fuscous mixed with dark fuscous, with

58 Annals of the South African Museum.

white tornal patch. Hind wings with 3 and 4 stalked ; in $ grey-
whitish, becoming pale grey towards apex, in $ light grey ; cilia
whitish with grey subhasal line, round apex grey.

TRANSVAAL, Barberton, in April (H. Edwards), and Johannesburg,
in January (one $ in my own collection) ; ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in
May (W. E. Jones); three specimens. At first sight very like
E. leucopctra, but larger, and the male of that species has a costal
fold, besides differences of detail.

CHLIDANOTID^.

GEN. TKYMALITIS, Meyr.

TRYMALITIS SCALIFEBA, n. sp.

$ . 18 mm. Head ferruginous, with a white band behind antennae,
lower part of face whitish. Palpi white, second joint ferruginous
above. Antennae grey. Thorax white, spotted with light brownish.
Abdomen pale ochreous, apex white. Forewings rather elongate-
triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly sinuate,
rather oblique ; snow-white ; a small dark fuscous spot on costa near
base, and several dark fuscous strigulae between this and a roundish
brown spot resting on costa before middle, thence to apical spot the
costa is narrowly dark brown cut by oblique white striguhe ; a rather
broad streak of fuscous suffusion partially tinged with ferruginous and
transversely strigulated with silvery- whitish extending along dorsum
from base to tornus ; a rather thick irregular dark brown streak much
strigulated transversely with silvery-whitish and somewhat mixed
with pale leaden-grey extending from costa before apical mark to
dorsal streak at f ; an elongate-triangular ferruginous-orange mark
on costa before apex, edged above with white at apex, and beneath
by a curved white line, below which is a round yellow apical spot ; a
series of four small leaden-grey spots before termen, each preceded
by a fine black transverse-linear mark : cilia white, at apex ferru-
ginous, tips ferruginous on upper part of termen. Hindwings light
grey, apex narrowly whitish ; cilia white, with two blackish basal
dots at and above apex, and a fine greyish basal line, round apex with
a ferruginous postmedian line becoming fuscous on upper part of
termen.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in November (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.
Approaches the Australian optima, but can be immediately dis-
tinguished by the markings on posterior half of costa.

New South African Micro-Lqpidoptera. 59

GELECHIAD^.

GEN. PALTODOEA, Meyr.
PALTODORA MAGNANIMA, n. sp.

<? 2 . 27-28 mm. Head whitish, in $ irrorated with dark
fuscous. Palpi white, second joint suffusedly irrorated with fuscous
or dark fuscous except apical edge, tuft long. Antennae in $ dark
grey, in J whitish. Thorax whitish suffusedly irrorated with
fuscous or dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, very
narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, termen sinuate, extremely
ohlique ; pale brownish-ochreous mixed with whitish and more or less
irrorated with dark fuscous, veins sometimes partially streaked with
whitish ; cloudy dark fuscous dots beneath costa near base and at ;
two cloudy dark fuscous dots on fold obliquely beyond these, con-
nected by a fine dark fuscous streak with plical stigma, this streak
edged above with white ; stigmata dark fuscous, plical much before
first discal, first discal elongate, second dot-like : cilia pale brownish-
ochreous, in 3 largely suffused with fuscous, on termen with
interrupted dark fuscous antemedian line. Hindwings grey ; cilia
light fuscous.

ORANGE FREE STATE, Smithfield (D. E. Kannemeyer) ; two
specimens.

PALTODORA PENTACENTRA, n. sp.

$ . 20 mm. Head and thorax ochreous- white, shoulders dark
fuscous. Palpi brownish-ochreous irrorated with dark fuscous, tuft
long, terminal joint and apical edge of second white. Abdomen
ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrowly elongate-lanceolate, apex
produced, acute; whitish-ochreous ; costa slightly sprinkled with
brownish specks ; conspicuous black dots beneath costa at ^ and \ ;
stigmata black, plical obliquely before first discal : cilia whitish-
ochreous. Hindwings ochreous-whitish ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in November (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.

PALTODORA HELICAULA, n. sp.

$ . 14 mm. Head and thorax whitish, patagia with a line of
dark fuscous irroration. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex acute, termen sinuate,
extremely oblique ; white, tinged with brownish and irrorated with
blackish except on costa and veins, which form undefined white
streaks : cilia rosy-whitish irrorated with blackish. Hindwings light
grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous tinged with grey.

60 Annals of tlic South African. Museum.

CAPE COLONY, Kimberley, in December (Bro. J. H. Power) ; one
specimen. Bred from a larva in a case closely resembling a snail-
shell (Helix), formed of grey silk covered with excrement and refuse,
being a tube coiled in a spiral cone of three whorls, increasing
from apex to mouth, height 6 mm., diameter of bottom whorl 10 mm. ;
food not recorded. This is a very singular habit, deserving further
study.

PALTODORA HIBEKNA, n. sp.

3 ? . 13-14 mm. Head and thorax white, shoulders somewhat
sprinkled with grey. Palpi white, terminal joint blackish except
apex. Abdomen grey-whitish. Forewings lanceolate, apex produced,
acute ; white, sprinkled in $ with dark fuscous, in 2 with grey ;
undefined spots of dark fuscous irroration on fold at \ of wing, and
towards costa at f ; stigmata dark fuscous, plical very obliquely
before first discal, both these in one specimen little marked, second
discal followed by an undefined streak of dark fuscous suffusion
extended towards apex : cilia whitish, round apex sprinkled with
grey or dark fuscous towards base. Hindwings pale grey or
whitish-grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in April and May (W. E. Jones) ; three
specimens.

GEN. MEGACEASPEDUS, Zell.
MEGACRASPEDUS INCOLA, n. sp.

$ . 25 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish, shoulders
sprinkled with brownish and black. (Palpi broken.) Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen very
obliquely rounded ; pale ochreous partially tinged with whitish,
and sprinkled irregularly with brownish ; two small spots of black
irroration on costa towards base, and beneath costa in middle, and
four on costa posteriorly ; a dot of blackish irroration near base in
middle, one in disc at , one on fold beyond this, and three repre-
senting stigmata, plical rather obliquely before first discal; some
scattered black scales towards costa posteriorly : cilia whitish-
ochreous, at base on termen with several scattered blackish scales.
Hindwings whitish-grey; cilia whitish-ochreous, with a faint
greyish shade.

CAPE COLONY, Kimberley, in December (Bro. J. II. Powell) ; one
specimen. Bred from a large ovate woody gall (34 mm. x 2)3 mm.)
on twig of an unnamed shrub. In superficial appearance and in
the gall-making habit this species strongly recalls Occocccis </nj/o-

New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. 61

uclla, but does not possess the peculiar neuration of that genus ;
however the relationship is doubtless real and close.

GEN. GNOEIMOSCHEMA, Busck.
GNOEIMOSCHEMA INFIRMA, n. sp.

$ $ 10-14 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish, sometimes
with a few fuscous specks. Palpi white, second joint irrorated with
fuscous except apex, terminal joint sometimes with slight basal and
subapical rings of dark fuscous irroration. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Forewings lanceolate, acute ; ochreous-whitish or pale
whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with grey and dark fuscous specks ;
stigmata moderately large, blackish, plical rather before first discal,
second discal below middle : cilia ochreous-whitish, towards base
with a few dark fuscous specks. Hindwings very pale grey ; cilia
pale whitish-ochreous.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in May (W. E. Jones) ; BUSHMANLAND,
Henkries (E. M. Lightfoot) ; six specimens. Also TRANSVAAL, Bar-
berton, in December and January (Janse).

GEN. GELECHIA, Hiibn.

GELECHIA TRIPLACOPIS, 11. sp.

3 . 16 mm. Head and thorax fuscous mixed with dark fuscous
and ochreous-whitish. Palpi fuscous irrorated with blackish, apex
of joints whitish, terminal joint as long as second. Abdomen grey,
anal tuft ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa
gently arched, apex pointed, termen very obliquely rounded, 6 some-
times out of 7 near base ; fuscous irrorated with dark fuscous and
somewhat mixed with ochreous-whitish; a small dark fuscous spot
beneath costa near base, followed by a spot of ochreous-whitish
suffusion ; stigmata rather large, blackish, edged posteriorly by
spots of ochreous-whitish suffusion and anteriorly more or less with
brown, plical much before first discal ; a spot of ochreous-whitish
suffusion on costa at i : cilia fuscous, suffused with whitish at base
round apex, and spotted with dark fuscous irroration towards base
on termen. Hindwings over 1, tcrtnen hardly sinuate, 6 and 7
stalked ; grey ; cilia light grey.

CAPE COLONY, Tulbagh (R. M. Lightfoot) ; two specimens.

MACHLOTEICHA, n. g.

Head smooth ; tongue developed. Antennae 4-, basal joint
elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi very long, porrected, second

62 Annals of the South African Museum,

joint very long, straight, densely rough-scaled above and with very
long rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint directed
obliquely sideways, shorter than second, slender, acute. Maxillary
palpi minute, filiform, appressed to tongue. Posterior tibiae smooth-
scaled. Forewings with 2 and 3 stalked from angle, 7 and 8 stalked,
7 to apex, 11 from middle. Hindwings 1, trapezoidal, termen
slightly sinuate beneath apex, cilia 1 ; 4 absent, 5 somewhat approxi-
mated to 3, 6 and 7 stalked.
A development of Trichotaplic.

MACHLOTKICHA C^CA, n. sp.

? . 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark grey finely sprinkled
with whitish, terminal joint of palpi whitish. Abdomen grey.
Forewings elongate, costa anteriorly moderately, posteriorly slightly
arched, apex obtuse, terrnen straight, oblique ; grey irrorated with
blackish, finely sprinkled with whitish ; a patch of darker suffusion
in disc before middle, and the whitish irroration appears to form a
transverse shade at , angulated outwards in middle and inwards
above this, but no denned markings : cilia dark fuscous sprinkled
with whitish. Hindwings grey ; cilia light greyish.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in May (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.

XYLOBYCTOm

GEN. ODITES, Wals.
ODITES CBOCOTA, n. sp.

$ . 21 mm. Head and thorax whitish-yellowish. Palpi yellow-
whitish, basal half of second joint tinged with ochreous. Abdomen
ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently
arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; whitish-
yellowish ; second discal stigma blackish : cilia whitish-yellowish.
Hindwings and cilia whitish,

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in October (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.
Might readily be overlooked for Cryptolccliia stramindla.

ODITES INSONS, n. sp.

$ . 18 mm. Wholly ochreous-whitish. (Palpi broken.) Fore-
wings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen
slightly rounded, oblique.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in April (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.

Neio South African Micro-Lepidoptera. 63

COSMOPTEBYGIM:.

GEN. COSMOPTEEYX, Hiibn.

COSMOPTEEYX LIENIGIELLA Zell.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in November (W. B. Jones) ; one specimen,
which, though not in good condition, appears to agree fully in all
respects with the ordinary European form ; I have no doubt of its
specific identity. The foodplant, Phragmites communis, the common
reed, is cosmopolitan in distribution.

GEN. SCYTHEIS, Hiibn.

SCYTHKIS ROSEOLA, n. Sp.

3 $ . 16-19 mm. Head and thorax grey suffused with ochreous-
whitish, faintly rosy-tinged. Palpi rosy- whitish, suffused with
fuscous anteriorly. Antennal ciliations in 3- 1. Abdomen whitish-
grey, in $ more whitish posteriorly, in ? suffused with
whitish-ochreous, anal tuft of $ whitish-ochreous, ventral surface
ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate ; rather dark
fuscous ; a rosy-whitish median longitudinal streak from base to
near termen ; a streak of rosy-whitish suffusion along costa from
\ to apex : cilia fuscous, on costa whitish. Hindwings with 4 and 5
stalked ; rather dark grey ; cilia fuscous.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in March and April (W. E. Jones) ;
MATABELELAND, Bulawayo (H. C. Pead) ; four specimens.

SCYTHEIS MELANODOEA, n. sp.

$ . 16-17 mm. Head and thorax pale whitish-brown. Palpi
whitish, second joint greyish-ochreous anteriorly, mixed with
blackish towards apex. Autennal ciliations f. Abdomen whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex
pointed, termen faintly sinuate, very oblique ; pale whitish-brownish ;
a small black spot beneath fold at \ of wing, a black dot just above
dorsurn obliquely before this ; a more or less developed black dot or
group of scales on fold rather beyond this, representing plical
stigma ; second discal stigma black, at f of wing, and a blackish dot
or group of scales on tornus rather beyond this : cilia whitish-

64 Annals of the South African Museum.

brownish. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked ; grey, paler towards
base ; cilia whitish-brownish.

ORANGE FREE STATE, Smithfield (D. E. Kanueineyer) ; TRANS-
VAAL, Barberton, in March (H. Edwards) ; two specimens.

SCYTHRIS F^CULENTA, 11. Sp.

$ . 10 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax grey. Forewings elongate-
lanceolate, acute ; dark fuscous with bases of scales whitish,
appearing grey : cilia fuscous. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked ;
grey ; cilia fuscous.

ORANGE FREE STATE, Smithfield (D. E. Kannemeyer) ; one
specimen.

(ECOPHOBIOE.

GEN. CCESYEA, Meyr.

CCESYRA RUTILA, n. Sp.

$ ? . 12-14 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax orange-
ochreous, terminal joint of palpi half second, antennal ciliations
of 3 1. Abdomen pale ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen
extremely obliquely rounded ; ochreous-orange, sometimes slightly
sprinkled with brownish posteriorly : cilia concolorous. Hindwings
whitish-ochreous ; cilia ochreous-yellowish.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in October and November (W. E. Jones) ;
four specimens.

HYPONOMEUTID.E

THYESTAECHA, n. g.

Head smooth ; ocelli absent ; tongue developed. Antennae |,
in $ simple, basal joint elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi
long, recurved, second joint with appressed scales, somewhat rough
towards apex beneath, terminal joint shorter than second, slender,
acute. Maxillary palpi very short, filiform, appressed to tongue.
Anterior tibiae and basal joints of tarsi thickened with rough scales,
posterior tibiae with long hairs. Forewings with 2 from f , 3 from
before angle, 4 from angle, 5 approximated, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to
costa, 11 from somewhat before middle. Hindwings under 1,
ovate-lanceolate, cilia 1^ ; 3 and 4 connate, 5-7 nearly parallel.

New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. 65

Intermediate between Hednophora and Isocrita, both of which
genera, together with Diocosma, Eonymplia, Erotis, and Epiphractis,
I think must be regarded as belonging to this family, the last genus
giving the connection with Gymnogramma. The CEcophoridce may
perhaps originate from this group.

THYESTARCHA EDAX, n. sp.

3 ? . 13-14 mm. Head whitish-yellowish, back of crown
spotted with red. Palpi ochreous-whitish, second joint tinged with
crimson towards apex. Thorax whitish-yellow spotted with red.
Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa
moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely
rounded ; pale ochreous-yellowish, reticulated with orange-red, with
a few scattered blackish scales ; orange-red streaks, in $ suffused
with dark purplish, in 5 marked with series of small bright dark
leaden-metallic spots surrounded with black irroration, as under,
viz., one from before middle of dorsurn to beyond middle of costa,
sending a branch from disc to costa before middle, from its costal
extremity crossing wing again to termen above tornus, where it
meets a streak running all round termen and posterior portion of
costa : cilia deep yellow suffused with crimson-reddish. Hindwings
pale whitish-ochreous ; cilia pale ochreous tinged with reddish.

RHODESIA, Livingstone (E. Power). Two specimens, Cape Colony,
O'Kiep, bred from the dried body of the large boring beetle Apate
terebrans ; also TRANSVAAL, Pretoria and Barberton, in February and
March (Janse Edwards). The particulars recorded of the larva seem
to imply some highly interesting and peculiar form of parasitism, and
it is much to be hoped that further investigations may be made.

GEN. ISOCRITA, Meyr.

ISOCRITA PSALACTIS, n. sp.

9 . 13 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-whitish.
Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed,
termen extremely obliquely rounded ; ochreous-whitish ; markings
fuscous with a few black scales ; spots on costa at ^ and dorsum
at f , connected by a streak ; a triangular blotch on costa beyond
middle, its apex with two faint brownish prolongations in disc,
accompanied by some raised black scales ; a spot of light fuscous
suffusion on tornus ; a narrow oblique streak near before apex :
cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in November (W.E.Jones); two specimens.

66 Annals of the South African Museum.

GEN. EPIPHEACTIS, Meyr.
EPIPHRACTIS AULICA, n. sp.

? . 18 mm. Head and palpi purplish-rosy sprinkled with whitish
points, face whitish, terminal joint of palpi half second. Thorax
light ochreous-yeilow. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa
moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen almost straight, oblique ;
ferruginous suffused with purplish-rosy ; an elongate light ochreous-
yeilow patch extending along dorsum from base to beyond middle
and reaching to fold, terminated posteriorly by an oblique deep
purple mark : cilia ferruginous suffused with purplish-rosy. Hind-
wings grey, somewhat darker posteriorly ; cilia grey.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in November (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.

GEN. GYMNOGEAMMA, Zell.
GYAINOGRAMMA CYANEA, n. sp.

$ 5 . 19-20 mm. Head, palpi, antennas, thorax, abdomen, and
legs blue-blackish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
rounded-obtuse, termen rounded, rather oblique ; blue-blackish :
cilia concolorous. Hindwings and cilia very deep blue, fading to
dark fuscous.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in October and November (W. E. Jones),
four specimens; NATAL, Pinetown (G. F. Leigh), one in my own col-
lection.

GEN. HYPONOMEUTA, Latr.
HYPONOMEUTA NIGRICOLA, n. sp.

$ J . 17-18 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dark leaden-
grey, tongue yellow. Abdomen blackish. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather
oblique ; dark glossy leaden-grey ; about sixteen black dots as
follows, viz., two near base (subcostal and median), three in a
subdorsal series, three obliquely beyond these above fold, three
beneath costa (third little beyond middle), one in disc at f (some-
times a second beyond this), and two or three transversely placed
towards apex : cilia leaden-grey. Hindwings blackish ; an elongate
transparent patch beneath cell at base ; cilia blackish.

TRANSVAAL, Barberton (H. Edwards) ; ZULULAND, Mfongosi
(W. E. Jones), in March and April; four specimens. Very like
fumigata, but smaller, and dots differently placed and less numerous,
basal hyaline patch of hindwings larger.

New South African Micro-Lepidopierd. 67

GEN. XYEOSAE1S, Meyr.
XYROSARIS SECRETA, n. sp.

$ . 15 mm. Head white. Palpi and thorax white irrorated
with grey and dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate,
narrow, widest before middle, thence attenuated, costa moderately
arched, apex pointed, termen faintly sinuate, extremely oblique ;
whitish-grey, partially tinged with brownish, and finely sprinkled
with black points; several minute black dots anteriorly; undefined
opposite spots of black irroration on costa and dorsum at I, and a
less distinct spot on costa at f ; a black dot or group of scales in
disc at f ; a minute black dot near apex, and one on costa obliquely
before this: cilia whitish-grey, on costa sprinkled with blackish.
Hind wings grey, thinly scaled towards base but without clear
hyaline space ; cilia grey.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in April (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.
Very like maligna, but without the conspicuous hyaline spaces
in hindwings.

PLEXIPPICA, n. g.

Head loosely haired ; tongue absent. Antennae , in $ serrate,
minutely ciliated, basal joint moderately elongate, with strong
pecten of scales. Labial palpi moderately long, porrected, second
joint clothed with dense rough projecting scales above, terminal
joint short, obtuse. Maxillary palpi rudimentary. Posterior tibiae
clothed with hairs above. Forewings with 2 from f, 3 from angle,
7 absent, 8-10 rather near together, 11 from before middle. Hind-
wings under 1, elongate-lanceolate, cilia 2 ; 2-5 parallel, 5 and G
rather approximated towards base, 6 and 7 parallel.

PLEXIPPICA VERBERATA, n. sp.

$ . 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous mixed with white.
Abdomen whitish-grey. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa almost
straight, apex pointed, termen hardly rounded, extremely oblique ;
fuscous, irregularly mixed with white, veins darker fuscous ; a
moderately broad white median longitudinal streak from i to -f,
divided below its middle by a line of dark fuscous scales not
reaching anterior extremity : cilia whitish-fuscous, at base with
some dark fuscous scales. Hindwings whitish-grey : cilia pale
whitish-ochreous.

BUSHMANLAND, Jackals Water (E. M. Lightfoot) ; one specimen.

6

G> Annals of the South, African Museum.

GEN. SCYTHEOPIA, Hiibn.

SCYTHROPIA CROCOSTACTA, 11. sp .

$ . 14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white. Abdomen pale
grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex
obtuse-pointed, termen hardly rounded, very oblique ; white ; mark-
ings pale ochreous-yellow ; three small round spots in a longitudinal
series in disc from \ to f ; a small spot towards dorsum at \ ; an
outwardly oblique streak from beyond middle of dorsum, not reaching
half across wing ; a small spot on dorsum before tornus : cilia white.
Hindwings grey ; cilia white, base greyish-tinged.

CAPE COLONY, Tulbagh (E. M. Lightfoot) ; two specimens.

ELACHISTID^E.

GEN. AUGASMA, Herr.-Sch.

AUGASMA (?) NIDIFICA, n. Sp.

$ . 13 mm. Antennae f , simple, basal joint moderately elongate,
with pecten. Forewings lanceolate, 2 from angle, 3-5 absent, 7 and
8 out of 6, 9 absent, 11 from middle ; whitish-ochreous : cilia con-
colorous. Hindwings f , lanceolate, cilia 3 ; transverse vein absent
between 2 and 5, 3 and 4 absent, 5 approximated to upper angle,
6 and 7 stalked ; whitish-ochreous ; cilia concolorous.

TRANSVAAL, Krugersdorp, in December (Bro. J. H. Power) ; one
specimen. Bred from an ovate woody gall (19 mm. x 11 mm.) on
twig of an unnamed shrub. This species is probably not a true
Augasma, but the mouth-parts are damaged, and further material
would be requisite to establish a new genus.

COLEOPHORmaE.

GEN. COLEOPHOEA, Hiibn.

COLEOPHORA EREMODES, 11. Sp/

$ . 14 mm. 'Head white. Antennae white, faintly ringed with
pale fuscous. Palpi light fuscous mixed with white, terminal joint
short. Thorax white, partially tinged with fuscous. Abdomen
whitish-grey. Forewings very narrow, elongate-lanceolate ; light
fuscous irregularly mixed with white, tending to form fine white

Neio South African Micro-Lepidoptera. 69

lines on veins : cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings whitish-ochreous
tinged with grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

BUSHMANLAND, Jackals Water (E. M. Lightfoot) ; one specimen.

TINEID^E.

GEN. TINEA, Linn.
TINEA SUSPICIOSA, n. sp.

$ . 23-25 mm. Head ochreous-orange. Palpi ochreous-yellow
or orange, second joint externally dark fuscous. Antennae dark
fuscous, in $ pubescent- ciliated (f), in $ spotted with yellowish.
Thorax yellow-ochreous, anteriorly orange-tinged. Abdomen rather
dark grey, anal tuft ochreous-yellowish. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen slightly rounded, very
oblique ; all veins separate ; yellow-ochreous, slightly tinged with
grey or brownish, costal edge clear ochreous-orange, towards base
dark fuscous : cilia yellow-ochreous. Hindwings with all veins
separate ; rather dark grey ; cilia pale ochreous-yellowish tinged
with grey.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in March and April (W. E. Jones) ; four
specimens.

PICEOSPOEA, n. g.

Head rough-haired ; tongue very short or obsolete. Antennae f ,
in $ shortly ciliated, basal joint moderate, stout. Labial palpi
moderately long, subascending, second joint with dense tuft of long
rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint shorter, slender,
tolerably pointed. Maxillary palpi short, filiform, porrected. Pos-
terior tibiae loosely haired. Forewings with 2 from angle, 7 to
termen, 11 from before middle. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia
i_| ; veins all separate, 5 and 6 sometimes rather approximated at
base.

Type P. arcea.

PlCROSPORA ARJ3A, n. Sp.

$ . 12-13 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Palpi grey,
terminal joint white. Abdomen whitish sprinkled with light grey.
Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen
almost straight, oblique ; pale whitish-ochreous, with some fine
scattered fuscous points ; minute undefined groups of two or three
black points each on fold at \ and middle of wing, in disc before

70 Annals of the South African Museum.

middle, and beneath costa beyond middle ; a very irregular trans-
verso subterminal series of scattered black points : cilia pale
whitisb-ocbreous. Hindwings whitish-grey; cilia whitish.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in March and April (W. E. Jones) ; two
specimens.

PlCROSPORA ANASTROTA, 11. sp.

$ . 13-10 mm. Head and thorax white, shoulders suffusedly
irrorated with dark fuscous. Palpi white, second joint dark fuscous
except towards apex, tuft brownish except apical portion. Abdomen
grey. Forewings elongate, moderate, rather dilated posteriorly,
costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen nearly straight, rather
oblique ; white more or less sprinkled with black and ochreous
points, tending to form strigula? ; markings formed of black and
ferruginous-ochreous irroration in varying proportions ; a spot on
fold at \, and sometimes a smaller one between this and costa ; a
transverse fascia from dorsum beyond middle, becoming obsolete
towards costa ; a slender irregular fascia from ? of costa to tornus,
receiving at f a similar fascia from ii- of costa parallel to termen ;
some strigulae of black irroration on posterior part of costa, and
some black irroration along termen : cilia white, somewhat sprinkled
with black points. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish, with indistinct
grey line.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in October and November (W. E. Jones) ;
four specimens.

GEN. SAPHENEUTIS, Meyr.
SAPHENEUTIS GEANOSA, n. sp.

$ . 12 mm. Head yellow-whitish. Antennal ciliatious li.
Palpi very short. Thorax ochreous-whitish sprinkled with brownish.
Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded;
whitish-ochreous irrorated with brown : cilia concolorous. Hind-
wings pale greyish ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in October (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.

GEN. PSEUDUEGIS, Meyr.

PSEUDURGIS SCUTIFEKA, 11. sp.

$ $ . 18-22 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish more or
less sprinkled with white and blackish. Antennal pectinations in
3 7. Abdomen fuscous, segmental margins dark fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, posteriorly rather dilated, costa gently arched, apex

New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. 71

rounded-obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; brownish sometimes
irrorated with dark fuscous, with scattered black scales and strigulae ;
several irregular bands of white irroration, edged with white striae,
viz., one occupying basal area, one before middle, two narrow ones
beyond middle parallel and partly connected, and a narrow one just
before termen much enlarged and trifurcate on costa, connected
above tornus with preceding, and sending two or three short bars to
termen ; the dark median band between these is more or less marked
with black in disc, and the subtriangular discal area preceding sub-
terminal band is more or less suffused with black, sometimes with
longitudinal streaks of ground colour: cilia brownish mixed with
white, with rows of dark fuscous points. Hindwings rather dark
grey ; cilia whitish, with two grey shades.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in October and November (W. E. Jones),
ten specimens ; also NATAL, Pinetown (G. F. Leigh), two specimens
in my collection.

GEN. AMYDEIA, Clem.
AMYDEIA FRAUDULENTA, n. sp.

$ . 20-21 mm. Head dark fuscous, with some pale hairs.
Palpi dark fuscous, second joint with numerous spreading bristles
beneath and externally, apex of joints whitish. Antennae fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous, with some pale scales. Abdomen pale greyish-
ochreous sprinkled with fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow,
costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather
strongly oblique ; bronzy-brown, more or less irrorated with dark
fuscous ; a suffused round dark fuscous spot in disc at f ; several
small suffused dark fuscous spots on posterior half of costa : cilia
pale brownish irrorated with dark fuscous. Hindwings fuscous ;
cilia light greyish-ochreous.

ZULULAXD, Mfongosi, in September and October (W. E. Jones) ;
three specimens.

CIILOEOPHYTIS, n. g.

Head loosely rough-haired ; tongue short. Antennae , in $
ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, porrected, second joint densely
scaled, with rough projecting scales beneath towards apex, terminal
joint moderate, slender, hardly pointed. Maxillary palpi very short,
filiform, porrected. Posterior tibiae with appressed scales. Forewing
with 2 from near angle, 7 to termen, 11 from before middle ; surface
with small tufts of raised scales. Hindwings 1, rather elongate-
ovate, cilia |- ; 2-7 all separate.

72 Annals of the South African Museum.

CHLOROPHYTIS SECUBA, n. sp.

$ . 15 mm. Head and thorax yellow- whitish. Antennae grey.
Palpi dark grey, terminal joint and apex of second yellow-whitish.
Abdomen pale grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched,
apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; pale whitish-yellowish
or cream colour : cilia concolorous. Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-
grey.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in May (W. E. Jones) ; one specimen.

GEN. HAPSIFBEA, Zu.ll.
HAPSIFERA GLAREOSA, n. sp.

$ 5 . 18-19 mm. Head whitish- ochreous. Palpi whitish -
ochreous mixed with blackish. Thorax whitish-ochreous partially
tinged with brownish, shoulders with a spot of blackish irroration.
Abdomen grey mixed with whitish. Forevvings elongate, rather
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely
rounded ; 9 absent ; whitish-ochreous or pale brownish-ochreous,
sometimes somewhat strigulated with pale ferruginous-ochreous ; a
series of small spots of blackish irroration along costa ; stigmata
blackish, plical somewhat obliquely beyond first discal ; a blackish
dot beneath costa beyond middle, one in disc towards apex, one on
dorsum towards tornus, and one at tornus : cilia whitish-ochreous,
somewhat sprinkled with blackish. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-
ochreous tinged with fuscous.

SOUTHERN KHODESIA, Insiza (G. French) ; Bulawayo (H. C. Pead) ;
three specimens.

ADELINE.

GEN. CEEOMITIA, Zell.
CEROMITIA MELANOSTROTA, n. sp.

$ . 23-25 mm. Head white, forehead with a fuscous bar, face
suffused on sides with fuscous. Labial palpi short, whitish, with
short projecting hair-scales beneath. Maxillary palpi long. Antenna 1
grey, becoming whitish towards apex. Thorax fuscous mixed with
white. Abdomen grey, anal tuft ochreous-whitish. Forewings
elongate, rather narrow, slightly dilated posteriorly, costa moderately
arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded ; veins all
separate ; grey, more or less irrorated wilh white ; all veins marked
with rows of minute irregular groups or dots of black scales ; a more

New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. 73

or less indicated slender irregular black streak along lower margin of
cell ; an irregular transverse black discal mark or line of scales on
end of cell ; irregular small black dots along posterior part of costa
and termen : cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings with all veins separate ;
grey, paler and thinly haired anteriorly ; cilia whitish-grey.

CAPE COLONY, Capetown, in August (E. M. Lightfoot) ; two
specimens.

CEEOMITIA SOMPHODES, n. sp.

$ . 20-22 mm. Head light brownish -ochreous, back of crown
whitish, face centrally whitish. Labial palpi short, white, maxillary
rather longer. Antennae whitish, tinged with fuscous towards base.
Thorax pale brownish mixed with whitish. Abdomen whitish-grey,
anal tuft ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow,
posteriorly slightly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse,
terrnen very obliquely rounded ; all veins separate ; pale fuscous,
mixed with whitish, irregularly strewn with black scales between
veins ; a round blackish dot on lower angle of cell ; some rather
large blackish dots on posterior half of costa and termen : cilia pale
fuscous mixed with whitish. Hindwings pale whitish -fuscous,
thinly haired ; cilia concolorous.

ZULULAND, Mfongosi, in March and April (W. E. Jones) ; four
specimens.

(74)
INDEX.

A PAGE

AGDISTIS 55

AMYDRIA 71

anastrota (Picrospora) 70

AUGASMA OS

aulica (Epiphractis) 00

artea (Picrospora) 09

C

caeca (Machlotricha) 62

CARPOSIXA 55

CEHOMITIA 72

CHLOROPHYTIS 71

ClESYR A 64

COLEOPHORA OS

crispata (Tortrix) 50

crocostacta (Scythropia) 08

crocota (Odites) 62

cryphias (Trichoptilus) 53

cyanea (Gymnogramma) 00

E

edax (Thyestarcha) 05

EPIPHKACTIS 66

eremodes (Coleophora) 6S

EUCOSMA 57

F

foeculenta (Scythris) 01

fraudulenta (Amydria) 71

G

galactitis (Eucosmai 57

GELECHIA 01

glareosa (Hapsifera) 72

GNOEIMOSCHEMA t'l

granosa (Sapheneutis) 70

GYMNOGRAMMA 06

H

HAPSIFERA 72

helicaula (Paltodora) 59

hiberna (Paltodora) 60

HYPONOMEUTA 66

incola (Megacraspedus) 60

infirma (Gnorimoschema) 61

infumata (Agdistis) 55

insons (Odites) 62

ISOCRITA 65

lienigiella (Cosmopteryx) 03

M

MACHLOTRICHA 61

MACROTINACTIS .. 55

PAGE

magnanima (Paltodora) 59

MEGACRASPEDUS 60

inelanodora (Scythris)... 03

melanostrota (Ceroinitia) 72

mensaria (Tortrix) 50

nigricola (Hyponomeuta) 00

nidifica (Augasma) Os

OniTES . 02

P ALTO DORA 59

patriarcha (Platyptilial 51

pentacentra (Paltodora) 59

I i ;<ISPORA 09

PLATYPTILIA 51

1 ' i .i :XIPPIC A 07

psalactis (Isocrita) 05

PSEUBURGIS 70

PTEROPHORUS 54

B

roseola i Scythris) O'J

rutila (Coesyra) 04

S

SAPHENEUTIS 70

scalif era (Trymalitis) 58

SCYTHRIS 0-5

SCYTHROPIA Os

scutifera (Pseudurgis) 70

secreta (Xyrosarisl 07

secura (Chlorophylls) 72

siccescens (Eucosma) 57

siturga (Carposina) 55

somphodes (Ceroinitia) 73

sordidatus (Pterophorus) 54

stenodactyla (Macrotinactis) 55

suspiciosa (Tinea) 09

T

THYESTARCHA 04

TINEA 69

triplacopis (Gelechia) 61

TORTRIX 50

TRICHOPTILUS 53

TRYMALITIS 58

verberata (Plexippica) 07

X

XYROSARIS .. .... 07

(75)

6. The Pseudoscorpions of SotitJi. Africa based on the Collections of
the South African Mit^i'inn, Cape Town. By EDV. ELLINGSEN,
Kragero, Norway.

INTEODUCTION.

AT the commencement of the present century the knowledge of
the Pseudoscorpions of Tropical and Southern Africa was not very
extensive, Chelifer octentoctus Balzan, Chelifer Simoni Balzan,
Chelifer tenuimanus Balzan, and G-arypus senegalensis Balzan being
then almost the only species known from that part of the world.
During the last ten years, however, the position has quite altered.
It will be seen from the Bibliography that C. J. With, Alb. Tull-
gren, and the author of this publication have, during that period,
contributed especially to the knowledge of the Central and South
African species of this interesting group of animals. Naturally a
great number of the species from a territory so little explored as
this has been in this respect would be expected to prove new to
science, and a glance at the list below will give ample evidence that
such has proved to be the case.

In the vast area of Africa, bordered on the north by the Desert of
Sahara, the following species of Pseudoscorpions (including those
first mentioned in this publication) have been found, the species of
Chelifer being enumerated in the divisions hitherto generally used :

ATEMXUS.

Chelifer Braunsi Tullgren. Chelifer Lctourneuxi E. Simon.

,, Conradti Tullgren. ,, O'Swaldi Tullgren.

,, equestcr With. ,, Palmquisti Tullgren.

,, cqucstroides Ellingsen. ,, pusillus Ellingsen.

,, Fear. Ellingsen. ,, rotundas With.

,, giiineensis Ellingsen. ., Sjostedti Tullgren.

,, indivisus Tullgren. ,, subindicus Ellingsen.

,, insubidus Tullgren. ,, Voeltzkowi Ellingsen.

76

Anitals of the South African

LAMPEOCHEENES.

Chelifer earner it nensis Tullgren. Chelifer la //id /at /is Tullgren.
cocophilus E. Simon. ,, octentoctns Balzan.

,, comor en-sis Ellingsen. ,, togoensis Ellingsen.

,, ferox Tullgren.

TEACHYCHEENES.

Chelifer anno tux Tomosvary.
,, boncicus Karsch.
,, ci/it iconics Fabr. var.
basileensis Ellingsen.
,, concinnus Tullgren.

Cltr lifer fjlabratus Ellingsen.
,, perpusillus Ellingsen.
,, nibiihix Ellingsen.
,, subfoliosus Ellingsen.

CHELIFEE s.s.

Chelifer angulatus Ellingsen.

,, angustatus Tullgren.

,, Bayoni Ellingsen.

,, Biittneri Ellingsen.

,, cancroides Linne.

,, exiguus Tullgren.

,, facetus Tullgren.

,, garypoides Ellingsen.

,, Kewi Ellingsen.

,, minusculoides nov. sp.

,, minusculus nov. sp.

,, mucronatus Tullgren.

Chelifer paradoxus nov. sp.

,, sculpturatus Lewis.

,, segregatus Tullgren.

,, Simoni Balzan.

,, socotrensis With.

,, Strand i Ellingsen.

,, siibriiber E. Simon.

,, ti'/iiiiiiianits Balzan.

termitophihts Tullgren.

,, toridosus Tullgren.

,, tiimuiifenis Tullgren.

,, WallisJcewi nov. sp.

Myrmochcrnes africanus Tullgren.
Pseudochiridium TragdrdhiTull-

gren.

Cheiridium ferum E. Simon.
,, museorum Leach.
,, subtropicum Tullgren.
Feaella mirabilis Ellingsen.
,, mucronata Tullgren.
Garypus capensis nov. sp.
,, impressus Tullgren.
,, insular is Tullgren.
mimttiis Tullgren.
,, Piircelli nov. sp.

Garypus senegalensis Balzan.
Garypinus capensis nov. sp.

,, obscurus Tullgren.
Olpium arabicum E. Simon.
,, deserticola E. Simon.
,, nitens Tullgren.
,, pusillum Ellingsen.
,, Schultzci Tullgren.
,, subgrande Tullgren.
,, vermis E. Sirnon.
Ideobisium God/reyi nov. sp.

,, qiiadrispinoswii Tull-

gren.

The Pseiidoscorpions of SuittJi Africa. 77

Chthonius clathratus Tullgren. Chthonius serratidentatus nov.

,, contrncl/is Tullgren. sp.

,, Godfreyi nov. sp ,, sinuatus Tullgren.

,, inordax Tullgren. ,, tetracJielat/is Preyss-

ix Tullgren. ler.

Recent researches by C. J. With and other zoologists have proved
that the genus Chelifer will certainly in the future have to In-
divided into several new genera, based on the different shape of the
sexual apparatus of the males, and With has already formed several
groups from this point of view : the birmanicus group, the
cimicoides group, the subritbcr group, and the cancroidcs group.
I shall therefore try to bring the species of Chelifer, enumerated
above, into these different groups, as far as it is possible at present ;
in some cases this cannot yet with certainty be done. I place
beside the groups the names which may ultimately perhaps be used
as generic titles. The name Withius has been proposed by
H. W T allis Kew, ::: the other names have been used before as generic
or subgeneric names, but based on other characters.

BIEMANICUS-TYPE (Atemnus).

Chelifer Braunxi Tullgren (prob- Cliclifer O'Sivaldi Tullgren.

ably, only J known). ,, Palniquisti Tullgren.

,, Conrad ti Tullgren. ,, intsillus Ellingsen (prob
,, equcster With. ably, only $ known).

,, equestroides Ellingsen. ,, rotundus With.

,, Feae Ellingsen. ,, SjostedtiTu\lgi'en.

,, ferox Tullgren. M subindicus Ellingsen
,, guineensis Ellingsen. (probably, only 5

,, indivisiis Tullgren. known).

,, insnbidus Tullgren. n togoensis Ellingsen.

,, Letounieuxi E. Simon ;) Vocltzkoivi Ellingsen.

(perhaps, only $

known).

CIMICOIDES-TYPE (Chernes).

Chelifer boncicns Karsch. Chelifer concinnus Tullgren. f

cimicoides Fabr. var. ,, rubidns Ellingsen.

basileensis Ellingsen. subfoliosus Ellingsen.

* H. Wallis Kew, "A Synopsis of the False-scorpions of Britain and Ireland '
(Proc. Royal Irish Acad., vol. xxix., p. 49).

t Tullgren refers this species to the sf</;n//T-type.

78 Annals of the South African Museum.

SUBRUBEE-TYPE (Withius).

Chelifer angulatus Ellingsen. Chelifer perpusillus Ellingsen
,, angustatus Tullgren. ,, Simoni Balzan.

Bayoni Ellingsen. ,, siibmber E. Simon.

,, Biittneri Ellingsen. ,, tcnuiiiianiis Balzan.

,, glabratus Ellingsen. ,, tcrmitophilus Tullgren

paradoxes Ellingsen. tiimiiliferns Tullgren.

CANCROIDES-TYPE (Chelifer).

Chelifer cancroides Linne. Chelifer uiucronatus Tullgren.
,, facetus Tullgren. ,, sculpt nratas Lewis.

,, Keivi Ellingsen. ,, socotrensis With.

minmculoides Ellingsen. ,, torulosus Tullgren.

minusculus Ellingsen. Walliskeivi Ellingsen.

The place of the following species is doubtful, partly because
females only have as yet been found, and partly because the species
are very little known and have not been examined as regards the
sexual apparatus of the males.

Clielifer arrnatus Tdmosvary. Chelifer exiguusTul\greu( 5 only).

camerunensis Tullgren ,, lamcllatus Tullgren

( $ only). ( ? only).

cocophilus E. Simon. ,, octentoctus Balzan.

,, comorensis Ellingsen ,, segregatus Tullgren

( ? only). ( ? only).

NOTE. Chelifer garypoides Ellingsen belongs perhaps to a
special group.

The fauna of Central and South Africa, as regards the Pseudo-
scorpions, is thus rather a rich one, comprising 87 species, of
which 10 are described as new, but other new species will certainly
be found by further investigations, especially of the central parts of
the area. It will perhaps be of some interest to give a survey of
what was known before this publication about the distribution
of these animals in the above-named parts of Africa, following the
first enumeration of the species.

CHELIFER BRAUNSI Tullgren.

Described from Cape Colony : Algoa Bay (Tuligren, 22. p. 58).
Afterwards recorded from Zululand : Lake Sibayi (Tullgren, 21.
p. 224). In both cases only females.

The Pseudoscorpions of SoutJt Africa. 79

CHELIFER CONKADTI Tullgren.

Described from West Africa: Camera 11 (Tullgren, 23. p. 60),
$ and 5 The species has been taken nowhere else.

CHELIFER EQUESTER With.

Widely distributed ; the types were from the district of Kili-
manjaro : Taveita (With, 26. p. 126), $ and ? . Afterwards recorded
from German East Africa: Amani (Ellingsen, 6. p. 28); Natal:
Port Natal (Ellingsen, 9. p. 357); "Africa australis," leg. Drege,
with no other locality (Ellingsen, 9. p. 357) ; East Africa, Usambara :
Mombo (Tullgren, 20. p. 9) ; Zululand : Dukudu Bush (Tullgren, 21.
p. 224). For new localities, see further.

CHELIFER EQUESTROIDES Ellingsen.

West African species. The types were from Portuguese Guinea :
Rio Cassine ; S. Thome : Eibeira Palma ; Island of Principe : Boca
Inf. D. Henrique and Bahia Oeste ; Fernando Po : Punta Frailes ;
and French Congo: Fernand-Vaz (Ellingsen, 4>. p. 251), J and 5.
Taken nowhere else.

CHELIFER FEAE Ellingsen.

The type specimens were from the Caboverdian Islands : San
Thiago (Ellingsen, 4. p. 248), $ and 2 . Afterwards recorded from
Camerun : Jos. Albrechtshohe, and Natal : Delagoa Bay (Ellingsen,
9. p. 357). New localities in the special part.

CHELIFER GUINEENSIS Ellingsen.
Syn. : Ckelifer (Atemnus) put /id us Balzan (nomen prteocc.).

Balzan described this species from specimens from Sierra Leone.
Since that time it has proved to be a widely distributed species in
Western Africa : Portuguese Guinea : Eio Cassine ; San Thome :
Eibeira Palma ; Fernando Po : Basile and Punta Frailes ; French
Congo : Fernand-Vaz (Ellingsen, 4. p. 246) ; Togo : Bismarcksburg
and Misahohe ; Camerun (Ellingsen, 9. p. 358).

CHELIFER INDIVISUS Tullgren.

The only locality is that of the type : East Africa, Usambara :
Mombo (Tullgren, 20. p. 7), $ and $ .

CHELIFER INSUBIDUS Tullgren.

A South African species, described from Cape Colony : Port
Elizabeth (Tullgren, 22. p. 59) ; later it was recorded from Herero-

80 Annals of the So nth African Museum.

land : Uitdraai (Tullgren, 24. p. 286), 3 and ? . A new locality in
the special part.

CHELIPER LETOURNEUXI E. Simon.

The species was described from Egypt, and has also been taken
in Tunisia and Arabia. But its area of distribution extends to
Somali : Bela (Pavesi, 13. p. 158), and to the district of the White
Nile : Kaka (Tullgren, 19. p. 4).

CHELIFER O'SWALDI Tullgren.

The only locality is Madagascar: Nossibe (Tullgren, 22. p. 55),
$ and 5 .

CHELIFER PALMQUISTI Tullgren.

The type specimens are from the district of Kilimanjaro : Meru
and Kiboscho (Tullgren, 20. p. 12), $ and 2 . Later on it was
recorded from Nyassa and from the coast of Zanzibar (Ellingsen,
9. p. 358).

CHELIFER PUSILLUS Ellingsen.

The only locality is the Island of San Thome : Vista Alegre, in
West Africa (Ellingsen, 4. p. 250), $ and $ .

CHELIFER ROTUNDUS With.

C. J. With has described this species from Asia : The Nicobars.
I have referred to this species specimens from Madagascar and from
" Africa australis " (leg. Drege) (Ellingsen, 9. p. 359).

CHELIFER SJOSTEDTI Tullgren.

This large and beautiful species is one of the most widely dis-
tributed Pseudoscorpions in the western part of the area under
consideration. The species was described by Tullgren from
specimens, taken by Dr. Yngve Sjostedt at Itoki in Camerun
(Tullgren, 18. p. 99). It has since been recorded from several other
localities ; Congo : Yurnbi (Ellingsen, 3. p. 3) ; Spanish Guinea
(E. Simon, 14. p. 124); Portuguese Guinea: Eio Cassine; French
Congo : Fernand-Vaz and N'kogo ; and a variety Thomeensis
Ellingsen from S. Thome (Ellingsen, 4. p. 245) ; Fernando Po ;
Camerun : Jaunde Station ; Kawandi '? ; Central Africa : Mukenge
(Ellingsen, 9. p. 359); Congo: Itimbiri (Ellingsen, 8. p. 218).

CHELIFER SUBINDICUS Ellingsen.

Only known from the locality, where the type ( ? ) was taken,
Central Madagascar (Ellingsen, 9. p. 360).

Tlic Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 81

CHELIFER VOELTZKOWI Ellingsen.

This species is only known from Madagascar. The types (3 and
5 ) were collected in S.W. Madagascar (Ellingsen, 9. p. 363) ; a
variety : cl/ii/ata Elliugsen, was taken at Marovoay in Madagascar
(Ellingsen in : Strand, 16. p. 488).

CHELIFER CAMERUNENSIS Tullgren.

The type specimens came from Camerun (Tullgren, 18. p. 100).
Later on the species was recorded from Camerun : Buea (Ellingsen,
11. p. 63), and from Fernando Po (Ellingsen, 9. p. 366). Females
only have been taken.

CHELIFER COCOPHILUS E. Simon.

Eug. Simon established the species on specimens from Kelantan
in the Malay Peninsula and recorded it afterwards from Spanish
Guinea (E. Simon, 14. p. 124), in neither case with indication of sex.

CHELIFER COMORENSIS Ellingsen.

The only locality, till now, is that of the type specimen, ? , the
archipelago of the Comores : Mayotte (Ellingsen, 9. p. 367).

CHELIFER FEROX Tullgren.

The type specimens ( $ ) were from French Congo : Ogowe, and
from " Gaboon " (Tullgren, 22. p. 51).

CHELIFER LAMELLATUS Tullgren.

The type specimen ( $ ) was collected in Natal : van Eeenen
(Tullgren, 21. p. 223).

CHELIFER OCTENTOCTUS Balzan.

The only specimen, no sex indicated, badly preserved (" quod igne
vastatum mihi videtur," Balzan I.e.), was recorded by Balzan from
"Africa australis " (Balzan, 1. p. 515). The species has not been
retaken.

CHELIFER TOGOENSIS Ellingsen.

The species was established on specimens ( $ ) from Togo :
Bismarcksburg, and from Camerun : Jos. Albrechtshohe (Ellingsen,
9. p. 369). It was later on recorded from Uganda : Bugala (Is. di
Sesse) (Ellingsen, 10. p. 536), and from Camerun : Bibundi (Ellingsen,
11. p. 63).

82 Annals of tJte Soutli African Museum.

CHELIFEE ABMATUS Tomosvary.

A rather dubious species, based by Tomosvary on specimens from
Ashanti, West Africa (25. p. 18). Still more doubtful is the record
of this species by Daday, from Herczegovina and Corfu.

CHELIFER BONCICUS Karsch.

This species was established by Karsch on specimens from Japan.
In the collections of the Berlin Museum there is one female from
N.W. Madagascar which I was unable to distinguish from examples
from Japan in the same collections (Ellingsen, 9. p. 373).

CHELIFER CIMICOIDES Fabr.
var. BASILEENSIS Ellingsen.

This species, common in Europe, has a variety, taken by L. Fea
in the Island of Fernando Po : Basile (Ellingsen, 4. p. 252).

CHELIFER CONCINNUS Tullgren.

The types, 3 and $ , were from Orange Free State : Bothaville
(Tullgren, 22. p. 41). Tullgren, in a later publication, recorded the
species from Zululand : Lake Sibayi (21. p. 224). New localities in
the special part.

CHELIFER GLABRATUS Ellingsen.

A West African species, the types of which ( $ and 5 ) were
collected in N. Camerun : Jos. Albrechtshohe (Ellingsen, 9. p. 374).

CHELIFER PERPUSILLUS Ellingsen.

Only known from British East Africa : Takanuga, 3 and 2
(Ellingsen, 9. p. 378).

CHELIFER RUBIDUS Ellingsen.

Leonardo Fea collected the types of this species, 3 an d ? , in
Portuguese Guinea : Eio Cassine, and in S. Thome : Ribeira Palma
(Ellingsen, 4. p. 254). I have referred to the same species a specimen
from Ecuador in South America.

CHELIFER SUBFOLIOSUS Ellingsen.

The species was based on a male (Ellingsen, 9. p. 381), with no
other indication of locality than " Africa." The species is recorded
from Cape Colony, collected by the Rev. Robert Godfrey.

The Ps&udo scorpions of South Africa. 83

CHELIFER ANGULATUS Ellingsen.

The types of this species, the only known specimens, J 1 and ? ,
were taken by L. Fea in the Island of Principe : Boca Inf. D.
Henrique and Bahia do Oeste (Ellingsen, 4. p. 258).

CHELIFER ANGUSTATUS Tullgren.

The only locality is Kilimanjaro : Kihonoto, $ (Tullgren, 20.
p. 14).

CHELIFER BAYONI Ellingsen.

The types, J only, were from Uganda, Archipelago di Sesse :
Buvama (Ellingsen, 10. p. 538). New localities in the special part ;
also males.

CHELIFER BUTTXEHI Ellingsen.

The species was based on specimens, J 1 and 2 , from West
Africa, Togo : Bismarcksburg (Ellingsen, 9. p. 384) ; a female from
the Nyassa Mountains (loc. cit.) seems to belong to the same species.

CHELIFER CANCROIDES Linne.

This species, common in Europe, has been transported by man
to other parts of the world, and has been recorded from some
localities in Africa, for instance from the Cape of Good Hope
(Ellingsen, 9. p. 384). I have in my collection a male from the
Gold Coast (West Africa), collected by Biedermann. Some other
localities will be given in the special part below.

CHELIFER EXIGUUS Tullgren.

The type specimen, a female only, was collected at Kilimanjaro :
Kibonoto (Tullgren, 20. p. 13). A new locality in the special part.

CHELIFER FACETUS Tullgren.

The type specimens, females only, were from Natal : Stamford
Hill (Tullgren, 21. p. 224). A new locality in the special part.

CHELIFER GARYPOIDES Ellingsen.

The species was founded on specimens, $ , from Portuguese
Guinea : Bolama (Ellingsen, 4. p. 259). Later on C. .1. With
recorded it from St. Paul's Eock in mid-Atlantic (With, 29. p. 19).
New localities will be given in the special part.

CHELIFER KEWI Ellingsen.

This species seems to be a common one in the south of Africa :
the original specimens came from Cape Colony : Witte Hardt,

84 Annals of the South African Museum.

Nieuwveldt, about 5,000 feet above the sea (Ellingsen, 7. p. 164),
3 and 2 . A form of this species, var. Fiilleborni Ellingsen, is
recorded from East Africa : Langenburg, and British East Africa :
Takanuga (Ellingsen, 9. p. 385). Several new localities, with a
number of specimens, together with some interesting notes on the
manner of life of this species, will be given in the special part.

CHELIFER MUCRONATUS Tullgren.

A very beautiful species. The type specimens, $ and 2 , were
taken in the Orange Free State : Bothaville, and Cape Colony : Port
Elizabeth (Tullgren, 22. p. 32), and the species has since been
recorded from Zululand : Dukudu (Tullgren, 21. p. 220). More
information on this species will be given in the special part.

CHELIFER SCULPTURATUS Lewis.

One of the most remarkable and curious species, if not the most
curious one, among the Chelifers. The species was founded by
Lewis in 1903 (Lewis, 12. p. 497) on specimens, $ and 2 , from
Natal (taken in beehives), and redescribed (from the same speci-
mens) by C. J. With (26. p. 122). In the collections of the South
African Museum there are some specimens from Natal and Trans-
vaal (see the special part).

CHELIFER SEGREGATUS Tullgren.

A single specimen, 2 , from South Africa, Hereroland : Eooibank
(Tullgren, 24. p. 285). A new locality in the special part.

CHELIFER SIMONI Balzan.

Syn. : Chclifer madagascarensis Ellingsen.

One of the most widely distributed species in the tropical parts
of the world, especially in Africa, but it is also recorded from some
localities out of this continent, perhaps imported. In Africa this
species has a wide distribution ; in West Africa, especially, many
localities are known. Originally described from Sierra Leone
(Balzan, 1. p. 531), and redescribed as Ch. madagascarensis
(Ellingsen, 2. p. 137) from Madagascar, it has been afterwards
reported from Cameruii by Tullgren (18. p. 100), and from Carnerun :
Jaunde and Jos. Albrechtshohe (Ellingsen, 9. p. 387) ; from Camerun :
Bibundi (Ellingsen, 11. p. 63) ; Islands of Cabo Verde : Brava ;
S. Thiago : Orgaos Grandes ; S. Nicolao ; Portuguese Guinea :
Bissau, Rio Cassine, and Bolama ; San Thome : Eibeira Palma ;
Fernando Po : Punta Frailes (Ellingsen, $. p. 255) ; Benguela : Huse

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 85

(With, 28. p. 66) ; Togo : Bismarcksburg, and Senegal (Ellingsen, 9.
p. 387). From the central and eastern parts of Africa we have the
following localities : Uganda : Bugala (Ellingsen, 10. p. 536) ; Eritrea :
Ghinda (Ellingsen, 8. p. 218), and Keunion (Ellingsen, 9. p. 387).
A new locality will be given in the special part.

CHELIFER SOCOTRENSIS With.

The type specimens were from Socotra, $ and 2 (With, 26.
p. 116).

CHELIFER STRANDI Ellingsen.

The species was founded on specimens, $ and 2 , from German
East Africa : Amani (Ellingsen, 6. p. 30), and has been taken
nowhere else.

CHELIFER SUBRUBER E. Simon.

A cosmopolitan species to which were referred some specimens
from German East Africa : Amani and Bomola (Ellingsen 6. p. 28).

CHELIFER TENUIMANUS Balzan.

A species very nearly related to Ck. Simoni ; established by
Balzan on specimens from Madagascar : Nossi-be (Balzan, l.p. 532),
and not since met with.

CHELIFER TERMITOPHILUS Tullren.

Only known from Natal : Stamford Hill (Tullgren, 21. p. 221),
3 and 2 .

CHELIFER TORULOSUS Tullgren.

Tullgren based the species on specimens, $ and 2 , from Cape
Colony : Port Elizabeth (Tullgren, 22. p. 35), and reported it after-
wards from Natal : Stamford Hill, and from Zululand : Dukudu
(Tullgren, 21. p. 220). I am very much inclined to believe it the
same species as Ch. Kewi Ellingsen.

CHELIFER TUMULIFERUS Tullgren.

An interesting species from Namalaland : Port Nolloth (Tullgren,
24. p. 284). As regards a new locality, see the special part.

MYRMOCHERNES AFRICANUS Tullgren.

This species belongs to a genus autochthon in Africa ; the single
species known is the above from Cape Colony : Port Elizabeth
(Tullgren, 22. p. 61). Females only, and taken nowhere else.

86 Annals of the South African Museum.

PSEUDOCHIRIDIUM TRAGARDHI Tullgl'eil.

The tropical genus Pseudochiridium With is represented in
Africa by this species from Natal : Town Bush, Maritzburg
(Tullgren, 21. p. 226).

CHEIRIDIUM MUSEORUM Leach.

A species widely distributed throughout all Europe and also
reported from Algeria, in inhabited places. It was, therefore, a
very remarkable incident, that this species was taken in Cape
Colony : Pirie Forest, on yellow- wood. As regards its occurrence
there, see the special part.

CHEIRIDIUM FERUM E. Simon.

This species was hitherto known only in Europe : France, Italy,
and Switzerland. It has been taken by the Eev. Robert Godfrey in
Cape Colony : see the special part.

CHEIRIDIUM SUBTROPICUM Tullgren.

The types of this species were taken in Zululand : Umfolozi
(Tullgren, 21. p. 220), $ and 5 . As regards its occurrence in Cape
Colony, see the special part.

NOTE. Two other species of this genus are known : Ch. corticum
Balzan, from South America, and Ch. formosaniim Ellingsen from
Asia. I quite agree with Tullgren (21. p. 216), that Cheiridium
tetrophthalmum Daday (from Hungary) does not belong to this
genus, but to Garypus.

FEAELLA MIRABILIS Ellingsen.

The types of this species, on which the genus Feaella was
founded, were taken by Leonardo Fea in Portuguese Guinea :
Bolama (Ellingsen, 4. p. 263), and the animal has been taken
nowhere else.

FEAELLA MUCRONATA Tullgren.

The species was based on specimens from Natal : Amanzimtoti
(Tullgren, 21. p. 228). See the special part.

GARYPUS IMPRESSUS Tullgren.

The only localities for this species were, till now, those of the
type specimens, viz., Natal : Van Eeenen, and Amanzimtoti, and
Zululand : Junction of the black and the white Umfolozi (Tullgren,
21. p. 229). For further localities, see the special part.

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 87

GARYPUS INSULABIS Tullgren.

The only locality known is that of the type specimen, 5 , Sey-
chelles (Tullgren, 22. p. 63).

GARYPUS MINUTUS Tullgren.

The type specimen, , was from Cape Colony : Port Elizabeth
(Tullgren, 22. p. 66). Tullgren afterwards reported it from Natal :
Stamford Hill and Van Reenen (21. p. 229). Several new localities
will be reported in the special part.

GARYPUS SENEGALENSIS Balzan.

Syn. : Gari/pus olicaceus Tullgren, 22. p. 63.

I have no doubt that Tullgren's species is a synonym of
G. senegalensis Balzan.

Balzan (1. p. 535) indicates no locality for the type specimens,
certainly only by neglect, for in giving the species the name
senegalensis, he must have understood that the specimens had
come from Senegal. Tullgren based his species G. olivuccm on
specimens from Orange Free State: Bothaville (22. p. 65), and has
later reported it from Natal : Stamford Hill, as well as from Zulu-
land : Lake Sibayi, Dukudu, and junction of the Black and White
Umfolozi (Tullgren, 21. p. 229).

As regards new localities, see the special part.

GARYPINUS OBSCURUS Tullgren.

The type specimens, 5 only, were from Orange Free State :
Bothaville (Tullgren, 22. p. 69) ; afterwards reported from Zululand :
Entendweni, Mtetwa, and junction of the Black and the White
Umfolozi (Tullgren, 21. p. 229). Farther localities in the special
part.

OLPIUM ARABICUM E. Simon.

E. Simon described this species from specimens from Arabia.
This locality was the only one, until some examples from the Islands
of Cabo Verde : Ilheo Eazo (Ellingsen, $. p. 263) were identified as
belonging to this species ; afterwards it was recorded from Mada-
gascar : Ste. Marie (Ellingsen, 9. p. 390), and from Uganda : Is. di
Sesse, Bugala (Ellingsen, 10. p. 538). In the special part will be
given a locality from South Atrica. It thus seems that the species
(if rightly identified) belongs more to the African than to the Arabian
fauna.

88 Annals of the 8outh African M/i\entu.

OLPIUM DESEBTICOLA E. Simon.

Originally described from Tunisia and Algeria ; a number of
specimens from the area in question, viz., several places in the
Islands of Cabo Verde : Boa Vista ; Brava ; S. Thiago : Pedra
Badejo; and Fogo : S. Felipe (Ellingsen, 4. p. 264), were identified
with this species. It has also been recorded from Sicily.

OLPIUM NITENS Tullgren.

The type specimen is from South Africa, Great Namaqualand :
Liideritz Bay (Tullgren, 24. p. 287). Some new localities will be
given in the special part.

OLPIUM PUSILLUM Ellingsen.

The original specimen, a $ , was from Cape Colony : Fishhoek
near Simonstown (Ellingsen: in Strand 17. p. 596). As to the
relationship between this species and the preceding one, see the
special part.

OLPIUM SCHULTZEI Tullgren.

The single type specimen of this species was described from
South Africa, Great Namaqualand : Prince of Wales Bay (Tullgren,
24. p. 287).

OLPIUM SUBGEANDE Tullgren.

The species was described from a single specimen from South
Africa: Kalahari, between Kangand Khakhea (Tullgren, 24. p. 288).
Another locality (in Ehodesia) will be given in the special part.

OLPIUM VEEMIS E. Simon.

This species, originally described from Egypt and reported later
from the whole of the southern coast of the Mediterranean, has also
been recorded from the Island of Annobom, on the Guinea Coast
(Ellingsen, 4. p. 263). One female.

IDEOBISIUM QUADRISPINOSUM Tullgren.

The species was based on $ from Natal: Town Bush, Maritz-
burg (Tullgren, 21. p. 231). In the special part will be reported
several localities in Cape Colony.

CHTHONIUS CLATHEATUS Tullgren.

The type specimens were from Natal : Town Bush, Maritzburg,
and from Zululand: Lake Sibayi (Tullgren, 21. p. 234), $ and 2.
A new locality will be given in the special part.

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 89

CHTHOXIUS CONTRACTUS Tullgren.

This species, too, was based on specimens from Natal : Van
Eeenen ; Amanzimtoti ; and Stamford Hill. Zulnland : Lake
Sibayi ; Junction of the Black and the White Umfolozi (Tullgren,
21. p. 233), $ and 5 . It has also been recorded from Eritrea :
Ghinda, on the Eed Sea, $ (Elliugsen, 8. p. 219). The Eev. Eobert
Godfrey has taken it on the Pirie Mountains (see the special part).

CHTHONIUS MORDAX Tullgren.

The type specimens, $ and $ , were collected in Natal :
Caversham, and Stamford Hill ; and in Zululand : Lake Sibayi
(Tullgren, 21. p. 235). This species is widely distributed in Cape
Colony, a great number of specimens having been collected (see the
special part).

CHTHONIUS NATALENSIS Tullgren.

Eeported only from Natal : Stamford Hill, $ (Tullgren, 21.
p. 232).

CHTHONIUS SINUATUS Tullgren.

The type specimen was collected in Camerun (Tullgren, 18.
p. 101). Afterwards the species was recorded for Portuguese
Guinea : Eio Cassine, and from San Thome : Vista Alegre (Ellingsen,
4. p. 265). A new locality (in Cape Colony) will be given in the
special part.

CHTHONIUS TETRACHELATUS Preyssler.

This species is widely distributed throughout the palaearctic area,
and also occurs in North America ; curiously enough some specimens
of this form were found in a collection from the Seychelles
(Ellingsen, 9. p. 402).

90 Annals of the South African Museum.

It was with great interest that 1 looked forward to the examination
of the rich collections of Pseudoscorpions which the Director of the
South African Museum in Cape Town had been kind enough to
place at my disposal, and the results fully justified my expectations,
and of no less interest were the collections which the Rev. Robert
Godfrey had brought together chiefly from the environs of the Pirie
Mission. Beside the new species, there were several, already
known, of great interest, of which may be mentioned : Chelifer
sculpturatus Lewis, Ch. tiuni/l/ft-rus Tullgren, Cheiridium museorum
Leach, Cheiridium ferum E. Simon, and Feaclla niucronata Tullgren,
to point out only the more remarkable ones. The knowledge of the
distribution of these animals in the south of Africa has thus been
very much enlarged, thanks to the zeal with which several naturalists
have collected for the Museum.

As was mentioned in the Introduction, 87 species are now known
from the area in question, and of these no less than 42 species were
represented in the collections from the South African Museum and
from Mr. Godfrey, of which 10 species are believed to be new.

1. CHELIFER EQUESTER With.

In the collections of the South African Museum there were
specimens from two localities :

Transvaal Province : Shiliowane (Rev. H. Junod), 2 ? ; Natal
Province : Durban (C. N. Barker), 2 $ .

2. CHELIFER FEAE Ellingsen.

Cape Province. East London (J. Wood), 1 $ .

The Rev. R. Godfrey reports for this species the following
localities, from which I have examined 2 J , 1 $ :

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Burnshill, Pirie, and
Xukwane ; Victoria East Div. : Woodstock and Lovedale, collected
by Miss Fanny Ross and Mr. Godfrey, on blue gum and on yellow-
wood.

Mr. Godfrey writes of this species : " A tree species, living in the
looser outside bark, taking shelter in crannies when disturbed. I
obtained immature specimens moulting in nests, November 21, 1907.
On November 27, 1907, I found one in a very roomy nest on a gum-
tree ; the animal was at one corner of the nest, and the larval mass
(quite detached from her) was at the other corner. This is the only
instance in which I have seen such a thing, and I would need to see.

\

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 91

it a second time before I could definitively record it, as there is a
possibility of the separation having been caused as I wrenched off
the bark." *

3. CHELIPER INSUBIDUS Tullgren.

The Rev. Godfrey gives in a letter the following list of localities
for this species :

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie Forest, Pirie,
Frankfort Hill, and Ntaba Kandoda, under bark of yellow- wood and
on wild fig. I have examined 2 J , 2 ? , 2 jun.

"A forest species, living on trees " (Godfrey in litt.).

4. CHELIFEE CONCINNUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Town (W. F. Purcell), 1 3 , 1 ? ; Stellen-
bosch Div. : Faure (W. F. Purcell), 1 ? .

Tullgren's type specimens were certainly rather young, to judge
from his statement of their colour and of the longitudinal stripe of
the abdomen being indistinct owing to the pale colour of the tergites.
Yet, the colour of the specimens from Cape Colony, too, is rather
a light one. Another reason for supposing that Tullgren's specimens
were not adult, is that he refers the species to the subruber group,
although with a sign of interrogation; the species belongs certainly
to the cimicoides group, and this the whole appearance also seems to
indicate. Tullgren's specimens also certainly had the abdomen very
much contracted, as he states that the palps are much longer than
the body ; in the specimens mentioned above, with abdomen
extended, the palps are at least no longer than the body. The
specimens from Cape Province have the femur and the tibia of the
palps more robust, which, too, seems to indicate that the specimens
are more developed.

5. CHELIFER SUBFOLIOSUS Ellingsen.

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Ntaba Kandoda
(E. Godfrey), 1 J , 1 ? .

I think the above two specimens belong to this species, though I
have no original specimens to compare them with. The species
seems to belong to the cimicoides group, not to the subruber group
which I thought from the type specimens to be the case, perhaps on
account of their young state.

* I have seen such a thing once myself, in Norway, with a Chelifer Cyrneus
L. Koch, the larval mass separated from the mother (Ellingsen, Norske Pseudo-
scorpioner. II. Chra, Vid. Kelsk Forh., 11)03, No. 5, p. 10).

8

92 Annals of the South African Museum.

6. CHELIFER BAYONI Ellingsen.

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie, 1 5 in the
nest of the Fiscal Shrike (Lanius collar is L.) ; Izeli, 2 $ in a stable;
Green River, 2 J jun., all collected by Mr. Godfrey ; Blythswood
(W. J. A. Moir), 1 3 , 4 ? > 3 jun. (I have also seen a specimen ( $ )
found in Port Elizabeth Museum, forwarded for identification by
Mr. Hewitt, Grahamstown Museum.)

The male in the last lot proves that the species belongs to the
*/tl>r/(f>er group.

7. CHELIFER CANCROIDES L.

Cape Province. Stellenbosch Div. : Faure (W. F. Purcell), 1 3 ;
Stellenbosch (L. Peringuey), 1 J ; Malmesbury Div. : Berg River
(W. L. Sclater), 1 ? .

8. CHELIFER EXIGUUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula : Bergvliet, 1 5 , in nest of a bee.

The specimen agrees in all essentials with the description of this
species, with the following exceptions : The colour is, on the whole,
reddish-brown, and the cephalothorax is not quite evenly granulate,
but has some dispersed bigger tubercles.

9. CHELIFER FACETUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie (R. Godfrey),
3 <? , 1 2 jun.

Tullgren, as will be seen from the Introduction, based this species
on specimens ( $ ) from Natal. I have referred the above specimens
from Pirie to the same species, as they agree well with Tullgren's
description, the fact that my specimens, at least the adult ones, are
males, being, of course, taken into consideration ; it is evident from
the males that the species belongs to the cancroidcs group, but the
tergites are destitute of lateral keels and of posterior spine-like
tubercles. The claws have no teeth ; the posterior claw of I. pair of
legs is a little abnormal, being somewhat irregular and straightened.
The trochantin of the IV. pair of legs is characterised by being per-
pendicularly articulated, as stated by Tullgren.

10. CHELIFER GARYPOIDES Ellingsen.

Cape Province. Robertson Div. : Montagu Baths (W. F. Purcell),
1 jun. ; Cape Peninsula : Simonstown (R. M. Lightfoot), 1 ;
Retreat Flats (R. M. Lightfoot), 2 3 ; (W. F. Purcell), 1 $ , 1 jun. ;
Table Mountain (R. M. Lightfoot), 1 3 ; near Platteklip (W. F.
Purcell), 1 3 .

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 93

In the Rev. R. Godfrey's collection : Port Elizabeth, 2 $ , 1 $ ,

1 jun., under stones on the veld (Godfrey) ; King William's Town
]>iv. : Green River (Godfrey', 1 jun.

11. CHELIFER KEWI Ellingsen.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula : Cape Town, Salt River, and
Wynberg (W. F. Purcell, R. M. Lightfoot), 14 $ , 9 ? , 25 jun.;
Devil's Peak (W. F. Purcell), 2 3 ; Hout Bay (W. F. Purcell), 11 3 ,
6 ? , 1 jun. ; St. James (W. F. Purcell), 1 $ , 2 ? , on sea-shore ;
Sea Point (W. F. Purcell), 1 3 ; Cape Flats, at Zeekoe Vlei (W. F.
Purcell), I $ , I ? ; Bergvliet (W. F. Purcell), 8 $ , 5 ? , 1 jun., in
grass ; Miller's Point, near Simonstown (W. F. Purcell), 5^,2 2 ;
Simonstown Mountains (D. L. Patrick), 1 $ ; Signal Hill (R. M.
Lightfoot), 1 ? ; Knysna Div. : Balmoral (W. F. Purcell), 9 3 ,
9 2 , 1 3 jun., 1 ? jun. ; Hanover (S. C. Cronwright Schreiner),

2 $ ; Caledon Div. : Hermanuspetrusfontein (R. M. Lightfoot),
8 3 , 1 ? ; (H. Herman), 4 3 .

I have examined several specimens from the Rev. R. Godfrey's
collection ; he gives in a letter the following localities :

King William's Town Div. : Green River, Pirie, and King
William's Town ; Victoria East Div. : Lovedale. They were taken
under stones, in a hen-house, in a garden (Miss Fanny Ross), and
under a piece of wood, in a stable.

NOTE 1. About this species, Mr. Godfrey gives in a letter some
interesting particulars : " Like Chelifer cancroides, this species seems
to depend largely on man for the extension of its range. It is a very
common species here, and practically always attendant on man. I
have found only one specimen at a distance from human haunts.
On November 5, 1908, I found a female with well-developed larval
mass in a nest under a stone. The nest was of sand, with larger
pieces of grit ; it was very sparingly lined with silk, and therefore
by no means firm. The attachment of silk on the surface of the
stone was also very sparing. Measurement of nest at surface of
attachment, 5x4 mm. On April 1, 1908, I found one eating an
immature Chelifer ; it seemed to have hold simply by the mouth
apparatus. While I held the Chelifer Kewi, I saw it deliberately
remove the husk from its mouth with its right palp."

NOTE 2. Even in an immature state, the male and female of this
species may, I think, be distinguished before the sexual apparatus is
visible, the males already in that state having the galea simple and
of smaller size, and coxa IV. rather slender, the females with the
galea somewhat more robust and with teeth, and coxa IV. very robust.

94 Annalx of the South African Museum.

12. CHELIFEK MINUSCULOIDES nov. sp.

$ . Two eyes, one on each side.

Colour. Cephalothorax and tergites greyish brown, palps more
reddish brown, the other parts paler.

Cephalothorax a little longer than broad behind, rather regularly
and roundly narrowing forwards, rounded in front, the front margin
nearly straight. Two narrow but distinct transverse grooves ; the
anterior one about in the middle, nearly straight, only a little curved
forwards laterally; the posterior groove much nearer to the hind
margin than to the anterior one, in the middle slightly curved back-
wards, laterally somewhat widened. The posterior corner of Cephalo-
thorax not produced into spine-like tubercles. The surface somewhat
glossy, rather coarsely granulate, but with no bigger tubercles ; the
hairs truncate.

Abdomen. The tergites divided longitudinally by a fine stripe,
except the first and the last ones. Tergites 1-5 more or less
distinctly keeled laterally (the keels decreasing in strength back-
wards) and produced into spine-like tubercles posteriorly. The
surface somewhat glossy, coarsely shagreened. The hairs slender
and truncate, but most of them are broken ; no tactile hairs on the
last segment. The sternites also divided longitudinally, except the
last one, glossy and slightly shagreened ; the hairs slender and
pointed.

Palps about as long as the body (with abdomen contracted). Coxa
glossy and nearly smooth. The other joints glossy and nearly
smooth, except trochanter and femur, which are somewhat granulate
on the inner and partly on the upper side ; the hand especially is
very glossy and smooth. The hairs short, dentate, passing into
truncate and pointed ones. Trochanter with a distinct stalk,
roundish, semicircular in front, behind with a rounded, coarsely
granulate tubercle, above with a rounded tubercle, pointing back-
wards. Femur with a distinct stalk, three times as long as broad,
nearly straight in front, only a little sinuated towards the tip, behind
regularly and moderately convex. Tibia with a moderately long
stalk, this excepted a little shorter and a little broader than
femur, regularly and moderately convex in front, behind somewhat
less convex, most so towards the extremity. Hand with a distinct
stalk, and regularly rounded base, li times as broad as tibia, on both
sides about evenly and moderately convex, passing gradually into
the fingers. Fingers robust, considerably curved, a little shorter
than the hand.

Tlic Pseudoscorpions of SoiitJi, Africa. 95

Mandibles. Galea very small and simple.

Legs smooth and glossy. Coxa IV. strongly curved with very
distinct coxal sac opening. The hairs pointed. The inner claw of
I. pair of legs somewhat irregular and straightened, the other claws
simple. The species helongs to the caneroides group.

Length 1-50 mm. (abdomen contracted) ; width O64 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. O57 ; lat. 0-50. Femur :
long. 0-43; lat. 014. Tibia : long. O40 ; lat. 0-17. Hand:
long. 0-43 ; lat. 0-26. Fingers : long. 0-39 mm.

Habitat. Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie
Forest, May 13, 1908 (R. Godfrey), 1 $ , on a tree.

NOTE. The species is allied to Cli. minusculus nov. sp. (see
below), but differs from it in having keels and lateral spine-like
tubercles on the tergites, the palps less granulate, the hairs more
simple, and one claw of I. pair of legs abnormal. Both species,
Ch. minusculus and Cli. minusculoides, are nearly allied to Ch.
viucronatus Tullgren. These two names were proposed by the
Rev. Godfrey.

13. CHELIFEK MINUSCULUS nov. sp.

3 . Two eyes, one on each side.

Colour. Cephalothorax and tergites greyish brown ; sternites,
palps, and legs pale reddish brown.

Cephalothorax as long as wide behind, nearly parallel-sided up to
the anterior groove, then narrowing forwards, in front, the front
margin included, regularly rounded. Two transverse grooves, very
little developed, both of them nearly straight, the anterior groove
about in the middle, the posterior one considerably nearer to the
hind margin than to the first. The posterior corner of Cephalothorax
not produced into a spine-like tubercle laterally. The surface glossy,
minutely and densely granulate, with no bigger tubercles. The hairs
truncate and dentate.

Abdomen. All tergites divided longitudinally by a fine stripe.
JVo terqites produced into spine-like tubercle* laterally ; there are
some traces of keels on several of the tergites, but they are very
little developed. The surface glossy, minutely and densely granulate.
The hairs very short, but strongly clavate ; no tactile hairs on the
last segment. The sternites divided longitudinally, like the tergites,
glossy and shagreened, with fine, pointed hairs.

Palps a little longer than the body (with abdomen somewhat
extended), slender. Coxa glossy, a small central area nearly smooth,
around this area slightly granulate. The other joints glossy, slightly

96 Annals of the South African Museum.

and densely granulate, except the lingers. The hairs of trochanter
and femur more or less distinctly clavate, those of the other joints
dentate, all of them short, those of the fingers fine and pointed,
partly long ones. Trochanter with a distinct stalk, roundish,
strongly convex in front, behind with a small tubercle, above with
a rounded protuberance, pointing backwards. Femur with a distinct
stalk, about 3 times as long as broad, nearly parallel-sided, the
front margin straight, behind somewhat obliquely widened from the
stalk, the hind margin very little convex or nearly straight, and
rounded only at base and tip. Tibia with a distinct stalk, consider-
ably shorter and only a little broader than femur, twice as long as
wide, somewhat obliquely shaped, the outer side proximally nearly
straight, somewhat convex towards the extremity, the front side
regularly and moderately convex, tibia in all only a little tapering
towards the tip. Hand with a distinct stalk, and regularly rounded
base, about 1-i- times as broad as tibia, exteriorly slightly convex, the
inner side more strongly so, passing obliquely into the fingers.
Fingers moderately robust, considerably curved, about as long as the
hand, with no accessory teeth.

Mandibles. Galea very minute, pointed and simple.

Legs. Coxae glossy and nearly smooth ; the other joints
more or less granulate. Coxa IV. slightly curved, with distinct
coxal sac opening. The hairs partly clavate, partly simple. All
claics normal and simple. The species belongs to the cancroides
group.

Length 1'75 mm. (with abdomen extended) ; width of abdomen
0*74 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. O60 ; lat. 0'60. Femur:
long. 0-52; lat. 0-16. Tibia: long. O3G ; lat. 0-18. Hand: long.
0-39 ; lat. 0-24. Fingers : long. 0-43 mm.

$? . The female, in all essentials, the sexual apparatus exceptetl,
resembles the male, but is of somewhat larger size, about 2 mm.
long. Galea small, though a little stronger than that of the male,
with some small teeth at the tip. Claws simple.

Habitat. Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie
Forest, where it was found by the Eev. E. Godfrey, abundant on
yellow-wood. I have examined 11 $ , 7 5 , and 8 young.

NOTE 1. This species is among the smallest of the cancru/'!< .
group ; it is distinguished by having only traces of keels on the
tergites, and neither these nor the cephalothorax have the corners
laterally produced ; the claws in both sexes are normal and destitute
of teeth.

The Pseudoscorpions of SoiitJt Africa. 97

NOTE 2. The Eev. K. Godfrey in a letter remarks on this species
as follows :

" This is a true forest species, which occurs on yellow-wood
everywhere in Pirie Forest. It is not necessary to give dates for this
species. June and November are the only months in which I have
not found it, and the reason undoubtedly is because I have not
purposely looked for it then. This species moults in a nest of silk
with dust-covered rim, appressed between two flakes of bark and
measuring l - 5 mm. across. On December 12, 1907, I found the
discarded moult in one nest, along with the creature itself ; and on
March 13, 1908, I took a newly moulted individual out of a nest.
The 2 makes no nest for reproductive purposes, but lives a free life
at the time she is carrying the larval mass attached to the under side
of the abdomen. Dates December 12, 1907, and February 12, 1908."

14. CHELIFER MUCRONATUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Uitenhage Div. : Witteklip, Van Staden's Eiver
(I. L. Drege), 2^,1 ? , under bark of the sneezewood-tree.

A great number of specimens of this species have been collected
in King William's Town Div. : Pirie, Cwencwe, and Burnshill
(nearly all of them by Miss Fanny Ross, and a single one by the
Eev. E. Godfrey) ; they have been taken, according to Mr. Godfrey,
on blue gum, red gum, apple-tree, and EJius rillosa. I have
examined 8 3 , 8 ? . The species has also been taken in Victoria
East Div. : Lovedale (Godfrey), 2 $ , on blue gum ; Stutterheim
Div.: Weltondale (Miss Boss), 3 $ , 1 ?. , on mimosa.

(I have also seen !<?,!? from Port Elizabeth (I. L. Drege),
belonging to the Albany Museum, Grahamstown.)

Mr. Godfrey writes of this species: "A tree species. As the
above data show, nearly every specimen I have has been collected
for me by Miss Fanny Eoss, Pirie. She obtained a female with its
larval mass attached, living tree on a blue gum, November 18,
1908."

NOTE. Tullgren says, in his description of this species, that the
cephalothorax and palps are not glossy; all specimens I have
examined are somewhat glossy, yet I have no doubt that my speci-
mens belong to this species. An excellent character for the males
of this form is the spine of the antero-exterior corner of coxa IV.
Not always as many as 8 tergites (as Tullgren states) are produced
into a spine-like tubercle and keeled ; sometimes fewer may be so
produced.

98 Annals of the South African Museum.

15. CHELIFEK PARADOXUS nov. sp.

$ . Two large eyes, one on each side.

Colour. Cephalothorax and tergites brown, palps reddish brown,
the under side and legs pale brownish.

Cephalothorax much longer than wide (about as 4 : 3), nearly
parallel-sided till towards the eyes ; but the lateral contour is rather
irregular on account of the transverse grooves being a little produced
laterally; near the eyes the Cephalothorax is a little rounded, the
front margin nearly straight. Two transverse grooves very well
developed, the anterior one about in the middle, nearly straight, very
broad and deep, somewhat widened laterally ; the posterior groove
at about equal distance from the hind margin and the first groove,
nearly straight too, less developed ; the posterior corners of cephalo-
thorax not produced into a spine. The surface nearly glossless,
coarsely granulate, but with no bigger tubercles ; along the front
margin a row of distinctly clavate hairs ; the other hairs are
apparently broken.

Abdomen long and slender. All tergites divided longitudinally by
a fine stripe. All tergites (except the last one) have a feeble, dark
lateral keel. The surface glossless and coarsely granulate, along the
hind margin each tergite is provided with short and strongly clavate
hairs ; no tactile hairs on the last segment. The sternites divided
longitudinally, glossy and shagreened, with fine and pointed hairs,
and additionally on the sclerites 6-9 provided with areas of bristle*
The species belongs to the subruber group.

Palps somewhat longer than the body (with abdomen extended),
thus long and slender. Coxa glossy and slightly granulate or nearly
smooth ; the other joints glossy below, above nearly glossless, more
or less granulate, except the fingers. The hairs of the inner side
(especially those of trochanter and femur) distinctly clavate, the
other hairs dentate. Trochanter with a rather long stalk, a little
longer than wide, on both sides slightly convex, above with a strong
protuberance, which basally is nearly perpendicular, distally sloping
towards the extremity. Femur with a distinct stalk, about four
times as long as broad, thus rather slender, in front distinctly
concave, behind gradually widened from the stalk, the hind margin
distinctly convex, a little narrowing towards the tip, but femur on the
whole cannot be said to be club-shaped. Tibia with a rather long
stalk, about as long and as wide as femur, club-shaped, behind in the
greater central part slightly concave, convex towards the tip, in front
gradually widened from the stalk, the inner side distinctly convex.
Hand with a distinct stalk, and regularly rounded base, only a little

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 99

broader than tibia, exteriorly nearly straight, in front slightly convex
or nearly straight, passing a little obliquely into the fingers. Fingers
robust, slightly curved, a little shorter than the hand (4 : 5).

Mandibles. Galea small and simple.

Legs more or less granulate, with partly clavate, partly dentate, and
simple hairs. Tibia of IV. pair very broad (high), being very convex
on the inner side. Claws small and simple.

? . The female has the palps somewhat more robust, tibia with
no concavity exteriorly, and the tibia of IV. pair of legs slender.
Galea of the single specimen broken.

Length (with abdomen extended) 2'22 mm., width of abdomen
0-79 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. O79 ; lat. O57. Femur :
long. 0-72; lat. 0-19. Tibia: long. 0'61; lat. 0-20. Hand: long.
0-57; lat. 0-23. Fingers: long. O46 mm.

Habitat. Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Ntaba
Kandoda (R. Godfrey), 1 $ (type) ; Transkei, Butterworth : Blyths-
wood, 1 $ ; Kei Bridge, 1 2 (R. Godfrey).

NOTE. -Though this species belongs to the sit-bruber group, it has
the tergites slightly keeled, a thing till now observed only in the
species belonging to the cancroid ft, group, with the exception of a
South American species, L'li. satanas With, also belonging to the
fiiibr nber group. The keels in Ch. parailo.nis are certainly only
slightly developed, and are seen best when the animal is examined
in alcohol, but they are nevertheless present. The species, on
account of the slender palps, has much in common with several
other forms of the stibrnber group, for instance Ch. angulatus
1-jllingsen, but that species is much larger and has still more slender
palps.

16. CHELIFEK SCULPTURATUS Lewis.

Transvaal Province : Johannesburg (H. A. Fry), 1 3 ; Natal
Province: Richmond (Rev. J. R. Ward), 1 ?, 1 jun., in beehives ;
Pietermaritzburg (C. Fuller), 1 $ , 1 2 .

The immature specimen from Richmond has the exceedingly
coarse granulation, which is found on the palps in the adult speci-
mens, much less developed, and present only, in a smaller degree,
on the inner side of femur and tibia. I have not been able, with
certainty, to detect eyes, either in the adult specimens or in the
immature one. It is interesting to note that the specimens from
Richmond were taken in beehives, as were the type specimens.

During the printing I have received from Mr. Godfrey a couple of

100 Atnmlx of tJie South African Museum.

palps of this species, taken in Griqualand East : Isolo by Miss Fanny
Boss, June, 1912, in beehives.

17. CHELIFER SEGREGATUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Clanwilliam Div. (C. L. Leipoldt), 2 $ .

The femur of the palps is somewhat more robust than should be
the case according to Tullgren's figure, but in all else the specimens
agree well with the description.

18. CHELIFER SIMONI Balzan.

Cape Province. Stellenbosch Div. : Faure (W. F. Purcell), 1 $ .

I have also examined 5 $ and 14 ? , sent by the Eev. E. Godfrey,
who gives the following localities : Victoria East Div. : Lovedale,
many under stones in manure heap in company with (.'//. Keioi, and
some on gam-tree. King William's Town Div. : Pirie, two under
stones ; Cwencwe, eight on dead tree ; Burnshill, one on mimosa.
Griqualand East, Isolo (Miss Fanny Eoss), 3 $ , 2 5 .

Mr. Godfrey gives the following details on its habits: "This
species is interesting because of its two distinct habitats, on trees and
on the ground. It makes a nest for moulting purposes, and the 5
makes a nest for reproduction. The latter nests I have found on
January 1, 1908, on a tree; diameter of nest, 4 - 5 mm. I have seen
this species carrying as prey another false-scorpion in its chelicerae."

19. CHELIFER TUMULIFERUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula: Bergvliet (W. F. Purcell), 4 $ ,
3 2.

NOTE 1. When Tullgren, in his description of this species, says,
" Am Innenrande hat es (das Femur) nahe am Stielchen einen
charakteristischen, kleinen Knollen. Vor diesem Knollen ist das
Glied sehr schwach konvex," I suppose the last word is a misprint
for " konkav," to judge from the figure. In the above-mentioned
specimens ( $ $ ) the concavity is indeed quite considerable, except
in one specimen, where it is less pronounced and very like Tullgren's
figure. The stalk of the femur, too, is better marked out in my
specimens than is indicated in Tullgren's description and figure.
But I have no doubt that the specimens from Bergvliet belong to
Tullgren's species.

To the description given by this author I shall make some addi-
tional remarks : Tullgren puts a mark of interrogation as to his
specimen being a $ ; I do not think this is necessary, as I will try to

The Pseudoscorpions oj South Africa. 101

show in the following. I feel quite sure that the species belongs to
the subrubo- group, more especially as the males, examined by me,
have bristled areas on 5 or 6 stermtes, one small area on each side
near the median line : these areas are quite small (contrary to what
is the case in most other species of the nubntbcr group) and with
proportionally few bristles.

Together with these males were some females which in all
essentials resemble the males, except in the femur bcnii/ non/uil///
shaped, ivitli no basal protuberance on tin-, front side <>t femur ; tibia
and hand are (as usual in ? ) somewhat more robust, and the lingers
proportionally somewhat shorter ; femur and tibia somewhat more
strongly granulate ; femur is in front proximally slightly convex,
distally slightly concave.

NOTE. 2. The females mentioned above very much resemble the
female which Tullgren has described under the name of CJielifcr
lamellatus. Tullgren, it is true, says of this species that it has only
" deutliche Augenflecke," thus no real eyes, but eye-spots and real
eyes are often easily confounded. What Tullgren means by
' Lamellen ' : in this species I have not quite been able to realise.
If this suggestion of mine is right, Ch. tiinmlifcrits may be $ and
Ch. lamellatus 5 of the same species. But I dare not at present
unite the two.

20. CHELIFER WALLISKEWI nov. sp.

$ . Two eyes of moderate size, one on each side.

Colour. Body and palps dark reddish brown, the keels of
abdomen blackish red, the under side, legs, and mandibles palish
brown.

Cephalothorax distinctly longer than wide behind, gradually narrow-
ing forwards, rounded in front, the front margin slightly convex. Two
very prominent transverse grooves ; the posterior one, especially, is
very broad and deep ; the anterior groove about in the middle,
straight, somewhat widened laterally; the posterior one considerably
nearer to the hind margin than to the first, distinctly curved for-
wards and, like the first, widened laterally. The hind corner of
cephalothorax produced into a small, brown, spine-like process,
sometimes rather indistinct. The surface somewhat glossy, densely
granulate, and provide;! additionally with scattered bigger granules ;
these are laterally bigger and pointed. The very few hairs (which
are left?) truncate and slightly dentate.

Abdomen. The three anterior tergites and the last one entire, the
other tergites divided longitudinally by a fine stripe ; yet in one

102 Annals oj the South Africu/i Museum.

specimen the last tergite is partly divided. The 7 or 8 anterior
tergites are provided with lateral keels and produced posteriorly
into a spine-like process ; this process is rather small. The surface
somewhat glossy and slightly granulate. The hairs are mostly broken
and lost, some left are short and truncate ; at the tip of the lateral
spine-like process there is ( when not broken) a hair, slightly clavate.
All sternites divided longitudinally ; but the division of the last
sternite is only partial ; the surface somewhat glossy and shagreened.
The hairs broken or lacking.

Palps (when abdomen contracted) longer than, or (when abdomen
extended) as long as the body ; moderately slender. Coxa glossy
and slightly granulate ; the other joints, too, glossy and granulate,
but in addition there are on some of the joints bigger and pointed
granules ; for instance on trochanter, except on the under side, on
the femur above, but especially on the front side some very big ones,
also some smaller ones on the hind surface ; on the inner side of
tibia, too, some bigger granules. Fingers smooth. The clothing of
hairs is rather scattered, consisting of short, truncate, and a little
dentate hairs, curved forwards or nearly depressed ; on several of
the bigger granules the hairs are rather clavate. Trochanter with a
distinct stalk, somewhat longer than wide, oblong, in front and
behind moderately convex, above with a rather strong and rounded
protuberance. Femur with a distinct stalk, about 5 times as long
as wide at the tip, the inner side straight or slightly concave, behind
gradually widened from the stalk, the outer side slightly convex,
femur in all a little curved and slightly club-shaped, viz., gradually
increasing in width distally. Tibia with a short but distinct stalk,
decidedly club-shaped, distinctly shorter than femur, and at the
extremity about as wide as the femur, behind nearly straight, only
somewhat convex near the extremity, or slightly convex ; in front
nearly straight, a little sinuated near the tip. Hand with a very
short stalk, and the base obliquely rounded, oblong, as long as and
about li- times as wide as tibia, exteriorly slightly convex or some-
times nearly flat, interiorly somewhat more strongly convex, more or
less gradually passing into the fingers. Fingers about as long as the
hand or a little shorter, considerably curved, rather slender, with no
accessory teeth.

Mandibles. The galea was broken in all specimens examined.

Legs. -All joints glossy and more or less granulate. Coxa IV.
curved (as usual in the cancroides group), on the exterior corner pro-
vided with a brown, rounded, somewhat irregular spine-like process ;
this process, strictly speaking, is situated on the back of the joint,

The Pseudo scorpions oj South Africa. 103

thus sometimes difficult to see ; coxal sac present. Trochanter I.
and II. posteriorly produced into <i broad , rounded process, most
pronounced in trochanter I. Femur IV. on the back in the proximal
half provided with several small, irrei/itlar spines (or granules).
Femur III. and IV. at the tip exteriorly and interiorly produced into a
point (or spine). Tarsus I. icitli tlie tip exteriorly produced into a
very strong point, which is sometimes divided. Claws with no teeth,
rather small ; one claw of I. pair normal, the other very small
and nearly straight. The species belongs to the cancroidcs group.

5 . The female, beside the sexual apparatus, naturally differs
from the male in lacking the keels and the spine-like projections of
the cephalofchorax and the tergites, and in having coxa IV. normally
shaped with no coxal sac. In addition, the tarsus of pair I. is
normal, trochanter I. and II. have their processes less developed ;
the process of the back of coxa IV. is lacking, and femur III. and
IV. are not produced apically. One female had one of its galeas
unbroken : it was rather small with some apical teeth.
Length ($ ) 3'86 mm. ; breadth of abdomen 1'57 mm.
Measurements ((?). Cephalothorax : long. 1'14 ; lat. TOO.
Femur: long. 1-36 ; lat. 0'28. Tibia: long. 1-07; lat. 0'31. Hand:
long. 1-07 ; lab. 0'49. Fingers : long. 0'97 mm.

Habitat. The types of this species were collected by the Eev. R.
Godfrey at Transkei, Butterworth : Blythswood, Bushman's Bock,
July 13, 1909, under stones ; I have examined 3 $ and 2 from
this locality. It has also been taken by Mr. Godfrey in King
William's Town Div. : Green River, 1 ? . In the collection from the
South African Museum also some specimens of this species were
present, though mostly very badly preserved, viz. :

Cape Province. Swellendam Div. : between Stormevlei and Brak-
fontein Farm (Zonder Einde Mountains) (W. F. Purcell), 1 J , 4
(adult), broken. Oudtshoorn Div. : In the caves at Cango (W. F.
Purcell), 4 J , 1 ? (young). Cape Peninsula (W. F. Purcell), 1 J
(young).

The specimens from Cango Caves and Cape Peninsula certainly
belong to this species ; they are rather immature, but the sexual
apparatus, at least externally, seems to be well developed. But they
have not the dark colour of the adults, and the bigger granules of
the palps are not yet well developed.

This species is very well distinguished by several characters, given
in the description. It belongs to those of the cancroidcs group having
slender palps, but cannot well, as regards the males, be confounded
with any hitherto described species.

104 Annals of the South African Museum.

21. CHEIRIDIUM MUSKORUM Leach.

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie Forest (R.
Godfrey and Miss Fanny Ross), 2 specimens ; on yellow-wood.

NOTE. The capture of this species and the next one in South
Africa, in a wild state, is indeed very astonishing, but my comparison
of them with European specimens of both species has left me no
doubt that they do indeed belong to the European forms of this
gfims. As will be seen from the Introduction, Cli. mnseoruru is in
Europe found in or near inhabited places, while the other species is
only taken in a wild state. One of the specimens I have examined
was a male.

22. CHEIRIDIUM FERUM E. Simon.

I have examined, of this species, 6 specimens from South Africa,
males and females. According to Mr. Godfrey the localities were
the following :

Victoria East Div.: Lovedale, Alice. "Many nests under the
bark of gum-trees. The nests, made of white silk only, are very
conspicuous ; one surface of the nest is attached to the bark, and the
other surface lies over this attached layer" (Godfrey in litt.). King
William's Town Div. : Pirie Forest, common'on yellow-wood.

As to the occurrence of this species in South Africa, see the Note
to the preceding one.

23. CHEIRIDIUM SUBTROPICUM Tullgren.

Cape Province, Victoria East Div. : Woodstock, Alice, 2
specimens.

"Both were taken on yellow-wood. One was found free, and the
other was inside a dust-covered nest, and was carrying four larval
young. Not met with again " (Godfrey in litt.).

24. FEAELLA MUCRONATA Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula : St. James (W. F. Purcell),
2 $.

Among the characters in which this species differs from F.
Htirabilis Ellingsen, the mandibles are much larger and almost
entirely visible from above, while in F. mirabilis they are entirely
covered by the anterior part of cephalothorax ; the cephalothorax is
also considerably narrower proportionally to the width of abdomen
than is the case in the West African species.

The characteristic recess (" Vertiefung ") which Tullgren describes

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 105

as present between the two anterior pairs of coxae in the female I
cannot detect in the two males I have examined ; perhaps this
feature is found only in the females. The projection of the base of
the femur of the palps is small, of smaller size than Tullgren seems
to indicate, but the protuberance of the trochanter is very large.
The colour I should prefer to call hricky as in F. inirabilis.

25. GAEYPUS CAPEXSIS nov. sp.

5 . Four large eyes, two on each side, about half a diameter from
one another, situated (as usual in Garypiis) on an eminence; the
anterior eye looking forward and obliquely upwards, the posterior
one showing directly backwards ; the anterior eye about 5 diameters
from the front margin of cucullus.

Colour. Cephalothorax dark chestnut, with a large blackish red,
rather glossless central spot near the hind margin. Palps chestnut
with the fingers somewhat darker. The tergites spotted ; the ground
colour pale greyish brown, each sclerite with one large brown spot
laterally and another, somewhat smaller, brown spot at a little
distance from the median line ; the anterior two or three tergites
have the spots somewhat effaced, their colour being rather brownish
on their whole surface. The sternites have their colour distributed
in the same manner as the tergites, but less regularly and with the
spots of a paler colour.

Cephalothorax has the hind margin a little longer than the length
of Cephalothorax, and is on the whole somewhat triangular, strongly
and gradually narrowing forwards from the posterior corner to the
contraction which forms the cucullus ; the latter is very long and
very sloping (genuine Gari/pus Cephalothorax) ; the front margin
with very conspicuous sinuation ; cucullus with deep and conspicuous
longitudinal groove from off the eyes, but this groove terminates
before reaching the front margin. No transverse groove visible.
The surface very glossy (except the dark spot posteriorly, which is
somewhat less glossy) and coarsely granulate, laterally most
coarsely. The hairs (most of them broken) of Cephalothorax
moderately long, robust, broad, somewhat clavate.

Abdomen. Tergites divided very distinctly by a rather broad
longitudinal band, except the first and the last one. The surface
rather glossless, coarsely granulate, provided with hairs of the same
kind as those of Cephalothorax (mostly broken). The sternites are
also divided longitudinally, but less distinctly ; less coarsely
granulate, a little glossy ; the hairs like those of the upper side.

106 Annals of the South African Museum.

Palps distinctly shorter than the body, but abdomen is very much
extended. The surface glossy and coarsely granulate all round.
The hairs are longer than usual in Gary pus, thick (as in cephalo-
thorax) and distinctly widened apically, thus clavate, equally strong
on both sides of the palps. The fingers have only fine and pointed
hairs. Coxa somewhat produced in front, but the extremity is
truncate. Trochanter with a distinct stalk, globose, semicircular in
front, behind with two protuberances, an upper one and a lower one :
the upper protuberance is much rounded and is the larger one, the
lower protuberance of smaller sizp and not so much rounded. Femur
with well-pronounced stalk, about 2i times as long as wide, robust,
after the rounding at the stalk with the inner side nearly straight or
slightly convex, behind roundly widened from the stalk, the posterior
side distinctly convex. Tibia conspicuously shorter than, and as
broad as, femur, with a moderately long stalk, behind distinctly
convex, most strongly so towards the extremity, in front gradually
widened from the stalk, somewhat swollen in the central part, some
what sinuated towards the tip. Hand with a distinct stalk, about
1^ times as wide as tibia, with obliquely rounded base, the outer side
slightly convex, the inner side somewhat more strongly so. Fingers
very robust, curved, much shorter than the hand (3 : 4).

Mandibles of very small size. Galea small, from the middle
divided into three simple but rather strong branches.

Legs more or less granulate, with clavate hairs ; only tibia at the
extremity and the tarsi have in addition some slender hairs. Femur
I. and II. have pars basalis distinctly shorter than pars tibia//*, the
basal part being thus trochantin-like, with distinct articulation ;
first tarsal joint distinctly longer than the second ; tibia a little
longer than tarsus. Tibia III. and IV. distinctly longer than the
corresponding tarsi. Coxa IV. rather long with the hind margin
straight. Arolium longer than the claws ; the latter are simple.

The species is a large and robust one. Length 5-4 mm. ; width
of abdomen 2'3 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. 1-15 ; lat. behind 1-35.
Femur : long. (excl. of the stalk) l-lo ; lat. O50. Tibia : long.
(excl. of the stalk) O93 ; lat. 0'50. Hand : long. 1-15 ; lat. 0'67.
Fingers : long. O83 mm.

Habitat. Cape Province. Malmesbury Div. : Stompneus Bay in
St. Helena Bay (J. E. C. Goold), 1 ? .

NOTE. Of special interest, in this species, is the construction of
femur I. and II., having the basal part shorter than the tibial part ;
in spite of this it is necessary to refer the species to Garypus and not

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 107

to Garypinus, the shape of cephalothorax and of the cucullus being
so decidedly Garypus-like, and this must certainly he of more
weight than the construction of femur I. and II. mentioned above.
In spite of the palpal coxa being somewhat produced (but truncate
at the extremity), the species mast, I suppose, belong to the Gary pus
minor group and not to the saxicoltL group, but in that case it will
be one of the largest, if not the largest, species of its group.

26. GARYPUS IJIPRESSUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie Forest (B.
Godfrey), 2 $ adult, 2 very young specimens. Griqualand East :
Isolo (Miss Jessie K. Mackinnon), 1 young.

NOTE 1. I have examined the five above specimens which I refer
to this species. The adult specimens are of somewhat larger size
than Tullgren's about 3 mm. against Tullgren's T75 mm. but the
characteristic transversal impression of the hand will, 1 think, decide
their belonging to Tullgren's species. Beside the difference in size
there are, however, still some characters to be remarked upon in
Godfrey's specimens : Cephalothorax is of a dark brown colour, but
has (well pronounced even in the young specimens) a paler coloured
triangular area extending half-way to the eyes. Tullgren has in his
figure given the femur and the tibia of the palps a very irregular
appearance (he mentions no such thing in the description) ; Godfrey's
specimens certainly have also on the inner side of femur and tibia
some bigger granules, but not approximately on the same scale as
Tullgren's figure. But this carries no great weight, being just a
character in which some species of Ganjpus (for instance, G. minor
L. Koch) vary very much.

NOTE 2. The Bev. B. Godfrey gives in a letter some very interest-
ing information on this species: "This is a ground-loving species,
living under stones in the forest. It makes nests for the purposes of
moulting and reproduction. The nests ai'e hemispherical, attached
to a stone ; they are made of earth particles, lined with silk, with a
silk layer over the enclosed surface of the stone as well.

"I have found individuals moulting in nests on April 16 and
September 19, as well as half-grown young ones in nests on December
9. I have found nests with females carrying their larval mass on
September 19 and December 9.

" On September 19, 1908, I obtained a number of these creatures,
and, having no tube with me, I put them alive in a roll of paper.
On reaching home, I found an adult eating a colourless moulting

9

108 Annuls of the South African ^

individual. While sucking its prey, the Gari/jiit* used its chelicerae to
hold it, having the finger with the galea on the under side of the
prey ; but when changing the position of the prey it used its large
nippers, removing the prey from its chelicerae, turning it about and
then pressing it again as far as possible into both chelicerae, and
then removing its large nippers from the prey. In walking, the
cannibal Gari/juis carried its prey in its chelicerae. Once I lost sight
of the feeding Garypus, and found it prowling on the platform of the
microscope ; on touching it, I caused it to drop its prey from its
cheliceras, but, on replacing it in the observation tray and putting
the dried-up prey beside it, I soon saw it fearlessly pick up the
shrivelled prey again. It picked it up with its left pedipalp and held
it at arm's length while it cleaned the fingers of its right pedipalp in
its serrula. It then transferred the prey to its chelicerae and
marched off again with it, keeping its pedipalps stretched out in
fronton either side and the nippers expanded vertically as it walked.
How slow the process of sucking the juices of the prey was may
be judged from the fact that my observations extended over four
hours, and that even then the Gary pus had not finished its meal."

27. GARYPUS MINUTUS Tullgren.

Tullgren has (loc. cit.) described a species, Garypus minutits, on,
as he says, a female " wahrscheinlich nicht geschlechtsreif," and of
very small size, 1'38 mm. I suppose, however, that he has had
before him not a young female, as he states, but a young male, the
galea being recorded to be pointed and simple. This species is very
well characterised and easily distinguishable by the shape of the
hand of the palps; this has a form somewhat like a rectangle, with
the inner and outer sides rather straight. In the collection under
consideration there are some specimens having the hand of this
shape and also as regards the other characters agreeing well with
Tullgren's description, but these specimens are very young and form
the transition to more adult stages which have some characters
lacking in the younger stages, and, therefore, not mentioned in
Tullgren's description. Be it at once understood that the hand may
vary very much, not only according to the stage of development, that
is to the size, but also in the same stage.

One of the characters alluded to above consists in the hand,
especially in more adult specimens, at the extremity (thus at the
base of the fingers) being contracted, often nearly perpendicularly to
the fingers, more or less strongly, either on both sides, interiorly
and exteriorly, or only on the inner side (this contraction in the

Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 109

present species must not be confounded with what occurs in another
species, Garypus i/iqircsxus Tullgren, mentioned above, which has a
transversal impression across the base of the fingers). This contrac-
tion in G. minutus makes the hand still more angular than is the case
in younger specimens, cf. Tullgren's figure. The central part of the
inner side is, however, generally nearly straight, or may sometimes
be somewhat convex. The galea has the usual difference in Garypus :
small and simple in $ , larger and provided with some teeth in 2 .

That the species may be an immature stage of Garypus olivaceus
Tullgren ( = G. senegalensis Balzan), as Tullgren somewhere suggests,
I think quite out of the question.

I mentioned above that this species varies very much as to the
hand, especially in the different stages of development, and therefore
think it will be of interest to give some remarks on the specimens
from different localities, as follows :

Cape Province. George Div. : Montagu Pass(W. F. Parcell), 1 very
young ; typical," yet with no trace of real contraction of the hand.

Mossel Bay (W. F. Purcell), 1 2 very young ; typical, but with
a slight indication of contraction.

Clan william Div. : Waterfall Kloof, near Boschkloof (E. Pattison),
1 ? adult ; the contraction distinct on the inner side, less distinct
on the outer side of one hand ; scarcely visible on the other hand.

Clanwilliam Div. : Van Rhijndorp Eoad (C. L. Leipoldt), 1 $
adult ; nearly typical, bat with distinct contraction on both sides.

Eobertson Div. : Kogman's Kloof (W. F. Purcell), 1 $ ; nearly
typical, distinct contraction on both sides.

Caledon (W. F. Purcell), 2 2 adult; distinct contraction on both
sides in one specimen ; in the other very slightly behind.

Bredasdorp Div. : Marcus Bay (H. A. Fry), 1 $ , 12, both adult ;
though the specimens are rather well developed, the contraction is
proportionally less pronounced than usual in other examples of the
same size.

Swellendam Div. : Between Stormsvlei and Brakfontein Farm
(Zondereinde Mountains) (W. F. Purcell), 1 2 adult ; nearly typical,
but contracted at the inner side of the hand.

Besides these, there were in Godfrey's collection a couple of speci-
mens, one adult from Victoria East Div. : Lovedale, August, 1910,
certainly belonging to this species, and another very immature one
from King William's Town Div. : Pirie, rather doubtfully referable to

* I use the expression " typical " here in accordance with Tullgren's description
and figure.

110 Annals of the South African Musettin.

this form ; the latter was taken from a nest of a grass warbler (C-isti-
cola lais Sharpe), December 19, 1910.

During the printing I received from Mr. Godfrey 2 specimens,
3 and ? , from Griqualand East : Isolo, taken by Miss Fanny Boss,
June, 1912.

In Godfrey's collection there are several young examples which in
all essentials resemble the above species except as regards the shape
of the hand. While the typical form has the inner half of the hand
rather broadened, the central part of the inner side is, nevertheless,
rather straight or, at most, a little convex ; but Godfrey's specimens
have the inner part of the hand so much broadened with no straight
central line, that the hand, on account of this, gets a triangular
appearance. Till more specimens are found, I shall call this form

TRIANGULARIS,

a name which, in case the form should prove to be a new species,
would be a characteristic one. For the hand is indeed most charac-
teristic and peculiar. I will add, that in one specimen a slight
indication of a contraction of the hand is present, indicating relation to
tin- typical form.

I have examined 9 specimens, according to Mr. Godfrey, taken in
the following localities :

Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Izeli, 5 in nests;
Frankfort Hill, 3,000 feet, 1 specimen under a stone. Transkei,
Butterworth : Blythswood, Bushman's Eock, 1 specimen. Orange
Free State Province : Bloemfontein, Naval Hill, 2 specimens.

28. GABYPUS PUECELLI nov. sp.

Four small eyes, two on each side, about 1 diameter from each
other, but not situated on a common eminence; the anterior eye
about 3 diameters from the front margin of the cucullus.

Colour. The adult specimen ( ? ) : cephalothorax and palps dark
brown, the tergites palish brown, with no distinct colour spots. The
other specimen, immature, is on the whole palish brown.

Cephalothorax considerably longer than wide (11 : 8) ; the lateral
margins, from behind till midway, nearly parallel- sided, the anterior
half regularly rounded, with no distinct contraction at the base of the
cucullus, the front margin short and distinctly sinuatedin the middle.
Cucullus is thus very little pronounced and rather short. Near the
hind margin a straight transverse groove. The surface distinctly and

The Pseudoscorpions of SoutJi Africa. Ill

regularly granulate, nearly glossless. The hairs are broken. Cephalo-
thorax is, on the whole, more like that of a Garypinus than of a
G-arypus.

Abdomen. No longitudinal division of the tergites is visible. The
surface distinctly granulate and nearly glossless. The sternites are
not divided ; they are slightly shagreened and glossy. On one speci-
men a couple of tactile hairs are present on the last segment. No
other hairs were found (probably broken off).

Palps about as long as the body with abdomen extended. The
surface of all joints (coxa included) nearly glossless, distinctly and
regularly granulate all round, except the fingers, which are smooth
and glossy. The hairs are nearly all of them broken (or lacking),
one or two hairs of one hand are very short and slender. The
fingers, on the contrary, have a proportionally dense clothing of long
and pointed hairs, among them some long tactile ones. Coxa in
front somewhat rounded. Trochanter with a distinct stalk, about as
long as wide, very convex in front, behind with two tubercles, an
upper one and a lower one, the lower one more central or basal, the
upper one more distal, both rounded. Femur with a distinct stalk,
nearly four times as long as wide (thus rather slender), a little
widened from the stalk behind as well as in front, slightly convex on
both sides, only slightly narrowing towards the extremity. Tibia
with a distinct stalk, somewhat club-shaped, the outer side slightly
convex proximally, distally more strongly so, the inner side regularly
convex on the whole length ; tibia is only slightly narrowed at the
tip, considerably shorter and a little broader than femur. Hand with
a distinct stalk, with the base oblique and only a little rounded, the
outer side nearly straight, except at the passage into the fingers (in
the younger specimen the outer side of the hand is somewhat
convex), the inner side strongly convex ; the hand is about li times
as wide as the tibia. Fingers rather slender, slightly curved and a
little longer than the hand (5 : 4).

Mandibles of small size. Galea rather robust, at the tip indistinctly
tridendate.

Legs glossy and slightly granulate or nearly smooth, with simple,
pointed hairs. Femur I. and II. have the basal part nearly twice as
long as the tibial one, with distinct articulation ; the tarsal joints
about of equal length ; the whole tarsus only a little longer than the
tibia. Tibia III. and IV. are only a little shorter than the tarsus.
Coxa IV. rather short with the hind margin rounded. Arolium dis-
tinctly longer than the claws ; these are simple.

Length of the adult specimen, 3 - 3 mm. ; width of abdomen, 0-86 mm.

112 Annals of the South African

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. 0-79 ; lat. O57. Femur :
long. 0-76 ; lat. 0-20. Tibia : long. 0'61 ; lat. 0'24. Hand : long. 0-57 ;
lat. 0-36. Fingers : long, 0-71 mm.

Habitat. Gape Province. Beaufort West (W. F. Purcell), 1 5 ,

1 iun.

j

NOTE 1. The first specimen is adult and well-coloured, and is the
type, but there is no doubt that the other specimen also belongs to
the same species, although it is of paler colour, less developed and of
smaller size.

NOTE 2. I have been in great doubt as to the genus to which this
species ought to be referred. The anterior part of cephalothorax,
which is rounded, with no or, at least, little pronounced cucullus,
making cephalothorax not much Gary pus-like, seems to exclude it
from the genus Garypus. But other characters for instance, the
strong granulation and the construction of the two anterior pairs of
legs (which is quite Garypus-Yike) indicate it to be excluded from
the two other possible genera, Garypinus and Olpiitm, at least as
these are established at present. For further remarks on this subject,
see Note to Garypus capensis, above ; but it may be said that the
more species that are described of the family Garypidcs, the more
difficult becomes the arrangement of the genera, so that the safe
establishment of these certainly cannot yet be undertaken. I have,
however, at least provisorily, referred the new species to Garypus, in
spite of the construction of the cephalothorax.

29. GARYPUS SENEGALENSIS Balzan.

1891. Garypus senegalensis Balzan, 1. p. 535.

1907. Garypus olivaceus Tullgren, 22. p. 63,

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula: Wynberg (H. Beard), 1 $ jun. ;
Table Mountain, near Platteklip (W. F. Purcell), 1 $ , of rather pale
colour ; St. James, on seashore and on mountain-side (W. F.
Purcell), 2 ? adult and 2 jun. ; Kenilworth Flats (Cyril French), 1 $ ;
Cape Town, Museum Garden (R. M. Lightfoot), 1 $ jun. (the sexual
region already dark) ; Plumstead Flats (W. F. Purcell), 2 $ adult,

2 immature, very young ; Newlands (L. Peringuey), !<?,!?, variety
(see below) ; Stellenbosch (L. Peringuey), 1 5 jun. Natal Province:
Richmond (Rev. J. R. Ward), 2 $ jun., 1 . Transvaal Province :
Johannesburg (W. F. Purcell), 1 $ .

In the Rev. Godfrey's collection :

Cape Peninsula : Foot of Table Mountain, 1 $ with larval mass
in nest under stone, November 12, 1907. Orange Free State :
Bloemfontein, Naval Hill, 1 5 jun.

The Pseudoscorpions of Sonili Africa. 113

" This is a ground species, living under stones. The pregnant ?
makes a nest like that of Obisium musconnn, but of much rougher
material, with the usual lining of silk, attached to the under side of
a stone" (Godfrey in litt.).

NOTE. After having examined a number of specimens from South
Africa, I have no doubt that G. olivaceus Tullgren is the same species
as G. senegalcnsis Balzan. Balzan's figure of this species agrees
very well, but there are some remarks in Balzan's description which
need to be taken into consideration. Balzan says of the cephalo-
thorax : " Sulco transverso, distincto." Tullgren, on the contrary:
" Querfurchen fehlen, die erste Furche ist aber angedeutet." In
another place, however, Tullgren says that the groove is " ziemlich
deutlich." In the South African specimens it may be different : in
some of them the groove is more distinct than in others. I should
prefer to express it thus : the transverse groove exists, but may
sometimes be only a little pronounced. Balzan says of the tibia
of the palps : " Superne et interne post petiolum, vix gibbosum."
Tullgren mentions no such thing, but this gibbosity is certainly
present also in his specimens. Balzan's figures of the galea show
that he had before him both $ and 5 , though he mentions nothing
about the sexes; Tullgren had only $ .

The male has, however, some characters which Tullgren has had
no opportunity of seeing, not having had males for examination, nor
has Balzan observed these characters. Besides the shape of the
galea (observed by Balzan), which in the male is small and pointed,
with no teeth (Balzan seems to have drawn it rather too robust),
these characters are the following : the sexual region of well-
developed specimens is of a dark reddish-brown colour, sufficiently
dark to be seen with the naked eye ; femur and tibia of the palps
are on the inner side provided with a row of bigger tubercles of
which that next to the base of tibia is somewhat bigger than the
others ; this tubercle represents the gibbosity mentioned by Balzan
(see above), and is probably present in both sexes. The front
margin of cephalothorax in the male has, besides the central
sinuation, another smaller sinuosity on each side of this, the front
margin thus becoming quadridentate (in the ? there is only a
central sinuation, as Tullgren rightly observes). The hand of the
palps is a little more slender than that of the female.

To the common description of the species ( $ and ?) may be
added : The coxa of the palps is, as Tullgren observes, truncate
in front ; the front margin is even a little concave, the inner corner
with a small point, the outer one with a very long bristle (if not

114 Annals of the South African Museum.

broken, as it sometimes is). Some specimens are larger than stated
by Balzan and Tullgren, the length attaining 2'9 to 3 mm.

The specimens, $ and ? , from Newlands (leg. L. Peringuey,
see above) diverge somewhat from typical ones in having the hand
somewhat more slender and more narrowing towards both ends, and
the sexual region of the male not quite so dark-coloured, though the
specimens appear to be adult.

30. GAEYPINUS CAPENSIS, nov. sp.

Pour eyes, two on each side, nearly contiguous, the anterior one
scarcely 1 diameter from the front margin.

Colour. Palps reddish brown, the fingers darker ; tergites, stern-
ites, and cephalothorax brown, the sternites paler; the brown
area of cephalothorax does not quite attain the hind margin, being
limited behind by a transverse groove, strongly curved backwards ;
the area lying behind this groove is very pale. The other parts of
the animal pale greyish brown.

Cephalothorax considerably longer than wide (about 4 : 3), the
slightly convex lateral margins are somewhat convergent up to
the eyes, in front of these a little contracted, the front margin
slightly convex. Cucullus is very short. A transverse groove,
strongly recurved, seems to limit the brown colour of cephalo-
thorax. The surface smooth and glossy. The few hairs left are
pointed.

Abdomen very slender, as is the whole body. The tergites and
sternites are broadly divided longitudinally, except the last one.
The three anterior pairs of sclerites above are very short, and have
the longitudinal division broadest. The surface smooth and gloss\ ,
with moderately long and pointed hairs.

Palps considerably shorter than the bcdy, with abdomen extended,
smooth and glossy, with moderately long hairs which are thin and
pointed. Trochanter with a short stalk, pernts formed, a little longer
than wide, slightly convex in front, slightly concave behind. Femur
with a distinct stalk, slender, three times as long as wide, nearly
parallel-sided, slightly convex in front, behind nearly straight, only
a little rounded at the base and the tip. Tibia with a distinct stalk,
considerably shorter and a little broader than femur, somewhat
convex and almost equally so on both sides, rounded at the tip.
Hand with a stalk, and with a regularly rounded base, about
1-jr times as wide as tibia, equally and slightly convex on both
sides, passing gradually into the fingers. Fingers moderately
robust, a little curved, and a little shorter than the hand.

The Pscudo scorpions of South Africa. 115

Mandibles very small. Galea of the male short and apparently
simple, that of the female somewhat longer and with some minute
teeth at the tip.

Legs with simple hairs. Femur I. and II. have the basal part
a little shorter than the tibial one and the articulation only slightly
developed ; the first tarsal joint a little shorter than the second ; the
whole tarsus a little shorter than tibia. Femur III. and IV. are
very broad, the tarsus considerably shorter than tibia. The claws
simple. Arolium divided.

Length 2-8 mm. ; breadth of abdomen O57 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. O57 ; lat. behind 0-40.
Femur : long. 043 ; lat. 0-13. Tibia : long. (excl. of stalk) 0'29 ;
lat. 0-16. Hand: long. 041; lat. 0-23. Fingers: long. 0'36 mm.

Habitat. The Rev. E. Godfrey, who collected this species, gives
1fhe following list of localities in the Cape Province :

Victoria East Div. : Woodstock, Alice, in nests on yellow-wood;
Lovedale, 3 specimens on gum-tree. King William's Town Div. :
Cwencwe, 2 females with larval mass in nests, 1 individual free ;
Xukwane, 5 specimens on tree. I have examined 5 of these
specimens.

NOTE 1. The species is nearly related to Gqrypinus patagonicus
Ellingsen from Patagonia, but; the latter is somewhat larger, more
robust, and has the galea more branched and the hand proportionally
more slender ; otherwise there is but little difference. It is more
easily distinguished from G. nobilis With from Asia which, for
instance, has considerably more robust palps.

NOTE 2. Mr. Godfrey gives in a letter the following particulars :
" This species lives under the bark of trees and is of very active
habits. The female makes a silk nest, of very loose texture, between
flakes of bark ; the nest is appressed to the bark, sometimes on one
side only, sometimes on both sides. The nest is of silk only, without
any covering of dust or specks of wood. I have found the females
in nests in the months of August, November, and December."

31. GARYPINUS OBSCUBUS Tullgren.

Cape Colony. Hanover (S. C. Cronwright Schreiner), 11 3 , 17 ? ,
3 5 jun. ; Calvinia (G. French), 6 J , 4 ? .

In the Eev. E. Godfrey's collection :-

Herschel Div. : Bensouvale (W. J. A. Moir), 2 3 .

NOTE. Tullgren knew only the females of this species. I have
examined several males which in all essentials resemble the females,
but are of smaller size, and have somewhat more slender palps and

116 Annals of the Soutli African Museum.

the galea very minute and simple, with no teeth. Tullgren says of
the palps, that they are smooth and glossy ; the surface of the palps,
indeed, is not granulate, but is somewhat uneven, and in some
places irregularities are met with which might be called a kind
of granulation. One larval mass contained 12 animals.

var. GRANULATUS nov.

In the collection of the South African Museum are some speci-
mens, 2 g and 4 $ , with no indication of locality. I identify these
with G(ir//2>in/ix obxcnrnx, but as they differ from the typical form
in some details, I have regarded them as a variety, distinguishable
by the following characters : They are of somewhat larger size and
more robustly built, the femur of the palp is a little granulate on the
inner and the lower surface (but see my remarks above on the
typical form), and the trochanter has the tubercle behind stronger
and more pointed.

I have later received this variety from Mr. John Hewitt, Director
of the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, 5 $ , collected at Kimberley
(J. H. Power).

32. OLPIUM ARABICUM E. Simon.

Transvaal Province. Zoutpansberg Div. : Kleinfontein Farm (E.
Godfrey), 1 specimen, on rocky ground.

The specimen sent to me by the Eev. R. Godfrey from the above
locality differs in no essential particulars from the Olpiiim arabicum
E. Simon. I have compared it with specimens from the Guinea
Coast and from Uganda.

During the printing I received from Mr. Godfrey another
specimen (3 ) of this species from King William's Town Div. : Debe
Xek (leg. Miss Fanny Ross).

33. OLPIUM NITENS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Bredasdorp Div. : Marcus Bay (H. A t Fry), 1 5 .
Cape Div. : Maitland Flats (W. F. Purcell), 1 ? . Cape Peninsula:
Cape Flats, at Zeekoe Vlei (W. F. Purcell), 2 ? jun.

NOTE. -There is great probability of this species being the female
of Olpiiim pusillum Ellingsen, founded on a male from Fishhoek,
near Simonstown.

34. OLPIUM SUBGRANDE Tullgren.

Rhodesia : Baviaan's Kopje, 3 miles East of Umtali (D. L.
Patrick), 1 $ .

Tlic Psciuloscorpions of South Africa. 117

The specimen is of somewhat smaller size (g 2'6 mm. long) than
Tullgren's type (? 3'16 mm.) ; but the males of Oipium generally
are smaller than the females. The species seems to be recognisable,
among other things by having the femur of the palps somewhat
curved.

35. IDEOBISIUM GODFKEYI nov. sp.

No eyes. (Ideoblothrus.)

Colour. Both specimens examined are very pale, especially the
body; the palps have somewhat more colour and are reddish.

Cephalothorax about as long as wide, the lateral margins, which
are nearly straight or slightly convex, are convergent forwards
throughout the whole length, the front margin slightly convex,
with no central tooth. The surface smooth and glossy. No hairs.

Abdomen. Tergites and sternites smooth and glossy. Some few
hairs left are short and pointed.

Palps very robust, about as long as the body, with abdomen con-
tracted, smooth and glossy. The hairs of the inner side long and
pointed, those of the outer side short and pointed. Trochanter with
a very short stalk, about as long as wide, slightly convex in front,
centrally a little gibbous behind. Femur with a very short stalk,
robust, 2 times as long as wide, basally in front somewhat convex,
disdally distinctly concave, behind a little widened from the stalk, the
outer side nearly straight, centrally a little concave ; femur on the
whole slightly tapering towards the extremity, thus widest near
the base. Tibia with a short stalk, broadly oblong or subglobose,
rather equally and strongly convex on both sides, behind, however,
most so distally ; tibia considerably shorter and a little wider than
femur. Hand with a distinct stalk, and with the base nearly regular
and somewhat truncate ; the outer side nearly straight, except the
convex passage into the fingers, distinctly convex in front, passing
gradually into the fingers. Fingers very robust, slightly curved and
somewhat shorter than the hand.

Mandibles proportionally of small size. Galea small, pointed,
straight, and simple.

Legs with pointed hairs. The femora of the two posterior pairs of
legs broad. Claws simple.

Length. One of the specimens with abdomen much contracted
is about 1 mm. long, the other specimen a little longer ; width of
abdomen O4 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. O34 ; lat. behind 0-33 ;
in front (viz., the length of the front margin) O21. Mandibles:
long. 0-14. Femur: long. O29 ; lat. at the base 0-11. Tibia: long.

118 Annals of the, South African Museum.

(excl. of stalk) 0-20 ; lat. 0-14. Hand : long. 0-24 ; lat. 0'17.
Fingers : long. O20 mm.

Habitat. Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Frankfort
Hill (R. Godfrey), April, 1909, 2 specimens, under stones, 3,000 feet
above the sea.

NOTE. This species is closely related to Ideobisium (Ideoblothrus)
bipectinatum Daday, from New Guinea. I have compared the
South African form with a specimen from the Bismarck Archi-
pelago, which I have identified with Daday's species, and I should
be inclined to take them to be varieties of the same species were it
not that the localities are so far apart. But there are, nevertheless,
some small differences : the New Guinea form has the galea curved,
the front side of femur more convex in the basal part, and the outer
side nearly straight, tibia still more subglobose, thus shorter in pro-
portion to the width, the outer side of the hand not quite straight,
but somewhat convex, and the fingers proportionally shorter. Both
species are of small size. Ideobisinm Godfrci/i is the first Ideoblothrus
known from Africa.

36. IDEOBISIUM QUADRISPINOSUM Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula : (R. M. Lightfoot), 1 J , 1 jun. ;
Signal Hill (W. F. Purcell), 6 J, 6 2, 8 jun.; (R. M. Lightfoot),
1 $ ; (S. C. Cron wright Schreiner), 1 ? ; Wynberg Hill (F. Tre-
leaven), 1 $ ; Table Mountain at Kasteel's Poort (W. F. Purcell),
1 ? ; Newlands (L. Peringuey), 7 $ , 2 $ (on these specimens see
special remark below). Caledon (W. F. Purcell) 1 $ .

In the Rev. R. Godfrey's collection there are 2 3 , 4 $ , 3 jun.
from King William's Town Div. : Pirie Forest and mountains.

During the printing I received from Mr. Godfrey one specimen
from Griqualand East : Isolo (Miss Fanny Ross), June, 1912.

Mr. Godfrey remarks in a letter : " A ground species living under
stones, in the forest and also on the open hillsides, up to 3,000 feet.
It is not at all abundant."

NOTE. I have referred all specimens mentioned above to
Tullgren's species, in spite of some differences from his description.

Tullgren's specimen was certainly very young and of small size ;
the former fact is apparent from the very pale colour; there are
among the specimens enumerated above some that are pale and
young and then of about the same size as Tullgren's animal. But
if my identification is correct, the adult species is of a considerably
greater size. The largest specimens came from Newlands (L.
Peringuey leg.), and among these are two females which attain

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 119

the considerable length of 5'5 mm. (Tullgren's was only 1'74 mm.
long), but then the abdomen is extended to the greatest possible
extent, and Tullgren's example may have had the abdomen
much contracted, which, among the Pseudoscorpions, is of great
consequence as concerns the length ; the males from the same
locality were of considerably smaller size. The specimens from the
other localities were all smaller, but, with few exceptions, seemed to
be younger and not quite mature, although the sexual area of the
males appeared quite developed. As regards the galea, I shall make
the following remarks : It is only in some younger specimens that
the galea seems to be in some measure such as described and
figured by Tullgren. Moreover, the galea may vary exceedingly.
In the smaller (and younger) specimens the galea is divided into
branches, but the division does not always extend to the base ; this
may be different even in the same animal. But in the larger and
the largest specimens the form of the galea becomes more intricate,
the chief branches being often quite considerably rebranched and
provided with teeth, and such is especially the case with the large
specimens from Newlands. As, however, all other characters in all
essential particulars agree well, I have looked on this variation in
size and in the form of the galea only as differences derived from
the different stages of age, and have not even tried to make any
varieties. On the whole it may thus be said that the younger and
smaller the specimens are, the more simple is the galea and the
nearer is the approach to Tullgren's type. Finally, it may be
remarked that there is no essential difference between the galea
of the male and of the female.

The palps of the male are somewhat more slender than those of
the female, the hand, especially, of the female is more robust than
that of the male, particularly in large specimens ; the same is the
case with the tibia.

A remarkable character which Tullgren overlooks, or at least does
not mention, is worthy of notice : The inner margin of the fingers of
the palps, that of the fixed finger as well as that of the movable one,
is provided with a membranaceous, somewhat transparent, longitu-
dinal, rather high, raised ridge or rim, on which the teeth are placed;
this membrane is especially developed in the distal half of each
finder ; such a transparent membrane has not as yet been observed
in any species of Pseudoscorpions, or at least not mentioned in the
literature, to my knowledge, except in Chthonius mordax Tullgren,
and in that species the ridge is not quite membranaceous, properly
speaking, and not transparent.

120 Annals of the Sontli Afriani Museum.

37. CHTHONIUS CLATHRATUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula : Table Mountain, near Platteklip
(W. F. Purcell), 1 ? .

I have referred this specimen, not quite adult, to the above species ;
it has the same kind of dentition on the fingers of the palps as
Chtlionius sinuatus (see this species below). Tullgren says nothing
about the shape of the fingers ; in my specimen these are nearly
straight, by which the species is easily distinguished from Chthonius
sinuatus. Tullgren's description on the whole agrees very well.
The posterior eyes are very little developed, but this happens often
in Chthonius.

'68. CHTHONIUS CONTRACTUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Oudtshoorn Div. : Cango Caves (W. F. Purcell),
1 specimen immature, destitute of eyes.

King William's Town Div. : Pirie (E. Godfrey), 1 $ , 1 ? , 1 jun.

]Sf OTE . The male has its palps somewhat more slender than those
of the female. The teeth of the fingers, similarly shaped on both,
are small, triangular, pointed, and situated considerably apart from
each other.

The specimen found in the dark caverns at Cango is destitute of
eyes, but belongs certainly to this species.

39. CHTHONIUS GODFREYI nov. sp.

Four moderately large eyes, two on each side, about 1 diameter
apart from one another, the anterior one about 2 diameters from the
front margin.

Colour. Cephalothorax, mandibles and palps pale reddish brown,
the tergites reddish olive, the other parts palish brown.

Cephalothorax about as long as wide in front, strongly narrowing
backwards, the lateral margins - - curved, only very little con-
tracted in front of the eyes ; the front margin slightly convex, a little
sinuated in the middle, and there provided with a more or less
rounded projection, which, together with the adjoining part of
the front margin on both sides, is slightly dentate ; on each side of
the projection a long and robust bristle. The surface minutely
shagreened and glossy. Hairs lacking.

Abdomen. The tergites arid sternites glossy and very minutely
shagreened transversally. Hairs lacking.

Palps a little longer than the body, glossy and somewhat sha-
greened, a little more strongly so than the body ; the hairs very few

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 121

and scattered, pointed, those of the inner side long and strong, those
of the outer side very short and more slender. Trochanter with a
short stalk, and very short, of the shape usual in Chthonius, slightly
convex in front, a little concave behind. Femur long and slender, 5
times as long as wide, nearly parallel-sided, except in the distal third
which is somewhat widened on both sides, thus on the whole some-
what club-shaped ; the inner side at the stalk as usual with a sinuation.
Tibia very short and of the usual shape. Hand scarcely pedicellate,
very short and broad, with the base obliquely rounded, the outer side
slightly convex, the inner side somewhat more strongly so, slantingly
passing into the fingers. Fingers very slender, seen from above
nearly straight, a little more than twice as long as the hand ; seen
laterally the fingers are strongly curved, the movable finger regularly
curved throughout its whole length, most strongly so at the tip ; the
fixed finger is doubly curved like - ^.^ ; the fixed finger distinctly
longer than the movable one; the fixed finger has long, narrow,
pointed teeth with great interstices, centrally the teeth are longest
and have the largest interstices, basally and apically the teeth are
lower and placed more closely. The i)irl>/<' finger is practically
destitute of teeth ; the margin is, however, not quite entire, but has
some very low traces of teeth.

Mandibles large and robust, shagreened ; the fixed finger provided
with 5 to 6 teeth, the central ones the largest, decreasing in size
backwards ; the movable finger with 8 to 9 very small teeth in the
distal half. On the outer side of the movable finger there is generally
the usual projection.

Legs. The two posterior pairs of legs very robust, particularly the
femora. Claws simple.

Length 2'3 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. O64 ; lat. in front 57 ;
lat. behind 043. Mandibles : long. 0-53. Femur : long. O93 ; lat.
at the tip 0-18. Tibia: long. 0-28; lat. at the tip 0-18. Hand:
long. 0-43; lat. 0-28. Fingers, the fixed one: long. 0'93 mm.

Habitat. Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie
(R. Godfrey), 6 <? , 3 2,1 jun.

NOTE. This species is related to Chthonins contractus Tullgren,
with, for instance, the same shape of cephalothorax, but differs from
it in several characters : The fingers of the palps, which are curved
and not of equal length ; the movable finger nearly completely lack-
ing teeth (Tullgren, as to ClitJiouius contract us, in this respect refers
to Chthonius terribilis With, which has distinct teeth on both fingers),
more precipitous passage from the hand to the fingers ; finally, the

122 Annul* of tlie Xouth Afrit-tin Museum.

fingers are more than twice as long as the hand (in Chthonius
contract a* as 31 : 18).

40. CHTHONIUS MOBDAX Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula : Table Mountain, near Platteklip
( \V. F. Purcell), 16 3 , 11 ? , 1 jun., and (R. M. Lightfoot), 2 3 , 6 ? ;
above Klaasenbosch (W. F. Purcell), 1 $ ; Table Mountain with no
nearer locality (E. M. Lightfoot), 2$; Signal Hill (W. F. Purcell),
1(5 3 , 13 ? ; Kalk Bay (E. M. Lightfoot), 4 $ , 3 ? ; Camp's Bay
( \V. F. Purcell), 10 J , S ? ; Cape Peninsula, no nearer locality (E. M.
Lightfoot), 3 $ .

The Eev. E. Godfrey's collections contained 12 $ , 11 ? , 3 jun.
Mr. Godfrey has collected this species in the following localities :
Cape Peninsula : Foot of Table Mountain, 4 $ . King William's Town
Div. : Pirie, " very abundant."

" This species makes no nest for any purpose whatsoever as far as
I have seen. The female carries her larval mass about with her,
leading a free life. The usual number of larvaB is seven, though it
may be as low as four. I have found the female carrying her larval
mass in April, August, September, October, and December" (E.
Godfrey in litt.).

NOTE. This species seems to be very abundant, and is likely to be
distributed throughout the whole of Cape Province ; it is particularly
very abundant in the Cape Peninsula. It is easily recognised, having
some very distinguishing characters. Among these are : The shape
of the palps, something similar to the palps of Chthonius tetrachelatus
Preyssler, having the upper side of the hand distally depressed (or
rather curved), but not so much and not so abruptly as is the case
in the latter species ; no confounding is, therefore, possible. Tullgren
gives us a good figure of the palps. Further may be added : The
projection at the base of the movable finger, although this projection
may be of different size and, therefore, sometimes rather little pro-
minent; and finally, the undulating lamella of the movable finger,
very characteristic ; but this lamella in younger specimens and in
such as have recently cast their skin, is often rather little developed,
and then the margin of the finger is nearly entire ; the few, generally
4, teeth near the tip are, on the contrary, always present.

The length of the fingers in proportion to the hand may vary ;
generally they are a little longer than the hand, but are often of
about the same length.

The articulation between the two parts of femur of the two
posterior pairs of legs, especially of the last pair, is well developed.

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 123

The colour of the specimens from the Cape Peninsula is generally
somewhat paler than of those from the interior.

The number of eggs or larvae seems to vary between 4 and 9 ; they
generally lie in a circle with one or two in the middle. The time of
reproduction seems to be nearly the whole year ; specimens with
larval mass have been noted in all months, except January, March,
and November.

41. CHTHONIUS SEKRATIDENTATUS nov. sp.

Four small eyes, two on each side, about \ diameter from each
other, the anterior one about 1 diameter from the front margin.

Colour. Palps and mandibles pale reddish, cephalothorax, tergites,
and sternites pale brownish.

Cephalothorax distinctly shorter than wide in front (5 : 6), strongly
narrowing backwards, the lateral margins - - curved, scarcely
contracted in front of the eyes ; the front margin very little convex,
not sinuated centrally, but provided in the middle with a rather large,
triangular, pointed projection, which is minutely dentate ; there has,
in all probability, originally been a bristle on each side, but this has
been lost ; in one specimen its position is still to be seen. The
surface minutely shagreened and glossy. Hairs not present.

-Abdomen. Tergites and sternites slightly shagreened and glossy.
Hairs not present.

Palps about as long as the body, rather robust, glossy and sha-
greened, on the inner side with long mid thick bristle-like hairs, on
the outer side hairs are lacking in two specimens, in the third some
few short ones are left. Trochanter very short and with a very short
stalk, of usual shape, the inner side slightly convex, the outer one
concave. Femur with a short and indistinct stalk, rather short and
robust, four times as long as wide in the distal third, somewhat
club-shaped, gradually increasing in width distally, especially in the
distal half, the inner and outer contour thus being slightly concave.
Tibia very short, strongly curved, and shaped as usual. Hand with
a short stalk ; short, with the base obliquely rounded, rather broad,
on both sides slightly and equally convex, rather abruptly passing
into the fingers; worthy of attention is a strong bristle seated on a
little wart on the inner side, near the tip of the hand. Fingers very
much longer than the hand (about 12:7), very slender, seen from
above slightly curved, about of equal length ; laterally seen the
fingers are nearly straight, only a little curved towards each other
at the tip ; the inner margin of both fingers is provided with teeth
of about equal shape ; these teeth are triangular and pointed, adherent

10

124 Annals of the South African Museum.

at their base ; most of the teeth, particularly those of the fixed finger,
are provided ivitli one or tivo smaller teeth, especially on the proximal
side of each tooth ; the movable finger has such dentate teeth only
in the distal third, basally the teeth become lower, truncate and
simple.

Mandibles large and robust, shagreened ; the fixed finger with 4 to
5 large teeth in the central part and some very small ones basally ;
the movable finger has several small teeth. The projection of the
outer side of the movable finger only slightly developed.

Legs with very strong, bristle-like hairs. The two posterior pairs
robust with rather broad femora. Claws simple.

Length 2 - 06 mm.

Measurements. Cephalothorax : long. 0'57 ; lat. in front O67 ;
lat. behind 0'49. Mandibles: long. 0'57. Femur: long. 0-76; lat.
0-19. Tibia: long. 0-21; lat. 0-17. Hand: long. 0-40; lat. 0-28.
Fingers : long. - 67 mm.

Habitat. Cape Province. King William's Town Div. : Pirie
(E. Godfrey), 3 ? .

NOTE. This species is especially marked out by the teeth of the
fingers, which are exceedingly characteristic, being somewhat like
the teeth of a shark ; though each tooth has only one or two
secondary teeth, the whole series calls to mind the row of teeth of
a shark.

In South Africa there are 3 species of Chthoni.us with cephalo-
thorax, narrowing very much backwards : Chthonius contractus
Tullgren and the two new species described here : Chthonius
Godfreyi and Chthonius serratidentatus. These three species are,
however, easily distinguishable by the dentition of the palpal fingers,
Ch. contractus having both fingers provided with slender, pointed,
and remotely placed teeth ; Ch. Godfreyi one finger with similar
teeth, but the other nearly destitute of such ones ; and finally Ch.
serratidentatus with the characteristic teeth just mentioned-

42. CHTHONIUS SINUATUS Tullgren.

Cape Province. Cape Peninsula : Eetreat (W. F. Purcell), 1 ? .

I have compared this single specimen with one from San Thome
(Guinea Coast), which I have identified with Tullgren' s species.
The South African animal has the hand of the palps somewhat more
robust, but in both cases the hand is convex on both sides, and
in both cases the inner margin of the fingers is provided with small,

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa. 125

closely placed teeth. The fingers of both specimens are distinctly
curved. I suppose that both examples belong to one and the same
species, that mentioned above.

Synoptic Key

to the South African species of Chthoniiis, based chiefly on the
dentition of the palpal fingers.

No teeth Ch. natalensis.

Teeth present 1.

1. Movable finger with undulatory lamella Ch. mordax.

Movable finger with no undulatory lamella 2.

2. The teeth are dentated Ch. serratidentatus.

The teeth not dentated 3.

3. Movable finger with no teeth, fixed finger with slender

teeth, and large interstices Ch. Godfreyi.

Both fingers with teeth 4.

4. Teeth of same kind on both fingers, triangular, pointed,

with large interstices Ch. eontntctiis.

Teeth very small, closely placed 5.

5. Fingers nearly straight Ch. clitthnitii*.

Fingers distinctly curved Ch. siindttus.

BIBLIOGEAPHY.

1. BALZAN, L. 1831. Voyage de M. E. Simon au Venezuela

(1887-1888). 16 e mem. Chernetes
(Pseudoscorpiones). Ann. Soc. ent.
France, vol. 60.

2. ELLINGSEN, BDV. 1895. Description d'une espece nouvelle de

1'ordre des Chernetes. Bull. Soc.
Zool. France, vol. 20.

3. 1905. On a Pseudoscorpion from Congo.

Boll. Zool., etc., Torino, Nr.
496, vol. 20.

4 1906. Eeport on the Pseudoscorpions of the

Guinea Coast (Africa) collected by
Leonardo Fea. Ann. Mtis. Civ.
St. Nat. Geneva, vol. 42.

5 M 1906. On some Pseudoscorpions from Japan,

collected by Hans Sauter. Nyt
Mag. f. Naturvid., Christiania,
Bd. 45.

126

Annals of the South African Museum.

6. ELLINGSEN, EDV. 1907. Ueber eiaige Pseudoskorpione aus

Deutsch-Ostafrika. Zool. Anz.,
Bd. 32.

7. ,, 1907. Notes on Pseudoscorpions, British

and foreign. --Journ. Quekett
Microscop. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10.

8. ,, 1909. Contributions t,o the Knowledge of

the Pseudoscorpions from Material
belonging to the Museo Civico in
Genova. Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat.
Geneva, vol. 44.

9. ,, 1910. Die Pseudoskorpione des Berliner

Museums. Mitteil. aus d. Zool.
Mus. Berlin, Bd. 4.

10. ,, 1910. Pseudoscorpions from Uganda, col-

lected by Dr. B. Bayon. Ann.
Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova, vol. 44.

11. ,, 1910. Pseudoskorpione und Myriopoden des

Naturhistorischen Museums der
Stadt Wiesbaden. Jahrb. Nas-
sauisch. Ver. f. Naturkunde Wies-
baden. 63. Jhg.

12. LEWIS, R. T. 1903. On an undescribed species of Chelifer.

Journ. Quekett Microscop. Club, ser. 2,
vol. 8.

13. PAVESI, P. 1897. Aracnidi di Somali e Galla. Ann. Mus. Civ.

St. Nat. Genova, vol. 38.

14. SIMON, EUG. 1903. Arachnides de la Guinee espagnole. Mem.

Soc. espali. Hist, nat., torn. 1.

15. ,, 1904. Etude stir les Arachnides recueillis au

cours de la mission Du Bourg de
Bozas en Afrique. Bull. Mus. Hist,
nat. Paris, 1904, No. 7.

16. STRAND, EMBR. 1908. Arachniden aus Madagaskar. Zool.

Jahrb., Bd. 26.

17. ,, 1908. Spinnentiere von Siid-Afrika und einigen

Inseln. Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedi-
tion 1901-1903. Berlin, Bd. 10.

18. TULLGREN, ALBERT. 1901. Chelonethi from Camerun in

Westafrika collected by Dr.
Yngve Sjostedt. Entom. Tidskr.
Stockholm, Bd. 22.

The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa.

127

19. TULLGREN, ALBERT. 1907. Solifugse.ScorpionesundChelonethi

aus Agypten und dem Sudan.
Eesults of the Swedish Zoologi-
cal Expedition to Egypt and the
White Nile, 1901.

20. ,, 1907. Arachnoidea : 1. Pedipalpi, Scor-

piones, Solifugae, Chelonethi.
Wissensch. Ergebn. d. Schwe-
dischen Zool. Exp. nach dem
Kilimandjaro, dem Meru, etc.
Sjostedt. Upsala.

21. ., 1907. Chelonethiden aus Natal und Zulu-

land. - - Zoologiska S t u d i e r
tillagnade Prof. T. Tullberg.

22. 1907. Zur Kenntnis aussereuropaischer

Chelonethiden des Naturh.
Museums in Hamburg. Mitteil.
aus d. Naturh Museum, Bd. 24.

23. 1908. Ueber einige exotische Chelone-

thiden. Entom. Tidskr. Stock-
holm, Bd. 29.

24. 1908. Pseudoscorpionina (Chelonethi).

In : L. Schultze, Forschungsreise
im \vestl. u. zentr. Siidafrika,
Jena.

25. TOMOSVARY, ODON. 1884. Adatok az Alskorpiokismeretehez.

Termesz fiizetek. Budapest, vol. 8.

26. WITH, C. T. 1905. On Chelonethi, chiefly from the Australian

Region, in the Collection of the British
Museum. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7,
vol. 15.

27. ,, 1906. Chelonethi. An account of the Indian

false-scorpions, etc. The Danish exped.
to Siam, 1899-1900. Kgl. Danske Vid.
Selsk. Skr., 7. E., Bd. 3.

28. 1907. On some new species of Cheliferidae, Hans.,

and Garypidae, Hans., in the British
Museum. Journ. Linn. Soc. London,
vol. 30.

29. ,, 1908. Remarks on the Chelonethi. Vidensk.

Medd. naturh. Forening Kjobenhavn,

(128)

INDEX.

PAGE

africanus (Myrmochernes) 76, 85

angulatus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 83

angustatus (Cbelifer) 76, 78, 83

arabicum (Olpiurn) 76, 87, 116

arrnatus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 82

ATEMNUS 75

B

Bayoni (Chelifer) 76, 78, 83, 91

boncicus (Chelifer) 76, 77, 82

Braunsi (Chelifer) 75, 77, 78

Biittneri (Chelifer) 76, 78, 83

C

camerunensis (Chelifer) 76, 78, 81

cancroides (Chelifer) 76, 7s, 83, 92

capensis (Garypinus) 76, 114

capensis (Garypus) 76, 105

CHEIKIDIUM 76, 86, 104

CHELIFEB 75, 76, 90

CHTHOMUS 77, 88, 1-20

cimicoides (Chelifer) 76, 77, 8-2

clathratus (Chthonius) 77, 88, 1'20

cocophilus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 81

coinorensis (Chelifer) 76, 78, 81

concinnus (Cbelifer) 76, 77, 8-2, 91

Conradti (Chelifer) 75, 77, 79

contractus (Chthonius) 77, 89, 120

corticum (Cheiridium) ...86

D
deserticola (Olpiurn) 76, 88

E

equester (Chelifer) 75, 77, 79, 90

equestroides (Chelifer) 75,77, 79

exiguus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 83, 92

facetus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 83, 92

Feae (Chelifer) 75, 77, 79, 90

FEAELLA 76, 86, 104

ferox (Chelifer) 76, 77, 81

ferum (Cheiridium) 76, 86, 104

fonnosanum (Cheiridium)... -.86

G

GABYPINUS 76, 87, 114

garvpoides (Chelifer) 76, 78, 83, 92

GARYPUS 75, 86, 105

glabratus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 82

Godfrey! (Chthonius) 77, 120

Godfrey! (Ideobisium) 76, 117

granulatus (Garypinus var.) 116

guineensis (Chelifer) 75,77,79

I

IDEOBISIUM 76, 88, 117

impressus (Garypus) 76, 86, 107

indivisus (Chelifer) 75, 77, 79

insubidus (Chelifer) 75, 77, 79, 91

insularis (Garypus) 76, 87

Kewi (Chelifer) 76, 78, 83, 93

lamellatus (Cbelifer) 76, 78, 81

LAMPROCHEKNES 76

Letourneuxi (Chelifer) 75, 77, 80

PAGE

ininuseuloides (Chelifer) 76, 78, 94

minusculus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 95

minutus (Garypus) 76, 87, 108

mirabilis (Feaella) 76, 86

mordax (Chthonius) 77, 89, 122

mucronata (Feaella) 76, 86, 104

mucronabus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 84, 97

rnuseorum (Cheridium) 76,86, 104

MYBMOCHEBNES 76, 85

N

natalensis (Chthonius) 77, 89

nitens (Olpium) . ...76, 88, 116

O

obscurus (Garypinus) 76, 87, 115

octentoctus (Chelifer) 75, 76, 78, 81

OLPIUM 76, 87, 116

O'Swaldi (Chelifer) 75, 77, 80

Palmquisti (Chelifer) 75, 77, 80

paradoxus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 98

perpusillus (Chelifer) 76, 78, W

pusillum (Olpium) 76, 88

pusillus (Chelifer) 75,77,80

PSKCDOCHIBIDIDM 76, 86

Purcelli (Garypus) 76,110

Q

quadrispinosum (Ideobisium) 76, 88, 118

R

rotundusl Chelifer) 75,77, 82

rubidus (Chelifcr) 76, 77, 82

Schnitzel (Olpium) 76, 88

sculpturatus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 84, 99

segregatus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 84, 100

senegalensis (Garypus) 75, 76, 87, 112

serratideutatus (Chthonius) 77, 123

Shnoni (Chelifer) 75, 76, 78, 84, 100

sinuatus (Chthonius) 77, 89, 124

Sjostedti (Chelifer) 75, 77, 80

socotrensis (Chelifer) 76, 78, 85

Strandi (Chelifer) 76, 85

subfoliosus (Chelifer) 76, 77, 82, 91

subgrande (Olpium) 76, 88, 116

subindicus (Chelifer) 76, 77, 80

subruber (Chelifer) 76, 78, 85

subtropicum (Cheiridium) 76, 86, 104

T

tenuimanus (Chelifer) 75, 76, 78, 85

terroitophilus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 85

tetrachelatus (Chthonius) 77, 89

tetrophthalmum (Cheiridium) 86

togoensis (Chelifer) 76, 77, 81

torulosus (Chelifer) 76, 78, 85

TBACHYCHEBNES 76

Tragardhi (Pseudochiridium) 76, 86

triangularis (Garypus var.)

tumuliferus (Chelifer) 76,78,85,100

V

vermis (Olpium) 76,88

Voeltzkowi (Chelifer) 75, 77, 81

W

Walliskewi (Chelifer) 76,78, 101

(129)

7. The Sympoda (Part VI. of S.A. Crustacea, for the Marine
Investigations in South Africa)*. By the Eev. THOMAS E. E.
STBBBINO, M.A., F.E.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of King's
College, London, Hon. Member of New Zealand Inst., Hon.
Fellow of Worcester College, Oxford.

THE Sympoda are a group in many ways remarkable. Its bound-
aries are at present as sharply denned as any systematist could
possibly wish. All known Crustaceans are either clearly Sympoda
or clearly not Sympoda. None hover doubtfully on the outskirts of
this society. On the other hand, within its limits the relations are
highly perplexing. There is so much interlacing of characters,
together with so many fine gradations, that any settled standard of
classification is difficult to adopt, or if adopted to uphold against
reasonable objections. For distinguishing families practical con-
venience solicits a choice of external and easily observable features.
The widely separated eyes of Nannastacus offered such a character,
till the kindred Cumella was found with a single eye. The presence
or absence of a distinct telson sets one group of families in a marked
manner apart from another group. Yet between the greatly elongated
segment in Makrokylindrus and the disappearance of the segment in
Bodotria there are not a few intermediaries, so that a comparatively
short and narrow telson in Leptostylis leads on through a short and
blunt one in Petalosarsia to forms in which the telsonic segment is
produced between the uropods, though the produced part is not
articulated, and in Eudorellopsis biplicatus, Caiman, this unarticu-
lated portion is marked off "by a very distinct transverse groove."
In some of the appendages the third or " ischial " joint is apt to
disappear. Accordingly its presence or absence seemed likely to be
available for classificatory purposes. But this proved disappointing,
because, though the joint is often quite definitely present, and some-

* Parts I. -III. have been published in the " Marine Investigations in South
Africa"; Parts IV. and V. in Vol. VI. of the "Annals of the South African
Museum." In Part V., pp. 409-418 treat of the Sympoda (olim Cuimicr/i).

11

130 Annals of the Soutli. African Museum.

times quite definitely missing, there are other cases when the ring
is incomplete or when coalescence with the preceding joint can only
be inferred from a line of suture. The eridopod or inner ramus of
the uropods may be a single piece or it may be divided into two
or three joints of varying relative lengths. The resulting differences
are rather easy to observe, and have been, in fact, of much service
in classification. But even here perplexities occasionally arise.
Among the species of Sympoda earliest described are Bodotria
scorpioides (Montagu) and Bodotria arenosus, Goodsir. These are
so much alike that their generic separation is hardly to be thought
of. Nevertheless the uropod of the former has a two-jointed
endopod, while that of the latter is provokingly undivided.

When the question arises of arranging the families in a natural
order, one would probably think precedence appropriate to those
which retain the most primitive characters. Among these would be
the most complete segmentation of the body and the fullest equip-
ment of the segments with their several pairs of appendages. On
the first account the families with a distinct telson should stand
before those without one. But when the second point is also con-
sidered, we find the full complement of five pairs of pleopods
combined with entire want of a distinct telson, or in one case with
a telson of the smallest type. All other families with the telson
distinct have a diminished number of pleopods, varying from three
pairs to none. These differences refer only to the male sex, because,
so far as at present known, all the females with singular unanimity
dispense with pleopods altogether. In some families, however, the
males are in this respect like the females.

The provision of exopods or swimming branches on the perseopods

in the two sexes has its uses for systematic arrangement. But while

in the majority of families the adult males have these branches well

developed on the first four pair of peraeopods, the females are never

so well provided, having at most exopods well developed on the first

three pairs and a rudiment on the fourth. In both sexes the

exopods may be limited to the first pair of peraeopods. For full

advantage to be taken of these much-varying characteristics it is

obviously important that both sexes should be observed. But, owing

probably to the respective habits of these, it not unfrequently happens

that new species have to be, or at any rate are, founded on specimens

of a single sex, so that the characters of the other sex have to be

guessed at or left out of count.

These are a few of the difficulties which confront the systematist
in points the most readily available for his purpose. There are

The Sympoda. 131

plenty more in those other details of the organism which cannot
well be studied without dissection and microscopic examination.
The mandibles may have the trunk pointed at the base or very
blunt, the molar stout or slender, spines of the spine-row numerous
or very few ; the palp of the first maxillse may end in two filaments
or only one, or the palp may be missing altogether ; important
variations in the terminal joints of the first maxillipeds are indeed
more or less easily discernible, but this is not the case with the
branchial apparatus which is out of view in complete specimens, but
which has important differences to offer in the number and disposi-
tion of the branchial leaflets. Even the comparative uniformity of
the intestine cannot be depended on, since Cyclaspoides saisi,
Bonnier, and Platijcnma liulti, Caiman (Fisheries, Ireland, 1904, I.
[1905], p. 30, pi. 3, figs. 39-56), agree with many of the Cladocera
in having a coiled instead of a straight alimentary canal.

It is reasonable to suppose that the Malacostracan type of body
was gradually produced in far-distant ages, but the pattern is now
so wonderfully persistent and traceable under all sorts of disguises,
that missing parts are almost certainly due to losses, not to inherit-
ance of ancestral defect. Hence, as above suggested, we may be
allowed to assume that the organism with the largest number of
distinct parts comes nearest to the original pattern. On this
principle the family Vaunthompsoniidae will stand first, having in
the male five pairs of pleopods together with exopods on the first
four pairs of peraeopods, and in the female exopods on the first three
of those pairs. The Sympodommatidae agree as to pleopods, but
have exopods only on the first three pairs of peneopods in the male
as well as in the female. The Bodotriidae with the same number of
pleopods have well-developed exopods only on the first perasopods in
each sex. The only other family with five pairs of pleopods is the
Ceratocumatidae, which might claim precedence over the families
already named in respect of its distinct telson, which they are with-
out, but it is inferior to the Vaunthompsoniidae by having exopods
in the male on the first two only instead of the first four pairs of
peraeopods, and in its only known species it has lost the fifth
peraeopods altogether.

The present essay proposes the adoption of fourteen new species,
nine new genera, and a new name for a genus already known, but
a more important innovation affects the framework of the group at
large. In view of a forthcoming monograph, which avowedly aims,
not at introducing novelties, but simply at recording the actual state
of science, it has seemed desirable here to name a great number of

132

Annals of the South African Museum.

Pleopods,
Pairs in
Male.

Perseopods, Pairs with
Exopods in

3 ?

Telson.

Apical Spines
of Telson.

Antennal,
Accessory
Flagellum.

Antenna 2 of
Female,
Joints.

5

4 3

very small

2

5

3 3

very small

2

5

1 or 1 + 2r 1 or 1 + 2r

very small

1 or2

5

2 ?

small

very small

9

3

4 3 + /

very small

3

3

4 2 + 2r

large

3 or more

well developed

4

3

4 2 + 2r

large

3

well developed

5

3

4 1

large

3

well developed

4

2

4 2 or 2 + 2r

large

2

well developed

4

2

4 2 + 2r

small

very small

3 or 4

2

4 2 + 2r

large

small

4

9

2 + 2;-

large

3

very small

?4

2

4 2

large

2

small

?4

2

4 2

large

2

small

5

2

4 2

large

2

rather small

9

2 or 1 + r

4 2 + 2r

small

very small

1 or2

2

4 3

very small

1, 2, or 3

1

4 3

small

3

4 3

small

9

4 2 + 2r

large

3 or more

well developed

4 or -5

4 ?

large

very small

?

4 or 2 2

large

or 2r

very small

3 or 4

4 2 or

very small

1, '2, or ?3

4 2

very small

o

4 2

very small

1

2 2

small

3

In the table above r stands for rudimentary. In most families the mandibles are tapering at the
base and have a blunt molar, the second maxillae are apically divided, the first nmxilli-
peds are more than 4-jointed, and in the second maxillipeds the inner margin of the apical
joint is not strongly dentate.

The Sympoda.

133

Mandibles.

Maxilla 1,
Apical
Filaments
of Palp.

Maxilla -2.

Miixilliped
1.

Maxilliped
2,
Apical
Joint.

Uropod,
Joints of
Inner
Kanius.

2

2

VaunthompsoniidiE

2

2

Sympodommatidffi

1 or 2

1 or 2

Bodotriidffi

2

1

Ceratocumatidae

2

2

Leptocumatidae *

2

3

Hemilampropidae

no palp

3

Pai alampropidae

no palp

3

Platysympodidaa

2

3

Diastylidaa

2

2 or 3

Colurostylidae

2

3

Oxyurostylidaa

9

9

Pseudodiastylidoa

broad at base

2

3

Diastyloididaa

2

2

Ekdiastylidse

2

1

Holostylidaa

2

1

Pscudocumatidae f

broad at base

1

2

Leuconidae

broad at base

1

2

Paraleuconidse

broad at base

9

2

Hemileuconidas

1 or 2

3

Lampropidie

2

3

Dicidee

2

2 or 1

Gynodiastylidae

1 or 2

1

Nannastacidas

molar narrow

2

strongly t
dentate )'

1

Procampylaspidae

molar stiliform

1 or 2

undivided

4-jointed

1

Campylaspidse

broad at base

1

1

Heteroleuconidae

* A new family for the genus Leptocitma, Sars, 1873, with the species L. kinbergii, Sars,
1873, and L. minor, Calmar, 1912.

t Name modified from Pseudocumidte, instituted by Sars to receive his genus Pseudocuma,
l*6o, and allied genera.

134 Annals of the South African Museum,

families among which all the genera of the group will in that mono-
graph be distributed. The accompanying tabulation of several
characters will give the student an opportunity of understanding at
a glance and criticising at his leisure the proposed arrangement.
There are several obvious weaknesses. Besides those which depend
on unavoidable want of information, there are those due to alternative
characters, to reliance on features of little significance, and to the
use of indefinite terms such as large and small. In defence it may
be pleaded that the case is essentially one in which convenience
should be studied and compromise accepted, since Nature makes a
mock of our pragmatical divisions and is continually supplying the
links which the evolutionist desires and the systematist abhors.

The naturalist who happens to be a grammarian, or the grammarian
who happens to be a naturalist, will find among the names of
Sympoda, as among the names in almost any other branch of
zoology, a plentiful supply of false concords. This arises from the
tiresome and ridiculous idea that the termination of a generic name
can make a species masculine, feminine, or neuter. How Nature
must laugh ! As though because of the Latin words Aqnila and
Vultur an eagle must be a hen and a vulture a cock ! Since some
one must make a beginning, if so inconvenient and unnatural a rule
is to be discountenanced and discarded, I here brave reproof and
reproach by making all the species of Sympoda of one and the same
gender, and that the masculine. In due time, if editors are graciously
pleased to allow it, the virtue of simplicity will be recognised and
common sense will win a victory over a vexatious custom."

FAMILY VAUNTHOMPSONIID^E.

1879. Vaunthompsoniidce, G. O. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Kristian.,
vol. iv., p. 63.

In this family, though there is no distinct telson, the telsonic
segment is notably produced between the peduncles of the uropods,
this being especially the case in the genus Gaussiciima, Zimmer, 1907.
In that genus the pseudorostral lobes do not meet in front of the
eyelobe, thus distinguishing it from Batliycuma, Hansen, 1895, in
which they do meet. Both these genera agree in having the second
joint of the third maxilliped strongly produced at the outer distal

* See "Knowledge," vol. xxxiii., pp. 259 and 470, 1910, for a fuller discussion
of this subject.

The Sympoda. 135

angle a feature not possessed by the typical genus Vaunthompsonia,
Bate, 1858.

GEN. BATHYCUMA, Hansen.

1895. Bathyciiwi, H. J. Hansen, Ergebn. Plankton-Exp., vol. ii.,

G.c., p. 55.

1905. B., Caiman, Fisheries, Ireland, for 1904, I., p. 17.
1905. B., Caiman, Siboga-Exp., vol. xxxvi., p. 9.
1908. B., Zimmer, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp., vol. viii., p. 164-166.
1912. B., Caiman, Proc. U.S. Mus., vol. xli., p. 614.

General form elongate. Pseudorostral lobes meeting in the front.
First pedigerous segment short, but well exposed. Telsonic segment
produced between the bases of the uropods. Eye wanting. Man-
dible with long spine-row and strong molar. First maxillte with
bisetose palp. First maxillipeds comparatively broad, the epipod
furnished with several branchial leaflets. Third maxillipeds w T ith
second joint distally produced, the fourth little expanded. First
four peraeopods in male, only the first three in female, carrying
exopods. All five pairs of pleopods in male well developed.

To this genus Dr. Caiman in 1905 transferred Leucon brevirostris ,
Norman, 1879, and also in 1905 described a new species, Bathycuma
loiir/irostris, to which he added Bailiijcuma longicaudatus in 1912,
calling it " Bathi/citina (?) lonrjicaudata"

BATHYCUMA NATALENSIS, n. sp.
Plate XLIX.

All the five species assigned to this genus show signs of very near
relationship. It is an inconvenient circumstance that in two cases
only the male is known, and in two others only the female. Only
in the case of B. brevirostris (Norman) is the situation saved by Dr.
Caiman's decision that Vaunthompsonia cceca, Bonnier, 1896, is a
synonym of Norman's species. From Norman's account of the
female the form about to be described differs in respect to the
third maxillipeds, the telsonic segment, and the uropods. From
Bonnier' s description and figures of the young male it differs further
in regard to the first and second maxillipeds. From B. lonyirostris,
Caiman, founded on a young male, it differs strikingly in characters
of the pseudorostral lobes, and from B. longicaudatus, Caiman,
founded on an immature female, it differs conspicuously by inferior
size and in the proportions of the first antennae. From the typical
species, B. elongating, Hansen, also described from an immature

136 Annals of the South African

female, it differs in the proportions of the mandibles and the
uropods.

The pseudorostral lobes meet for a short distance in front of the
little triangular eyelobe ; seen from the side they project a little
upwards in an acute point, and laterally are truncate, meeting the
serrate lower margin without forming any produced tooth ; seen from
above they show a slightly serrate sinuous front. The carapace is
about one-fourth of the total length from pseudorostral point to end
of telsonic segment ; the medio-dorsal line is carinate, the first third
showing the alternating spinules in double line commencing on the
eyelobe and seemingly fading away into a single line obscurely con-
tinued to the hind margin. High magnification shows an extensive
distribution of minute denticles, each projected from one of the
irregular hexagonal cells of the surface, most of these cells having
an internal marking suggestive of their capacity to produce a
denticle.

The first pedigerous segment appears to be firmly united to the
carapace. The four following segments are bordered below with
firm edges. The lower borders of the first five pleon segments are
flattened out. The produced part of the telsonic segment is almost
semicircular, with a little serration on each side of the middle of the
apical border. Norman assigns to B. brevirostris " telson very short,
semiovate, smooth." Bonnier figures the part in question as semi-
ovate, but rather long in relation to the antecedent part of the
segment.

As in all species of the genus, the eye is wanting. The first
antennae have a geniculate first joint, the second shorter than the
third, the two-jointed flagellum shorter than the third joint of the
peduncle, its first joint being dilated near the base and fringed with
long filaments, the shorter second joint carrying the usual annulated
setae and others ; the minute two-jointed accessory is provided with
a close-set fascicle of very long setae. That this rather striking
apparatus is not mentioned in the other species is no doubt due
to the sex of the female specimens and probably to the immaturity
of the males. The second antennae have characters commonly found
in male Sympoda, unless the interlocking of the third and fourth
joints of the peduncle may prove to be exceptional (but Sars has
figured something similar in Bodotria and Leucon); the short penulti-
mate joint pushes up a small lobe between the two widely separated
lobes of the antepenultimate; the flagellum was not complete in any
specimen, but the proximal portion showed a very great number of
short joints furnished with setules.

The Sympoda. 137

The upper lip is emarginate. The mandibles have the basal
section longer than the part on the other side of the strong molar ;
a spine-row of twenty-one spines leads on to a very narrow cutting
plate, which in one mandible is accompanied by a narrow accessory.
In Hansen's B. elongatus the basal section of the mandible is, con-
trary to custom, shorter than the spiniferous portion. The first and
second maxilhe are normal.

The first maxillipeds have a long second joint, the third missing,
the fourth and fifth broad, closely united, the fifth fringed with a
row of eight bifid teeth, the two following joints small; the branchial
apparatus with eight leaflets agrees better with Hansen's account
for B. elongatus than with Bonnier's figure and description of this
part in his Vaunthompsonia cceca. The second maxillipeds have
a slender, sinuous, strongly ridged second joint twice the length of
the rest of the limb, with the third joint scarcely forming a complete
ring, instead of a joint twice as long as broad as represented in
Bonnier's figure. The third maxillipeds have the second joint
well produced and serrate on inner side of the apical process, but
without the strong armature of spines described by Norman for
his species. After the small third joint the rest of the limb is
missing.

The first perseopods were available only to the end of the second
joint; the exopod has a remarkably broad basal joint, the flagellar
part having a first joint not very long, but succeeded by no less
than seven short joints. The second pergeopods have the second
joint serrate, the third short, the much-spined seventh about as
long as the fifth with the little sixth.

The pleopods have the peduncle little longer than the subequal
rami, the one-jointed endopod with its lateral process little produced
across the two-jointed exopod, of which the second joint, like the
endopod and peduncle, is amply provided with setae.

The exopod of the uropods is about three-fourths as long as the
peduncle, and has eight slender spines on its inner margin. The
scarcely shorter endopod is fringed with about seventeen little
spines and four larger on the inner margin of its large first joint :
the much thinner second joint, more than half as long, has a dozen
little spines on the inner margin, on which the peduncle has a varied
assortment of a score.

Length of male 11 mm. Female unknown.

Locality. Cape Natal N. by E. 24 miles ; depth 805 m. ; No.
12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey.

138 Annah of the South African Museum.

FAMILY SYMPODOMMATID.E, n.

Without distinct telson ; with exopods only on the first three
pairs of pergeopods in both sexes ; with five pairs of pleopods in the
male.

SYMPODOMMA, n. g.

General form slender, elongate, width diminishing gradually from
carapace to pleon. Eyelohe narrowly linguiform, separating the
pseudorostral lobes, in which the sinus is well defined by the pro-
duced antero-lateral angle. All five pedigerous segments dorsally
exposed, the first short. Pleon elongate ; telsonic segment produced
between the bases of the uropods. First antenna with both flagella
slight. Third maxilliped with second joint distally much produced,
fifth not much distally widened. First three pairs of peraeopods in
both sexes with exopods, fourth and fifth pairs without any. Five
pairs of pleopods in the male. Uropods with both rami two-
jointed.

The name of the genus is compounded of the tribal name and
oyu^o, an eye.

Under this genus I group the new species Sympodomma africanus,
and three previously known under other names : 1. S. anomalus,
assigned by G. 0. Sars in 1871 and 1873 with much hesitation to the
genus Leucon, but in 1879 and 1887, again with some doubt, trans-
ferred to Vaunthompsonia ; 2. S. wcberi, described by Caiman in
1905 as Heterocuma ? weberi, and 3. S. diomedece, the species
described by Caiman in 1912 as a companion of the preceding species
in the genus Heterocuma.

SYMPODOMMA AFEICANUS, n. sp.
Plate L.

The present species bears a close resemblance to that recently
described by Dr. Caiman from Japan under the name Heterocuma
ilimiiedecB (Proc. U.S. Mus., vol. xli., p. 612, text figs. 6-9, 1912), but
is distinguished by the different armature of the carapace and by the
proportions of the uropods.

The pseudorostral lobes are kept quite apart by the advanced eye-
lobe, the slightly expanded pellucid apex of which appears to be
occupied by numerous small lenses ; an angular antennal sinus is
formed by the well-advanced antero-lateral angle, from which com-
mences a serration carried some way along the lower margin. A

The Sympoila. 139

median carina, beginning on the eyelobe, is earned right through to
the hind margin, on the frontal lobe carrying three conspicuous
forward-pointing teeth just as in the Japanese species, but not as
there behind these teeth dividing into two tuberculated ridges, nor
are the sides of the carapace here tuberculate except for a single pair
of tubercles anteriorly outside the frontal lobe. Microscopic denticles
can be made out along the centre of the carina and scattered over
the minutely squamose surface of the carapace.

The pedigerous segments after the first are laterally keeled, and
after the second have a median pair of carime. There is a slight inter-
locking laterally between the third and fourth segments. No ventral
spine was found on these segments. The first five pleon segments
have each a dorsal and lateral pair of carinae, but the telsonic seg-
ment though elevated in the middle is scarcely to be called carinate ;
its rounded end is well produced between the bases of the uropods.

In the first antennae the geniculate first joint is as long as the
subequal second and third joints combined ; the small flagellum is
three-jointed, with the third joint minute, the sensory filaments
long ; the accessory flagellum with its two joints is not nearly as
long as the first joint of the principal. The second antennae of the
specimen had the usual character for a male not fully adult, giving
promise, however, of very numerous joints.

The mandibles have a strong molar, finely toothed on the apical
margin ; the spine-row contains at least a score of spines. The first
maxillae show an elongate palp, with two unequal terminal filaments.
The second maxilla? with the usual armature appear to be longer
th.in usual. The first maxillipeds have the marginal teeth of the
ante-penultimate joint apparently simple, although a spine project-
ing from below under a low magnification makes the upper tooth
seem bifid ; the second joint at the apex of its inner margin shows a
tooth of unusual size. In the second maxillipeds the slender second
joint is much longer than the five following joints combined. The
second joint of the third maxilliped is more than twice as long as the
five following joints combined, wider at both ends than in the middle,
much produced apically ; the fourth joint is also produced, but is
little longer than broad ; the three following joints are narrow. The
long first peraeopods have the sixth joint less than twice the fifth
and not a fourth longer than the seventh. In the short second pair
the sixth joint is not longer than the third, the seventh as long as
fifth and sixth combined. Exopods to the third pair were not satis-
factorily made out, but may be presumed, as they occur in both
sexes of the allied Japanese species.

140 Annah of the South African 31 use tun.

The five pairs of pleopods were without swimming setae, the one-
jointed inner branch having a narrow process across the line of
junction between the two joints of the outer branch. In the uropods
the endopod is about two-thirds as long as the carinate peduncle, a
little longer instead of shorter than the exopod, its first joint about
twice as long as the second, instead of subequal to it.

Length of specimen, subadult male, 18 mm. Female unknown.

Locality. Cape Point N. 81 E. 32 miles; No. 17643, sent In
Dr. Peringuey.

FAMILY BODOTEIIDJ5.

1901. Bodotriida, T. Scott, Kep. Fish. Board Scotl., vol. xix., p. 273.

Telson wanting, telsonic segment little produced between the
uropods ; exopods only on the first pair of peraeopods or also with
rudiments on the second and third pairs in both sexes ; five pairs of
pleopods in the male ; inner branch of uropods two-jointed or
simple.

To this family are referred Bodotria, Goodsir, 1843 ; Iphinoe, Bate,
1856 ; Cyclaspis, Sars, 1865 ; Stephanomma, Sars, 1871 ; Hete.ro-
cuma, Miers, 1879 ; Cumopsis, Sars, 1879 ; Eocuma, Marcusen,
1894 ; Gyclaspoides, Bonnier, 1896 ; Zygosiphon, Caiman, 1907.

From these genera the species Iphinoe br wipes, Hansen, and Iphin< e
ciaxsipes, Hansen, have been already considered, and the species
Iphinoe. zimmeri, Stebbing, described, in the Catalogue of S. African
Crustacea, 1910 ; a specimen of Cyclaspis spectabilis, Zimmer,
mentioned in the same work, has since been obtained by Dr.
Peringuey from Cape Point, E. by N. 29 miles; Museum No.
17585, and another, No. 12605, from a depth of 805 m., Cape
Natal, N. by E. 24 miles ; the Catalogue further notices Eocuma
sarsii (Kossmann).

GEN. BODOTEIA, Goodsir.

1843. Bodotria, Goodsir, Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal,
vol. xxxiv., pp. 120, 128.

Carapace without lateral cornua ; first pedigerous segment incon-
spicuous, the second large. Only the first pair of peraeopods carrying
exopods in either sex ; second peraeopods with the third joint
indistinct ; inner branch of uropods either two-jointed or simple.

The Sympoda. 141

The two species here added to the genus are distinguished from
B. arenosm, Goodsir, 1843 ; B. pulcx, Zimmer, 1903 ; and B.
similis, B. siainensis, B. parous, ail three established by Caiman in
1907, because those five species have the inner branch of the uropods
simple, whereas the new species have it two-jointed, in agreement
with B. scorpioitlcs (Montagu), 1804; B. fjibbus (Sars), 1879; B.
pulcliellus (Sars), 1879 ; and B. sublcvis, Caiman, 1907. But while
each of the four last-mentioned species is provided with an eye, that
organ is apparently wanting in the two new species.

BODOTRIA MONTAGUI, 11. Sp.

Plate LI.A.

This species is closely related to Bodotria scorpioides (Montagu),
but exhibits the following points of difference in the female sex, to
which the single specimen belongs. The integument is not hard
and strong. The eyelobe shows no trace of an eye. The carapace
exhibits a pair of oblique grooves, diverging near the middle back-
wards from the central carina. In the first antennae the third joint
is not longer than the second. The second maxillipeds are without
the six strong spines on the distal part of the second joint's outer
margin, that part being furnished with four very slight setules. The
third maxillipeds have the second joint narrowed in the middle. In
the tirst perteopods the fifth joint, though decidedly longer than the
sixth, is considerably shorter than the sixth and seventh combined.
In the second perasopods there is a faint indication of the third
joint, but with incomplete articulation. In dorsal outline the fourth
pedigerous segment is not separated from the third and fifth by any
deep incisions, and the telsonic segment is little produced between
the peduncles of the uropods.

The comparison has been instituted between the South African
specimen and the excellent figures and description given in 1879
and 1899 by Professor Sars of " Ciima Edivardsii, Goodsir," which
is now recognised as a synonym of Bodotria scorpioides (Montagu).
Though the differences above mentioned are rather numerous, the
points of resemblance are also so many and so close that it seems
unnecessary to repeat descriptions practically available in the
writings of Professor Sars. Among the minute details which he
oives is a character of the first maxillae, the elongate palp of which
has its unequal apical filaments furnished with little lateral hairs
pointing in different directions. It is difficult to see the hairs at
all, but in the southern specimen some point upwards and some
downwards as described by Sars for the northern species.

142 Annals of tlic Sontli African Museum.

Length of specimen 4'5 mm.

Locality. Lat. 32 53' 30" S., long. 28 11' 00" E. ; depth 75 m.
No. 83, sent by Dr. Gilchrist.

BODOTRIA AUSTKALIS, 11. Sp.

Plate LI.B.

This species, like the preceding, showed no visual elements and
had a yielding integument which permitted the flattening out of the
carapace, thus making visible a pair of lateral ridges on the under
side with a scalloped edge. The outer edge of the extended carapace
is fringed beneath with a series of little raised processes. The
antero-lateral angle is well marked. The last three pedigerous
segments and first two of the pleon are separated from one another
and their neighbours by deep depressions. The first antennae have
the third joint shorter than the second. The second maxillipeds
have the second joint widest distally instead of in the proximal half.
The first peraeopods have the sixth joint not longer than the seventh,
and the two combined not so long as the fifth joint. In the second
peraeopods the third joint makes no appearance. The rami of the
uropods are two-thirds the length of the peduncle, the exopod being
inconsiderably longer than the endopod, of which the second joint is
a little over a third of the first.

Length of female specimen 3'25 mm. Male unknown.

Locality. Lat. 32 53' 30" S., long. 28 11' 00" E. ; depth 75 m. ;
No. 83, sent by Dr. Gilchrist.

FAMILY CEEATOCUMATID^E.

1905. Ccratocumida, Caiman, Fisheries, Ireland, 1904, I., p. 37.

The telson is distinct, but small and unfurnished with spines ; only
the first two pairs of the peraeopods are furnished with exopods ; the
seventh joint in the two following pairs ends in a curved spine; the
pleon carries five pairs of pleopods ; the inner ramus of the uropods
is 1-jointed.

The characters are all taken from the male, the other sex being as
yet unknown.

GEN. CEEATOCUMA, Caiman.
1905. Ceratocuma, Caiman, Fisheries, Ireland, 1904, I., p. 37.

As the family depends at present on one sex of a single species, it
is, perhaps, inexpedient to attempt a selection of generic characters.

The Sympoda. 143

CERATOCUMA HORRIDUS, Caiman.

1905. Ccratociiiiia horrida, Calinan, Fisheries, Ireland, 1904, I., p. 39,
pi. 4, fig. 57-75.

This remarkable species has been fully described and figured by
Dr. Caiman. Briefly may be mentioned the numerous procurved
processes on the flattened oblong carapace, the expanded lateral
processes of the second and third pedigerons segments, the absence
of limbs from the fifth pedigerous segment (while both pairs of
antennae give evidence of maturity), the peculiar processes with
their dense tufts of radiating setae on the short sixth joint of the
first peraeopod, and the great length of the slender uropods, in which
the equal rami are very much longer than the peduncle. The only
point in which the South African specimen differs from Dr. Caiman's
description and figures is in a small bulbous expansion of the base
of this peduncle. The capacity of the telson for closing down over
the anal opening, when exercised, has the effect of obscuring its
existence. The South African specimen measures 4 mm.

Locality. Cape Natal N. by E. about 24 miles ; depth 805 m. ;
No. 12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey.

FAMILY HEMILAMPBOPID^E, n.

Telson large, with more than two apical spines ; first antennae
with both flagella well developed; exopods on the first four pairs
of perasopods, but those on the third and fourth pairs only rudi-
mentary in the female ; first peraeopods with second joint much
shorter than the rest of the limb; three pairs of pleopods in the
male ; uropods with 3-jointed inner ramus.

The system here followed makes it imperative to separate from
the Lampropidte those genera in which the male has three pairs of
pleopods. It seems also desirable to institute a family Paralampro-
pidaa for the genus Pandam-props, Sars, 1887, containing the species
P. scrratocostatns (Sars), 1885, and P. asper, Zimmer, 1907, this
family being distinguished from the Hemilampropidae by the first
maxillae, which here have no palp. That feature the family shares,
so far as is known, only with the Platysympodidae, but the latter
family has in the female exopods only on the first pair of peraeopods,
whereas in the Paralampropidae there are in that sex exopods on the
first four pairs, although, as often elsewhere, those on the third and
fourth perasopods are rudimentary. The genus Platysympns has a

144 Annals of the South African Museum.

new name in place of the preoccupied Platyaspis, Sars, 1870. It
contains the species P. typicus (Sars), 1870, and P. brachyurus
(Zimmer), 1907. The species orbicularis, which Dr. Caiman
referred to Platyaspis in 1905 and to Paralamprops in 1912, may,
perhaps, be transferred to a new genus Platytyphlops to be sub-
sequently introduced. The suggestion made by Professor Sars in
1900 that Chalawstulis, Norman, 1879, might be referred to the
Platyaspidae (now Platysyrnpodidae) will not suit the character of
the first maxillae in Norman's Chalarostylis elcgans, since Dr. Caiman
has observed that those appendages have a normal bisetose palp.

GEN. HEMILAMPKOPS, Sars.

1882. Hemilamprops , Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian., 1882, pp. 11, 55.
1899. H., Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. hi., p. 21.

As this is at present the only genus assigned to the family, the
family characteristics may suffice to define it. The species included
are H. roseus (Norman), 1863 ; H. crixtattix (Sars), 1870 ; H. uniplicatus
(Sars), 1872 ; H. assimilis, Sars, 1882 ; H. normani, Bonnier, 1896 ; H.
pellucidus, Zimmer, 1908.

HEMILAMPKOPS PELLUCIDUS, Zimmer.

Plate LI I.

1908. Hemilamprops pellucida, Zimmer, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp.,
vol. viii., pt. 3, pp. 171, 172, pi. 39, figs. 53, 54, pi. 40,
figs. 55-59.
1910. H. p., Stebbing, S.A. Crustacea, pt. 5, p. 415.

The specimens here described and figured, if not in absolute agree-
ment with the young female and still younger male, examined by
Dr. Zimmer, do not admit of any real doubt that they belong to the
same species.

The integument is pellucid, delicate, microscopically scabrous.
Pseudorostral lobes short, subacute, with serrate edges. Carapace
in both sexes rather deep, the small triangular eyelobe without
lenses, the medio-dorsal line carrying four or five forward-pointing
denticles, immediately followed by a nearly level line of twenty
denticles reaching back beyond the middle of the carapace and suc-
ceeded by a groove between the inflated branchial regions. Pedi-
gerous segments combined shorter than the carapace. Pleon longer
than those segments and carapace together. Telson with three long
apical spines, its denticulate margins carrying six to eight pairs of

The Sympoda. 145

spines on the nearly parallel-sided hinder half ; in the nearly adult
male the telson is longer than in the female, with a narrower
base.

First antenna with serrate edge to the large first joint, third joint
small, and in the male not longer than broad, flagelluni in the female
of five or six joints, with accessory of three joints, the third micro-
scopic ; in the male the flagellum is four-jointed, with accessory of
three well-developed joints. Second antenna of the female small,
four-jointed, with a seta on the rather large first joint and another
on the small second joint ; second antenna in the male showing a
flat process on the side of the penultimate joint of the peduncle, the
last joint long, probably composite, the flagellum long, annulated,
the very numerous short rings not having attained their full
development.

The first peraeopod has the second joint much curved, with its
convex border distally serrate. The second peraeopod has the
second joint shorter than the succeeding joints combined, of which
the strongly spined fifth is longer than the short sixth and long
narrow seventh together. The third and fourth peraeopods have the
second joint more dilated in the male than in the female, in cor-
respondence with the exopods well developed in the former sex but
reduced to two-jointed rudiments in the latter ; the third joint of the
third perffiopod in the male shows no sign of the peculiar flattened
spines found in adult males of northern species belonging to this
genus.

The three pairs of pleopods in the male with short apical setae
may be taken to represent a subadult character.

Peduncle of the uropods in the female longer than the telson with
its apical spines and longer than either ramus ; in the male it is sub-
equal to the telson with its spines and shorter than the rarni ; of
these the exopod is a little the shorter, with the first the longer
of its two long joints ; the endopod has its first joint much
longer than the two following joints combined, these two being
subequal in the female, but the second shorter than the third in
the male.

Length S'5 mm.

Locality. Cape Point N. 81 E. 32 miles; No. 1738G, sent by
Dr. Peringuey.

12

146 Annals of the SoutJi African

FAMILY DIASTYLID^E.

1856. DiastylidcB (part), Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist., Ser. 2, vol. xvii.

p. 449.
1900. D. (part), G. 0. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. iii., p. 41.

All the pedigerous segments distinct ; telson large, with only two
apical spines ; accessory flagellum of first antennae distinct ; man-
dibles normal, not broad at the base ; first maxillae with bisetose
palp ; branchial leaflets numerous, often spirally arranged ; exopods
on the first four pairs of peraeopods in the male, on the first two
pairs in the female and sometimes rudiments on the third and fourth
pairs ; two pairs of biramose pleopods in the male ; inner branch
of uropods three- jointed.

With this definition the family will be restricted to the genera

Diastylis, Say, 1818; Leptostylis, Sars, 1869; Diastylopsis, S. I.

Smith, 1880 ; Paradiastylis, Caiman, 1904 ; and the new genera

Adiastylis, Makrokylindrus, and EJcleptostylis. But this compact-

ness has to be purchased at the cost of establishing several new

families closely allied in most of their features. Thus a two-jointed

inner ramus of the uropods introduces a new genus, Ekdiastylis, in

the Ekdiastylidae, with E. sculptus (Sars), 1871, and eight companion

species transferred from Diastylis. Holostylis in the Holostylidae is

instituted to receive Diastylis heller i, Zimmer, 1907, and with it

( 'nma gayi, Nicolet, 1849, both of which are set forth as having

a simple inner ramus to the uropods. In Diastyloides, Sars, 1900,

the Diastyloididte have a genus in which the mandibles are broad at

the base instead of normally tapering, and the second pleopod has

only a single ramus. The Pseudodiastylidae, dependent on Pseudo-

diastylis ferox, Caiman, 1905, known only in the female sex, have

an elongate telson with more than two apical spines. In the Oxyuro-

stylidse, Oxyurostylis smithi, a new genus and species, established

by Dr. Caiman in 1912, exhibits a sharply pointed telson with no

apical spine or spines. The Colurostylidae, in the original repre-

sentative Colurostylis pseudocuma, Caiman, 1911, have a short telson

without apical spines and a two-jointed inner ramus to the uropods,

but " Colurostylis (?) occidentalis," Caiman, 1912, has that ramus

three-jointed. The Gynodiastylidse are separated from all the fami-

lies just mentioned by having no pleopods in the male. The species

originally assigned to the genus Gynodiaxti/lix, Caiman, 1911, agree

in having a rather small, unarmed telson not produced beyond the

anus, and as in Paradiastylis with no exopod to the third maxillipeds

The Xiiinoda. 147

in the female. But the relations of the species among themselves
are rather complicated, since the type species, G. carinatus, agrees
only with Li. hcvis in having no exopods on the third and fourth
peraeopods of the male, while G. lav is is separated from the type
and Dr. Caiman's other two species, G. costatus and G. bicristatus,
by having the inner ramus of the uropods simple. A family
Dicidae, with the new genus and species Die calmani, was
instituted in the General Catalogue of South African Crustacea,
published in 1910, and Die tubulicauda (Caiman), is accepted by
Dr. Thomas Scott.

GEN. DIASTYLIS, Say.

1818. Diastylis, Say, J. Ac. Sci. Philad., vol. i., p. 313.
1900. D., G. 0. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. iii., p. 42.

Pseudorostral lobes with antero-lateral corners usually little pro-
duced; telson long, post-anal portion narrowly produced, elongate,
with several pairs of lateral spines ; second antennas of adult male
very long ; third maxilliped with exopod in both sexes ; third peraeo-
ppds not widely separated from the second in the adult female ; both
pairs of pleopods in the male well developed, the outer ramus two-
jointed.

The genus ParadiastyUs, Caiman, 1904, has no exopod on the
third maxilliped of the female, and the adult female of Diasty-
lopsis has the second and third perteopods widely separated. Dis-
tinguishing points of other genera in the family are noticed under
other headings. Diastylis itself, after all the deductions here made,
still contains thirty-three species. In six of these the third and
fourth peraeopods of the female have rudimentary exopods. In the
remainder these rudiments are regarded as wanting, but it is an
open question in regard to D. tricinctus, Zimmer, 1903, only known
in the male, and D. annutiix, Norman, for which these peraeopods
have not been described.

DIASTYLIS ALGO^:, Zimmer.
1908. Diastylis algoce, Zimmer, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp., vol. viii.,

p. 188, pis. 44, 45, tigs. 96-108.
1910. D. a., Stebbing, S.A. Crustacea, pt. 5, Annals S.A. Mus.,

vol. vi., p. 418.

Three numbers should be added to the stations from which this
species was obtained by Dr. Gilchrist, namely, 78, 83, 131, the
localities being respectively lat. 33 54' 15" S., long. 25 P 53' 30" E.,

148 Annals of the South African Museum.

depth 57 m. ; lat. 32 53' 30" S., long. 28 11' 00" E., depth 75 m. ;
Sebastian Bluff, W.N.W. 2 miles, depth 44 m.

ADIASTYLIS, n. g.

This genus is separated from Diastylis as having the proximal
division of the telson long and cylindrical, while it is distinguished
from Makrokylindrus by having the short post-anal part furnished
with lateral spines. It contains the new species A. acanthodcs,
together with A. longipes (Sars), 1871, A. costatus (Bonnier), 1896,
both transferred from Diastylis, and A. longicaudatus (Bonnier),
189(3, originally referred to Leptostylis, from which it differs
strikingly by the length of the telson.

It is not improbable that the species agree in having the first
peraeopods elongate, but those limbs were mutilated in the speci-
mens from which A. costatus and A. acanthodes were described a
calamity to which the front legs are especially liable when they are
of great length.

ADIASTYLIS ACANTHODES, n. sp.
Plate LIII.

The present species is unfortunately known only in the male sex.
The carapace of the single specimen was damaged, the first legs
were defective from the end of the second joint and the endopod
of the uropods from what appears to be the end of the second
joint.

The pseudorostral lobes meet for some distance in advance of the
apparently sightless eyelobe, being produced acutely as far as the
end of the first joint of the first antennae ; their upper surface is
diversified, in common with the rest of the carapace, with numerous
denticles of various sizes. The carapace seems to be devoid of
ridges. The five pedigerous segments are free, much denticulate,
each with a pair of conspicuous dorsal teeth, unless the first seg-
ment be an exception ; that and the following segment have each
the front margin serrate ; the side-plates were not clearly made out
but appear to have some denticles larger than those on the general
surface. The pleon is longer than the anterior division of the body>
all of it denticulate except the telson, with several conspicuous
dorsal denticles and a few such subventral ; the fifth segment the
longest and the sixth the widest of the first six, the telson much longer
than the fifth segment, about two-thirds as long as the peduncle of

The Sympoda. 149

the uropods, its last third very narrow, tapering, somewhat curved,
with an apical pair of spines, larger than the unsymmetrically placed
lateral spines, four on the left, three on the right.

First antennas with stout peduncle carrying a few denticles, the
lirst joint the longest, the third ending in a suhcircular process from
which amidst a bush of filaments issue the two very slender flagella,
the principal five jointed, its first joint the longest, the accessory
four-jointed, its first joint the shortest. Second antennae with second
joint of peduncle four times as long as the third, twice the fourth,
and two-thirds the length of the fifth joint ; the nagellum short, not
twice the peduncle, of ahout twenty joints.

The mouth organs show substantial agreement with those in
Diastylis, the upper lip slightly em-irginate, the first maxillye with
bisetose palp, the mandibles with tapering b;xse, not broad as in
Diasty hides, the molar well developed but not very stout, the first
maxillipeds with no great number of branchial leaflets, the third
with long plumose set* on the somewhat dilated end of the long
curved second joint.

First perseopods with second joint much like that of the third
maxillipeds, but much more denticulate and forming a narrower
neck ; the distal joints missing. Second pair with a much shorter
second joint, stout, not longer than the long fifth and short sixth
joints combined, fourth joint not half the length of the slender fifth,
nor the sixth half the seventh. The following limbs successively
shorter, the third and fourth distinguished by their denticulate
second joint, strikingly narrowed distally. The fifth pair being as
usual devoid of exopods, such as are borne by the five preceding pairs
of appendages, has a smooth uniformly narrow second joint.

The first pleopods are considerably larger than the second, with
more numerous setye on the peduncle ; the little two-jointed outer
ramus slightly shorter than the one-jointed inner, while in the
second pair there is equality or the outer ramus is a little the
longer, in each case carrying four plumose setae while the inner ramus
has eight. The peduncle of the uropods about equals in length the
fourth-, fifth, and sixth pleon segments combined, the exopod equalling
the fifth and sixth combined, and barely exceeding the two remaining
joints of the endopod, in which the second joint is two-thirds the
length of the first.

Length of the specimen about 9 mm., of which the pleon
occupies 5 mm.

Locality. Cape Natal N. by E. about 24 miles ; depth 805 m. ;
No. 12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey.

150 Annals of the South African Museum.

MAKROKYLINDRUS, n. g.

Carapace denticulate ; no distinct eye ; telson elongate, basal
portion cylindrical, much longer than the short post-anal portion,
which carries only the two apical spines. Perseopods of the female,
so far as known, without rudimentary exopods on the third and
fourth pairs.

Name compounded of paxpoc, long, and Ku\u>cf>t)Q, a cylinder.

It seems convenient to assign to this genus, besides the new
species M. fragilis, four species previously placed under Diastylis
and one doubtfully assigned by Bonnier to Diastylopsis, so that
Makrokylindrus will contain M. Josephines, described by Sars in 1871 ;
M. erinaceus (Sars), 1887; M.dubius (Bonnier), 1896; M. cingulatus
(Caiman), 1905 ; M. serricauda (Scott), 1912 ; and M. fragilis, n. sp.

MAKROKYLINDEUS FRAGILIS, n. sp.

Plates LIV., LV.

The integument displays conspicuously a network of hexagonal
calls, regular or irregular, with a few smooth spots on the sides of
the pedigerous segments. The pseudorostral lobes are subacutely
produced in front of the prominent rounded but seemingly sightless
eyelobe. Along the line of junction there is on each side a dorsal
series of spines successively smaller to the rear, more numerous in
the male than in the female. The processes overhang the peduncle
of the first antennae to the end of its second joint ; a receding con-
vexity joins the lower margin without any projecting corner.
Behind the eyelobe a central ridge, elevated at the middle, ascends
to a bilobed girdle which crosses the carapace a little behind the
middle. Each lobe of the girdle descends forward to a point at
which it meets a dentate carina diverging upwards from the base of
each pseudorostral process ; from the same point a ridge descends
almost perpendicularly towards the lower margin, but before reach-
ing it divides, sending a short branch forward to the base of the
pseudorostrum and a somewhat longer one backward to the lower
margin. Behind the slightly advanced median point of the girdle
the dorsal line of the carapace undulates in gentle descent to the
hind margin in the female, with smooth curve in the male. First
and second pedigerous segments short, the first partially covered,
third and fourth dorsally coalesced but laterally distinct, with
considerable rounded dilatation of the side-plates of the third seg-
ment, fifth comparatively long, the hinder angles rounded. First
three segments of pleon in the male each with a pair of small dorsal

The Sympoda. 151

teeth, the rest and all in the female smooth ; sixth segment not
much shorter than the fifth, and near the uropods much wider ; the
telson rather longer than hoth combined, evenly cylindrical for about
seven-ninths of its length, then narrowing over the anal valves to the
truncate apex which is occupied by a pair of rather large spines ; the
sides of the telson are serrate in the upper half, but smooth near
the base and in the lower half.

First antennae with long peduncle, stout in the male, first joint
dentate at the apex, second equally long, third much shorter, slender
in the female, stout in the male, flagellum slender, joints seemingly
four, with the usual long setae at apex, accessory with 2 joints and a
very long apical seta at least in the male, in which sex there is a
fascicle of sensory filaments attached to a broad process at the base
of the flagella, possibly representing the first joint of the principal
flagellum. Second antenme four-jointed in the female, carrying
seven plumose setae, terminal joint very small, sometimes in geni-
culate attachment. In the male the penultimate joint of the peduncle
has a proximal tooth on the outer margin ; the outer margin of the
long last joint is fringed with very small tufts of setules.

Upper lip emarginate. Lower lip with the lobes apparently deeply
indented on the inner margin.

Mandibles with strong molar, spine-row with spines as many as
twenty, or sometimes rather fewer, one mandible with an accessory
plate and the principal plate minutely quadridentate, the other
mandible without accessory plate and narrower principal.

First maxillae with inner plate broad, five spines on its narrow
apex ; the palp not very long, with two apical setce. Second maxillae
seemingly with undivided distal plate, carrying numerous spines on
the distal margin and one on the lateral surface, tho slightly
projecting basal lobe fringed with very numerous short setae.

First maxillipeds like the maxillae of very delicate texture, the
epipod voluminous, in the male carrying numerous branchial leaves,
general structure as in Diastylis. Second maxillipeds with second
joint rather broad, nearly as long as the rest combined, carrying two
plumose setae at the apex of each margin, third joint distinct, very
small. In the females with well-packed ovaries no fan of vibratory
sette was discovered, but in place of the fans a pair of long simple
processes with some apical setules. Third maxillipeds with second
joint much longer than the rest combined, much curved, strongly
produced at the outer apex, which is rounded and furnished with five
long plumose sette, the fourth to the seventh joints differing little in
length but the last two much the narrower.

152 Annals of the South African Museum.

First peraeopod with second joint stout and long, much curved ;
the rest of the limb probably long and slender, as in all the
specimens it is missing. Second peraeopod with second joint shorter
than the rest of the limb, in which the third joint is short but
distinct, the denticulate fifth joint longer than the fourth or seventh,
the sixth as usual very small. The three following pairs are
successively shorter, with no trace of exopods in the female, and in
correspondence with this the second joint very slender, whereas in
the third and fourth pairs of the male which have exopods this joint
is stout. The fifth peraeopod is small in both sexes, but with the full
number of joints.

The pleopods of the male are similar on the first and second
segments of the pleon, having a rather long peduncle with two short
rami, the inner one-jointed, furnished with five plumose setae, of
which three are apical, the outer two-jointed, with four setae, its
second joint the shorter. The third and fourth pleon segments show
some ventral setae, presumably vestiges of pleopods now absent.

The uropods have a narrow peduncle, not quite so long as the
fifth and sixth pleon segments combined, but much longer than the
rami, of which the three-jointed endopod is two-thirds the length of
the peduncle, and the exopod little more than two-thirds that of the
endopod. In the female specimen figured there are ten spinules
along the inner margin of the peduncle, and seven, five, and four
respectively on that of the first, second, and third joints of the
endopod.

Average length of adult specimens, 10 mm.

Locality. Cape Natal N. by E. about 24 miles; depth 805 m. ;
No. 12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey.

GEN. LEPTOSTYLIS, Sars.

1869. Lcptostijlis, G. O. Sars, Nyt. Mag. Naturv., vol. xvi., p. 343

(39).

1900. L., Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. iii., p. 67.
1911. L., Stappers, Due d'Orleans Campagne Arctique, Crust.

Malacostraces, p. 116.

In general agreement with Diastijlis, but having a shorter telson,
with lateral spines few or none ; second antennae in male wit h
flagellum not very long ; all the species with rudimentary exopods
on third and fourth peraeopods of the female ; pleopods of the male
less fully developed than in Diastylis.

This genus appears to suit eleven species, beginning with L. ampul-

Tlic Sympoda. 153

laceus (Liljeborg), 1856. to which Sars added L. lonrjimanns, L.
macrurus, and L. cillox/i* in 1869, the first of these having been
described in 1865 under Diasti/lis. In 1873 he described L. mancm,
re-described by Zimmer in 1902, and by him transferred to Diastylis
in 1908. L. prod/ictus, Norman, dates from 1879, and has been
followed by L. tint/pus, Zimmer, L. crassicauda, Zimmer, both in
1907, with L. i/raciUs and L. borcalis, Stappers, in 1908, and here a
new species. Dr. Stappers suggests the possibility that his two
species may prove to be only the two sexes of a single species, but
deems it very improbable.

Leptostylis iralkeri. Caiman, 1907, is transferred to a new genus
Ekleptostylis, in which the short telson is furnished with many
lateral spines, and in the male has a lobe uniquely produced over
the narrow distal portion.

LEPTOSTYLIS MACRUROIDES, n. sp.
Plate LVI.

This species combines some of the characters for which Leptostylis
macrurus and L. villosiix are notable. The latter is described by
Sars as having the lower edges of the pseudorostral lobes " through-
out divided into peculiar lamellar serrations." These resemble a
machicolated parapet, and this curious feature occurs in the new
species, which, however, is easily distinguished from L. villosusboih
by the carapace and the uropods. On the other hand, to L. macrurus
of Sars it makes a near approach in these and some other respects.
The proportions and general appearance are certainly very similar.
But the carime in L. ntacruntfi are serrate in the ordinary way, not
raachicolatsd ; the telson is "but slightly narrowed distal ly,"
instead of much narrowed ; the rami of the first pleopods are more
strongly developed ; and other differences combine with these to
separate it from the southern form.

The dorsal line of the carapace is convex between a slightly
upturned pseudorostral projection and a slight upturning of the hind
margin. From the base of the pseudorostral projection issue tw r o
long curved lateral carinae which reunite before reaching the hind
margin ; each of them is machicolated in the anterior half, the
upper one then becoming serrate, the lower one almost smooth ; the
eyelobe is small, seemingly eyeless ; the whole surface is pitted with
minute glassy circles, each with a microscopic hair, Some at least
of the pedigerous segments and the first two of the pleon segments
have long slender latero-ventral spines, of which no mention is

154 Annals of the South African

made in the northern species. The fifth pleon segment is very long
and narrow, the telson as long as the sixth segment, the terminal
part much narrowed, carrying an apical pair of spines attended by a
very small subapical pair.

The first antennae have a stout peduncle, the third joint short,
with circular process bearing the usual brush of filaments, from
among which springs the slender flagellum, of five joints, the
second the longest, the fifth minute ; in the four-jointed accessory
the first joint is shorter than the second or third, the last minute.
The second antennae have a long slender peduncle, the second joint
much longer than its neighbours, the fifth nearly thrice as long as
the second. The flagellum missing.

The mouth organs are of delicate structure. Upper lip emarginate.
Mandibles with strong molar and ten spines in the spine-row. First
maxillae with narrowly ended plates and bisetose palp, the third
maxilliped with second joint much longer than the next five joints
combined.

First pereeopods with long and remarkably bent second joint ;
rest of the limb missing. Second peraeopod with second joint bent,
stout, not distally narrowed, much shorter than the five following
joints combined, sixth joint as long as the fourth, seventh consider-
ably shorter than fifth. Third peraeopods with second joint distally
narrowed, much longer than following joints together, one margin
strongly serrate. Fourth peraeopod like the third, but with second
joint considerably shorter. Fifth perseopod slender throughout,
second joint longer than the other five combined.

Pleopods with the peduncles not tapering as in L. macrurus but
parallel-sided, the exopod minute, especially in the first pair, and the
endopod of that pair much shorter in proportion to the breadth than
represented by Sars for his species. Peduncle of uropods about
twice and a half as long as the telson, but considerably less than
twice the endopod, of which the first joint is longer than the second
but shorter than the third, with 4, 3, 3 spines on the inner margin
and a much larger apical spine ; exopod broken.

Length of specimen, adult male, about 5 mm.

Locality. Cape Natal N. by E. 24 miles ; depth 805 m. ; No.
12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey.

The Sympoda. 155

FAMILY EKDIASTYLID^, n.

This family is distinguished from the restricted Diastylidae by
having the inner ram us of the uropods two-jointed.

EKDIASTYLIS, n. g.

With the character of the family.

The species allotted to this genus are E. sculptus, E. insignis,
E. abbreviatus, all assigned to Diastylis by Sars in 1871 ; E. fim-
briatus (Sars), 1873 ; E. politics (S. I. Smith), 1882 ; E. horridus
(Sars), 1887; E. mystaciiius (Sars), 1887; E. hexaceros (Zirnmer)
1908 ; and E. <ir</<>ntatus (Caiman), 1912.

EKDIASTYLIS HEXACEROS (Zimmer).

1908. Diastylis hexaceros, Zimmer, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp., vol. viii.

p. 187, pi. 44, figs. 93-95.
1910. D. h., Stebbing, S.A. Crustacea, pt. 5, Annals S.A. Mus.

vol. vi., p. 418.

I have not myself met with this species, which was taken by the
German Expedition outside the Agulhas Bank in a depth of 565 m.

FAMILY LEUCONID^.

LS79. Leuconidce, G. O. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Kristian., vol. iii., p. 6,

vol. iv., p. 74.
1900. L., Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. iii., p. 28.

All the pedigerous segments distinct ; telson wanting ; eye want-
ing ; first antenme with accessory flagellum small ; mandibles
broad at the base, spines few ; first maxillae with unisetose palp ;
bi-anchial leaflets few ; exopods on first four pairs of peraeopods in
the male and the first three in the female ; two pairs of pleopods
in the male ; inner branch of uropods two-jointed.

To this family are assigned the genera Leucon, Kroyer, 1846 ;
Eiulorella, Norman, 1867 ; Endorellopsis, Sars, 1882; and Pseudo-
leucon, Zimmer, 1903. From it are detached the three genera
Paraleucon, Heinileucon, and Heteroleucon, all instituted by Dr.
Caiman in 1907. The first of these I take as representative of a

156 Annals of the South African Museum.

new family Paraleuconidas, in which the male has only one pair
of pleopods. In the second, for which the family Hemileuconidse is
proposed, the male has no pleopods, and this is the case also with
the Heteroleuconidas, represented by Heteroleucon, which has the
further character to separate it from the other three families that
only the first two pairs of peraeopods carry exopods in either sex.

GEN. LEUCON, Kroyer.

1846. Leucon (part), Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, Ser. 2, vol. ii.,

p. 208.
1900. L., Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. Hi., p. 29.

Carapace with longitudinal, medio-dorsal, serrate crest in female,
but often not in male ; pseudorostral projection prominent ; peduncle
of first antennae not conspicuously geniculate, accessory flagellum
minute ; terminal joint of second antennae in female well defined.

The new species here introduced brings the number of species at
present included in this genus up to twenty.

LEUCON KALLUKOPUS, n. sp.
Plate LVII.

This species belongs to the small group in which the one-jointed

accessory flagellum of the first antenna is not shorter than the first

joint of the principal flagellum, and to the still smaller group in

which the outer ramus of the uropod is much shorter than the

inner. It makes undoubtedly a close approach to Leucon loni/i-

rostris, Sars, taking into account the successive descriptions of that

species by Sars in 1871, by Norman in 1879, and by Caiman in

1906. Sars had at command a young male ending with the second

segment of the pleon, the fragment being scarcely 4 mm. long. He

describes the accessory flagellum of the first antenna as rudimentary

and like a tubercle. It was taken off the coast of Portugal at a

depth of 1,036 m. Norman's specimen, a female, was taken at the

entrance of Davis Strait in lat. 59 10' N., at a depth of 3,109 m.

Caiman examined specimens male, female, and young from the

Mediterranean, taken at depths between 950 and 1,200 rn. He did

not find among them the rudimentary accessory flagellum of the first

antenna, but only such as matched in length the first joint of the

principal. He gives the total length of the adult male as 6 mm.,

from which it may be inferred that the specimen described by Sars

was at least as long when perfect, or probably longer. There is a

TJie Kmixl i. 157

tendency throughout the genus Leucon for the pseudorostrurn in the
male to be shorter than that in the female, hut the difference is
nowhere so extreme as in the sexes of L. longirostris, where the
produced part is more than a third of the length of the carapace
in the adult female, hut only a fifth of that length in the adult
male.

The present spscies is unfortunately known only from a single
adult male specimen, which differs, so far as can he determined, from
the adult male of L. longirostris chiefly in the less-produced telsonic
segment and the proportions and armature of the uropods.

The outline of the pseudorostrum was not made out with precision.
Integument squamose. Fifth pedigerous segment with procurved
ventral spines. Telsonic segment with produced portion much
instead of little shorter than the base.

In the first antennae the third joint is shorter and much narrower
than the second, and carries two slightly feathered setre ; the four-
jointed principal fiagellum has the first joint nearly as long as the
three following combined, and carries on the outer margin approach-
ing the middle a fascicle of setae ; the one-jointed accessory flagelluni
is narrower than the first joint of the principal, but about equal to it
in length. The second antennae have the large last two joints of the
peduncle fringed with tufts of short setae, which till resolved by
high magnification look like fringed single setae.

The upper lip is only slightly emarginate. The mandibles are
powerful. The palp of the first maxilhe ends in a single filament ;
the second are without setae on much of the inner margin. The first
maxillipeJs have a long seta on the second joint, third joint absent,
the fifth joint as long as the second and very setose, the sixth with
a strong plumose seta overhanging the small seventh joint, which is
tipped with a serrate spine. Second maxillipeds full-jointed ; the
third the same, its second joint broad, rather longer than the narrow
following joints combined, with strong spines or setae on the fore-
part of the apical border.

First peneopods broken, the second joint much narrowed distally,
part of the margin fringed with setae. Second pair not elongate,
its second joint rather longer than the remaining joints combined,
the terminal joint not longer than the antepenultimate, fringed
with a longitudinal series of five spines, and having its blunt apex
armed with three long feathered seta-like spines. In these and the
much shorter following peraaopods the true third joint does not seem
to be distinct from the long second joint. In the last three pairs the
last four joints are all short, the last much the narrowest and tipped

158 Annals of the Soittlt African 3Itinennt.

with two smooth spines narrowed at about the middle of their
length ; long serrate spines are distributed on the other joints.

The first pleopods have a peduncle considerably longer than that
of the second pair, which has three slender spines on its inner
margin ; in both pairs the one-jointed inner ramus is a little shorter
than the two-jointed outer ; both rami are very small, and each
carries six plumose setae. The peduncle of the uropods is a little
longer than the first joint of the endopod, the inner margin fringed
with numerous unequal slender spines, of which there are a few on
the outer margin. The first joint of the endopod is more than three
times as long as the second ; its inner margin is fringed with over a
score of serrate spines besides two or three of seta-like character at
the top; beginning above the middle of the outer margin is a series
of eight slightly plumose spines ; of these there are four on the outer
margin of the second joint, which has its inner margin prettily
fringed with eight little serrate spines, the apex carrying two stout
spines, one short and one long, both microscopically serrate ; the
exopod is a little shorter than the first joint of the endopod, and has
five spines on each margin of its second joint, those on the inner
slender and finely serrate ; there are four elongate spines on its apex.

Length of the specimen about 5 mm. Female unknown.

Locality. Cape Natal N. by E. 24 miles; depth 805 m. ; No.
12605, sent by Dr. Pe'ringuey.

FAMILY LAMPBOPLLLE.

1882. Lampropida (part), G. 0. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh. Christiania,

No. 18, p. 11.
1899. L. (part), G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. hi., p. 17.

Pseudorostral lobes not strongly produced ; all pedigerous seg-
ments distinct ; telson well developed, with more than two apical
spines ; both flagella of first antenna well developed ; second antenna
of female more conspicuous than usual ; palp of first maxilla bisetose
or with only one apical seta ; first four pairs of peraeopods with
exopods, those of the female rudimentary on the third and fourth
pairs ; no pleopods in either sex ; inner ramus of uropods three-
jointed.

This definition excludes the genera Hemilamprops and Para-
lamprops, in which the male has three pairs of pleopods, but it
admits a new genus Platytyphlops here described, and provisionally

The Sympoda. 159

allows the inclusion of another, ^li'imi i/pldops, in which, however,
only the female is at present known. The last is distinguished from
its companions by having only one seta or apical filament on the
palp of the first maxilla, and both the new genera are distinguished
from Liiiu/irops, Sars, 1862, by their blindness.

PLATYTYPHLOPS, n. g.

Carapace broad, depressed, eyelobe devoid of visual elements,
pleon slender, telson carrying three apical spines. First antenna
with the flagella long and nearly equal. Second antenna of female
four-jointed. First maxilla with bisetose palp. In the male the
first four pairs of peL-aaopods have exopods ; in the female the first
two pairs are similarly furnished, but the third and fourth pairs have
only microscopic rudiments of them. Fifth pair of peraeopods
rudimentary. Pleon in both sexes without pleopods.

The generic name is derived from -/\a-<V, broad, in allusion to
the character of the carapace, resembling that in the Platysympodidte,
and rv(f)Xwi^, blind-faced, to emphasise the fact that this is a blind
genus in the family Lampropidie, of which the typical genus was
named from the brightness of the eyes.

The comparatively large size of the specimens for which the genus
is instituted makes it very improbable that the want of pleopods in
the male and the dwarfed, apparently functionless, fifth peraeopods
in both sexes, could be juvenile characteristics. Nevertheless, it
had to be borne in mind that the specimen, 7'5 mm. long and
apparently adult, for which Sars instituted Leptostylis nianca, was
entirely devoid of fifth peraeopods, and yet a specimen, 1O5 mm.
long, was subsequently found by Dr. Zimmer to be provided with
the limbs in question well developed (see Hamburger Magahaensische
Sammelreise, Cumaceen, p. 9, 1902). Fortunately, however, in the
present case doubt is to a great extent dispelled by the presence in
the collection of a fragmentary specimen containing eggs in the
marsupium, yet with the diminutive appendages on the fifth
pedigerous segment.

PLATYTYPHLOPS PEKINGUEYI, n. sp.

Plates LVIIL, LIX.

Pseudorostral lobes short, upturned. Carapace rounded oval, a
little longer than broad, the margin forming a sharp carina all round,
fringed with microscopic pellucid overlapping scales. The sightless
ocular lobe small, triangular; the frontal lobe broad; the medio-

160 Annals of the South African Museum.

dorsal line from the front to a little beyond the middle convex and
finely serrate ; near the end this carina is flanked by the commence-
ment of a submedian pair of short carinae which rise each into a
conspicuous rounded process and then gradually fade away towards
the hind margin. The pedigerous segments combined are about
half as long as the carapace, the first shorter and narrower than the
second, the second and third raised in the middle but flattened and
rounded at the sides, apparently overlapping subacute angles ; the
fifth cylindrical, not wider than the long, narrow pleon, which
greatly exceeds in length the preceding portion of the body. The
telson, about as long as the fourth segment of the pleon, has the anal
opening near the base, thence narrowing to the apex which is
occupied by three spines, forming a kind of fan, with a lateral pair a
little higher up ; between these and the middle of the telson two
other lateral pairs are placed, successively smaller.

First antenna with long first joint, more than twice as long as the
second, which is rather longer than the third, all three carrying
plumose setae, flagella rather shorter than the peduncle, the principal
flagellum five-jointed, the accessory four-jointed. In the female
specimen the minute fifth joint of the principal flagellum appears
to be succeeded by a still smaller sixth joint. In both sexes a couple
of setae attached to the fourth and fifth joints have the usual annu-
lated appearance.

The second antenna of the female carries three plumose setae on
the rather large first joint, one such seta on the small second joint ;
the third joint is narrow 7 , nearly as long as the first, with a small
tooth near the base and a seta midway between that and the apex ;
the fourth joint is very slender, but fully twice as long as the third,
with some apical setules. In the male specimen the flagellum has
the annulated appearance indicative of incomplete maturity.

The uppar lip has the free border a little emarginate. The spine-
row of the mandibles consists of about thirteen spines. On the palp
of the first maxilla the subapical seta is much shorter than the
apical. The first maxillipeds have seven unequal loosely disposed
bianchial sacs on the epipod, and two very small coupling spines on
the basal joint. In the second maxillipeds the third joint is distinct.
The third maxillipeds have the second joint not apically produced or
widened, shorter than the remaining joints combined, the third joint
short, distinct, the fifth longer than the sixth, apparently less so in
the female than in the male, the seventh fringed with somewhat,
adpressed spines, and, as it were, prolonged by an apical spine
exceeding the length of the joint itself.

The Sympoda. 161

The first and second peraeopods are slender and elongate, with the
full number of joints, the second joint in each shorter than the rest
combined ; among these in the first pair the sixth joint is the longest,
while in the second pair it is shorter than any except the third. In
the remaining pairs the second joint is longer than the rest of the
joints combined. The third and fourth pairs are alike in the two
sexes, except for the minuteness of the difficultly discernible two-
jointed exopods in the female; they have the sixth joint set forward
on the truncate apex of the fifth, leaving room behind for insertion
on that apex of the long spines by which the sixth joint is over-
lapped. The minute fifth pair are probably vestigial; they are
pellucid, and the last three joints are microscopic.

The peduncle of the uropods is a little longer than the endopod,
its inner margin carrying numerous spines (9-13), the endopod on
inner margin of its three joints having respectively 8-9, 3-4, and 2
spines, besides an apical spine. The exopod, which is a little longer
than the telson, reaches just beyond the base of the endopod's third
joint.

Length of the specimens about 10 mm.

Localities. No. 17585, Cape Point E. by N. 29 miles ; 17643,
Cape Point N. 81 E. 32 miles. The specimens were sent by
Dr. Peringuey, out of respect for whom the species is named.

When describing this species and defining the genus, I felt con-
vinced that Dr. Caiman's Pln/i/xj>ix orhicnlaris (Fisheries, Ireland,
Sci. Invest., 1904, I. [1905], p. 42, pi. 5, figs. 77-81) must be con-
generic. That species, however, was founded on a specimen which
did not extend beyond the first pedigerous segment. But quite
recently (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41, p. 631, figs. 29-39, 1912),
with far more advantageous material, Dr. Caiman has given a fresh
description with numerous instructive figures, and provisionally
transferred his species to the genus Paralamprops. He recognises
that it is distinguished from that genus by the possession of a
normal palp on the first maxillae, but having only female specimens
at his disposal, he could not make use of the further distinguishing
character that the male has no pleopods. At least this is the case
if the nearly adult South African specimen of the new species may
be trusted as establishing that character. The two species of the
new genus are well distinguished by differences in the carapace, but
in many respects they show very close agreement, and it was not till
I had studied Dr. Caiman's account of P. orbicularis that I was
able, by renewed investigation, to make out the rudimentary exopods
on the third and fourth peraeopods of P. peringueyi in the female.

13

162 Annals of the South African Museum.

STENOTYPHLOPS, n. g.

Carapace narrow, eyelobe without visual elements, all five pedi-
gerous segments conspicuous, pleon slonder, telson carrying three
apical spines. First antenna with both flagella elongate. Second
antenna of female four-jointed. First maxilla with unisetose palp.
First maxillipeds with terminal joint peculiarly widened at the base.
In the female first and second peneopods with exopods, third and
fourth having only microscopic rudiments of them. Fifth perseopods
apparently wanting.

Male unknown.

The generic name, from artroQ, narrow, and ri/</Awi//, blind-faced,
is intended to indicate the many points of resemblance between this
genus and Platytyphlops, although the typical species in one of the
genera has a broad carapace, and in the other a narrow one. The
present genus is further distinguished from its ally by having
the palp of the first maxillse furnished with a single apical seta or
filament, and by what appears to be the unique conformation of the
terminal joint in the first maxillipeds. The absence of the fifth
perseopods, as a negative character based on a single specimen, will
naturally be accepted with reserve, but the degraded condition of
those limbs in P. peringwyi is suggestive of a decline through
inactivity to extinction.

STENOTYPHLOPS SPINULOSUS, n. sp.
Plate LX.

The whole surface seems to be more or less densely sprinkled
with minute spinules, among which are some that are rather larger,
but the close reticulation renders it difficult to make out the
arrangement.

The pseudorostral lobes are slightly upturned, meeting in a point
well in advance of the little triangular eyeless eyelobe, from which a
keel traverses the middle line far backwards, flanked somewhat
behind the centre of the carapace by a pair of raised ridges.
The general shape of the carapace is narrowly oval, with sides
sharply inflexed. The five pedigerous segments, all dorsally con-
spicuous, diminish gradually in width to the fifth, which is no wider
than the slender pleon. The telson is about four-sevenths of the
length of the peduncle of the uropods, inflated rather more than a
third of its length for the anal opening, then converging to its three-
spined apex, the margins serrate, and below the middle having three
pairs of spines, successively larger but none equalling the apical

The Sympoda. 163

tvio ; on the left side a small spine above the middle appears to have
no counterpart on the right.

The upper lip is emarginate. The lower lip has the lobes tipped'
with inward projecting points. The mandibles have a powerful
molar and quadridentate cutting edge, accompanied on one of the
pair by an accessory plate slightly smaller than the principal, and
fourteen spines in the spine-row, of which the foremost six are
feathered. On the other mandible there is no accessory plate, but
one additional spine, the row not showing any feathering of the spines.

The first maxillae have the usual five spines on the inner plate,
apparently eleven on the outer, the palp elongate, conspicuously
with a single but very long apical seta.

The first maxillipeds have the broad antepenultimate joint fringed
with seven much-divided spines, the next joint broader than long,
exceeded in length by the following joint, which is greatly expanded
in its basal half but quite narrow in the terminal, the re-entering
angle of the hind margin being beset with blunt teeth. The
second maxillipeds are slender throughout, the second joint
elongate, the third short, scarcely forming a complete ring. The
third maxillipeds have the second joint curved, not apically widened
or produced, longer than the five remaining joints combined, of
which the fifth is the longest, the seventh short and narrow ; the
exopod is slender. The mutilated first perseopod was probably of
considerable length, the second is slender, with second joint not
quite so long as the five following joints combined, among which the
well-spined fifth is longer than the short sixth together with the
needle-like seventh ; the exopod is smaller than that of the larger
first perseopod. The third and fourth peraeopods are much shorter
than the second, the second joint longer than the rest combined, and
carrying near its origin a microscopic two-jointed exopod; the fourth
joint about equals the fifth and sixth together, both of which carry
long apical setae with annulated terminals ; the seventh joint is
almost spine-like but not very sharply pointed. Of fifth peraeopods
no trace could be discerned.

The uropods have serrulate margins ; the endopod, four-fifths the
length of the peduncle, has a first joint about twice as long as the
two following joints combined, the second being a little longer than
the third, the spines on the inner margin being respectively ten
three, and one ; the exopod, which reaches nearly to the middle of
the third joint of the endopod, has seta-like spines on both margins.
Length of the specimen, 12 mm.

Locality. Cape Point E. by N. 29 miles; No. 17585, sent by
Dr. Peringuey.

164 Annals of the South African llnscttm.

FAMILY NANNASTACID^.

1866. NannastacidcR, Bate, Zoological Record (for 1865), vol. ii.,

p. 329.

1900. N., G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. iii., p. 79.
1900. iV., Rtebbing, Willey's Zoological Results, pt. 5, p. 611.

Pseudorostral lobes with the anterolateral corners well denned ;
all the pedigerous segments distinct; telson wanting; one eye or
two eyes usually present ; first antenna with accessory flagellum
very small ; second antenna of female small, indistinctly jointed ;
mandibles normal ; terminal joint of first maxilliped usually dilated;
exopods on first four pairs of peraeopods in the male, on none but
the first two in the female ; no pleopods in either sex ; inner branch
of uropods simple.

The family includes Nannastacus, Bate, 1865 ; Cumella, Sars,

1865; Cumellopsis, Caiman, 1905; Platyctima, Caiman, 1905;

Schizotrema, Caiman, 1911; Diops, Paulson, 1875, being usually

regarded as a synonym of Xi/ii/tastucuf:, although this can hardly be

justified except on the view that Paulson's description and figures

are misleading. With respect to the three-jointed second antennae

of the female he is very explicit, as also in ascribing a single filament

to the palp of the first maxillae. In 1911 Dr. Caiman allotted six

new species to Nannastacus all agreeing with N. suJimii, Sars, 1887,

in having no exopod on the third maxilliped of the female. He was

deterred from giving to this group a new generic designation by the

further discovery that two of the species, N. reptans and N. tardits,

had no exopods even on the first and second peraeopods of the

female. The case was complicated by the close resemblance of

these species respectively to N. minor and N. a/jnatus, in which

the first and second peraeopods of the female have well-developed

exopods, the relationship being so near that Dr. Caiman says " it

must be admitted as quite possible that A", reptans may be merely

an individual variation or a phase in the life- history of A 7 , minor,

and that TV. tardus may stand in the same relation to N. agnatns."

Under these circumstances it seems clear that N. reptans and N.

tardus can be safely assigned to a new genus, Paninannastacus, in

which the leading character is the absence of an exopod from the

third maxilliped. This character they share with five other members

of the group, from which they would eventually be separated in a

family Paranannastacidse, if or when it might be established that the

unique feature of all the peraeopods being devoid of exopods in the

female was not accidental or temporary.

The Sympoda. 165

GEN. SCHIZOTEEMA, Caiman.

1911. Schizotrema, Caiman, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xviii.,
pt. 4, pp. 341, 360.

The leading character of the genus, to which it owes its name, is
the circumstance that the exhalent respiratory orifices are paired and
widely separated from each other. As, however, this feature is not
confined to the present family, it is convenient to amplify the generic
definition by some additional characters. As only females were
known when the genus was first established, the absence of pleopods
iu the male had to be presumed, as well as the presence of exopods
on the first four pairs of peraeopods in that sex. The new species, as
represented by a male specimen, confirms both of those anticipations.
In the female the exopods are confined to the first two pairs of peraeo-
pods, but both sexes have exopods on the third maxillipeds. There
is no distinct telson, and the inner rarnus of the uropods is one-jointed.

In all the three forms already described the peduncle of the
uropods is shorter than the inner ramus, so that the new species
will be found to be conspicuously distinguished from them by having
the rami of the uropods very much shorter than the peduncle.

SCHIZOTREMA CALMANI, n. sp.
Plate LXI.

In lateral view the pseudorostral lobes are seen to be upturned, in
dorsal aspect they are wide apart and slightly divergent. Following.
what appears to be a small upturned eyeless eyelobe the median line
of the carapace is finely denticulate and setulose throughout almost
its whole length ; the lateral margins are fringed with denticles for
some distance, the teeth at first rather conspicuous but presently
dwindling to disappearance. Owing to the smallness of the specimen
and the texture of the integument, details of the carapace were not
satisfactorily made out before dissection, and owing to its brittleness
the result of dissection was in this respect equally disappointing. Of
the pedigerous segments the last four have laterally flattened edges
cut into teeth, all but the last being rather widely expanded. The
pleon segments show lines of denticulation which are conspicuous
both dorsally and ventrally on all but the telsonic segment, and also
lateral ridges ; the fifth segment is long and distally narrowed, the
telsonic segment short.

In the first antenna the first joint is much the largest, somewhat
geniculate, and having a small distal tooth ; the second joint is
similarly furnished, and is longer than the third ; the slender

166 Annals of the South African Museum.

flagellum is indistinctly four- to five- jointed, and accompanied by
three long filaments ; the accessory is minute, perhaps two-jointed.
The second antennae have the penultimate joint of the peduncle
more than half as long as the following joint ; both have ample
brushes of setae; the flagellum, if complete, is not extremely long.
The mandibles have a narrow cutting edge, supplemented in one
member by a narrow accessory plate, four to five spines in the
spine-row, and a moderately strong molar.

The maxillae were not clearly deciphered, but appear to be
normal.

The first maxillipeds show some seven branchial leaflets on the
epipod ; they have a broad antepenultimate joint fringed with
pectinate spines, and the last joint very slender, not stumpy or
elliptical as in certain species of Cnunila and Nannastacus. The
second maxillipeds have the third joint distinct, the three following
joints broad, not elongate, the seventh very small. In the third
maxillipeds the second joint is broad, rather longer than the follow-
ing joints combined, carrying long plumose setae on the free outer
(not produced) part of its apical border, the third joint is missing,
the fourth has long plumose setae on the distal part of its outer
margin, the fifth is wider but a little shorter than the curved apical
sixth, the seventh is slender, subequal in length to the fourth ; the
exopod is of moderate size.

In the first peraeopods the second joint is shorter than the follow-

iag joints combined, distally narrowed, the third joint is longer than

broad, the fourth distally widened, half as long as the fifth, which is

about three-fourths of the sixth ; the slender seventh in length equals

the fourth ; the exopod is larger than that of the third maxillipeds ;

the following exopods successively diminish in size. The second

peneopods have a second joint rather shorter than the following

joints combined, little more than twice as long as its greatest

brea.dth, its edges somewhat denticulate ; the third joint is nearly if

not quite obsolete, the fourth little longer than broad, the fifth twice

and a half as long as the sixth but scarcely longer than the seventh.

The third and fourth peraeopods have the second joint narrowly

piriform, the narrow end distal, the third joint well developed, the

fourth short, the fifth longer than the sixth, the seventh very small,

with a long unguis or curved spine. In the third peraeopod the

second joint is longer but the fifth shorter than in the fourth pair.

The fifth peraeopods are very slight in structure, the second joint

longer than the rest combined, the seventh joint shorter than the

third, the fifth a little longer than either the fourth or sixth.

The Sympoda. 167

The uropods have about thirty spinules or denticles on each of
three edges of the peduncle, which is twice as long as the endopod.
The latter has six good-sized spines along its serrate inner margin,
some submarginal spinules, and a very long apical spine. The
exopod, about four-fifths as long as the endopod, has a fairly long
apical spine, but is otherwise slightly armed.

The length of the single specimen, a male, is about 2'5 mm., thus
being, although so small, considerably larger than any of the three
species of the genus previously described. The specific name is
given out of respect to Dr. Caiman, who instituted the genus.

Locality. Cape Natal distant N. by E. 24 miles; depth 805 m. ;
No. 12605, sent by Dr. Peringuev.

FAMILY PROCAMPYLASPIM], n.

Telson wanting ; no distinct eye ; first antenna with accessory
flagellum very small ; mandible with narrow molar ; second maxilla
normal ; first maxilliped with seventh joint small, unexpanded ;
second maxilliped with strong teeth projecting from inner margin
of the terminal joint ; exopods on first four pairs of pera^opods of
male, only on first two of female ; no pleopods in either sex; inner
branch of uropods simple.

GEN. PEOCAMPYLASPIS, Bonnier.

1896. Procampylaspis, Bonnier, Ann. Univ. Lyon, vol. xxvi., p. 541.
1900. P., Stebbing, Willey's Zool. Results, pt. 5, p. 611.

This being at present the only genus, will have the characters of
the family. In addition to the new species P. tridentatus, it con-
tains P. armatus, Bonnier, 1896, with P. echinatus, Bonnier, of the
same date, by Caiman held to be a synonym of the preceding
species ; P. bonnier/', Caiman, 1906, and P. compressus, Zimmer,
1907, briefly described without illustrative figures.

PitOCAMPYLASPIS TRIDENTATUS, n. Sp.

Plate LXII.

This genus is specially remarkable for the form of the last joint
in the second maxillipeds. In the forms described by Bonnier as
P. armatus and P. echinatus, which are considered by Caiman to be
one and the same species, this joint has in addition to its terminal

168

Annals of the South African Museum.

unguis four stout teeth. The figures which Bonnier gives of these
teeth under the two names are not precisely alike, but in his text he
makes no allusion to the difference. The species now added to the
genus has, however, only three teeth to this joint instead of four,
and to that mark of distinction the specific name calls attention.
The integument is conspicuously squamose. The pseudorostral

A. Proc<i>iipi/l<i*]>ix tri-
(Jcnt/itux in dorsal aspect.

B. Carapace and parts
of pedigerous segments in
lateral aspect.

n.s. Line indicating
natural size of specimen
figured.

lobes a little upturned meet for a short space in front of the
narrow 7 bidenticulate eyelobe ; their margins in dorsal aspect are
obliquely truncate and finely denticulate ; they form a sinus, and
after a bulge descend to a small antero-lateral tooth, which is fol-
lowed at some distance by a similar tooth on the lower margin.
The carapace is longitudinally well arched, not actually carinate, with
scattered hairs and a little denticle behind the centre of the median

The Sympoda. 169

line, the denticle perhaps not constantly present. The pedigerous seg-
ments narrow successively towards the pleon. The pleon segments
are laterally, as so commonly in male Sympoda, bicarinate for the
protection of the slender flagellum of the second antenna ; the fifth
segment is distally narrowed, not very elongate, though much longer
than any of the other segments, telsonic segment not longer than
broad.

First antenna with first joint geniculate, larger than second,
second than third, flagellum slight, three-jointed, accessory minute,
one-jointed. Second antenna with penultimate joint of peduncle
more than half as long as the last joint, furnished with strong brush
of setae; first joint of the long slender flagellum knobbed at the base.

Upper lip not quite symmetrically bilobed. Lower lip with
inward pointing apical tooth to each lobe. Mandibles with cutting
plate and accessory finely dentate, spine-row of six spines, molar
slender, with its narrow apex divided into about six close-set teeth,
of which the hindmost is the strongest. First maxilla with only
:seven spines on apical margin of outer plate, palp with two very
unequal apical filaments. Second maxilla with eleven seta-like
spines distributed on its divisions.

First maxillipeds having the large laminar antepenultimate joint
bordered by six spitulate spines with an ordinary spine at the apex
.and followed by two short joints, of which the second is much the
narrower and tipped with a slender spine. The proximal joints are
not easy to distinguish, but between that which carries the two little
coupling spines (the true second joint) and the laminar fourth joint
there is an indication of an intervening third joint. The branchial
elements of the epipod are numerous. The second maxillipeds have
the second joint not twice as long as broad, with a plumose seta at
the apex of its inner margin, a short third joint, the fourth as long
as the fifth, with a plumose seta springing from a little prominence
on the side where a square marking gives a deceptive appearance
of an articulation, the sixth joint is subequal to the fifth, the much-
curved seventh has three strong teeth, the middle tooth the longest.
The third maxillipeds have a powerful second joint, bent, much
longer than the remaining joints combined, with three long plumose
setae on the slightly produced outer apex, the third joint very small,
the fourth much widened distally, the fifth much shorter than either
the fourth or sixth, but longer than the narrow seventh.

The first peneopods are remarkable because the third joint, which
so often in appendages of the Sympoda gives trouble by its elusive
smallness, here has a length equal to that of the inner margin of the

170 Annals of the tioutJi African Museum.

fourth or the outer margin of the fifth joint ; the slender sixth is
about twice as long as the still more slender seventh. The exopods
of the first four peraeopods, like those of the third maxillipeds, have
the peduncular joint narrow compared with the stout second joint
of the limb, while the first joint of the flagellum is unusually long,
and at least in that of the first paraeopods with a denticulate margin.
In the second peraeopods the third joint is short but outdrawn to a
conspicuous apical spine ; the fourth joint is much stouter but not
longer than the fifth, which together with the small sixth cannot
make up the length of the slender straight seventh joint. The third
peraeopods have the stout second joint much narrowed distally,
longer than the slender rest of the limb, in which the fifth joint
is considerably the longest, the seventh almost spine-like. The
fourth peraeopods are very like the third, but with the second joint
a little shorter and less narrowed distally, while the fifth joint is a
little longer than in the preceding pair. The fifth peraeopods are
very like the two preceding pairs, except for the absence of an
exopod and the strikingly different second joint, which is very
slender and not much longer than the fifth joint.

The endopod of the uropods is rather less than two-thirds of the
length of the serrately margined peduncle, and carries nine spines
on its inner edge, the apex having a large spine flanked by two
smaller ones; the much narrower and shorter exopod has a slender
apical spine with a small one adjoining and a small spine or two on
its inner edge.

Length of the specimen 4-5 mm.

Locality. Cape Natal distant N. by E. 24 miles; depth 805 m. ;
No. 12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey.

FAMILY C AMP YL ASPICS.

1879. Gcimpylaspida, G. 0. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Kristian., vol. iv.,

pp. 6, 126.
1900. 0., Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. iii., p. 82.

Telson wanting; first antenna with accessory flagellum very
small ; second antenna, of female imperfectly developed ; mandible
with molar slender, acute ; second maxilla an undivided plate ; first
maxilliped of four joints, the last minute ; second maxilliped without
strong teeth on inner margin of the terminal joint ; exopods on first
four pairs of peraeopods of male, only on first two of female ; no.
pleopods in either sex; inner branch of uropods simple.

The Sympoda. 171

GEN. CAMPYLASPIS, Sars.
1865. Campylaspis, G. O. Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian, for 1864,

p. 200 (75).
1900. C., Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. iii., p. 83.

This being at present the only genus, the characters of the family
suffice for its definition. It contains twenty-three species, including
the two here described as new.

CAMPYLASPIS OVALIS, n. sp.
Plate LXIII.

This species, which agrees with C. vitreus, Caiman, in the trans-
parency of the integument and shares with that and C. macrophthal-
mus, Sars, the possession of two long lateral keels on the carapace, is at
once distinguished from the former by not having a transverse keel
to divide the carapace dorsally into two compartments, and from the
latter by having the eyelobe obsolete instead of peculiarly elongate.
At first sight the species was suggestive of the genus Platycuma,
Caiman, but it proved to be genetically distinct.

The pseudorostral lobes are very briefly and obtusely produced in
advance of a minute eyeless eyelobe. In dorsal view the carapace
presents a flattened oval appearance, wider in front than behind.
The oval is formed by the somewhat raised edges of a surrounding
keel, the central part broadly convex, with a depression on either
side and towards the rear. Another keel runs nearly parallel to the
sinuous lower margin and not very distant from it. The sides of the
c.irapace below the upper keel are strongly inflexed, so as to leave
only a long narrow opening occupied by the maxillipeds. The
stomach appeared to be dilated with food, including foraminifera and
what looked like the dentate fingers of some crustacean, the horny
nature of which had defied digestion. The second to the fifth
pedigerous segments successively narrowed and depressed have the
lateral angles more or less rounded. The pleon segments show
faint serration of the front angles, the fifth segment the longest,
the telsonic pentagonal, the two combined not quite as long as the
peduncle of the uropods.

First antenna very small, flagellum three-jointed, its terminal
joint and the one-jointed accessory flagellum minute. Second
antennas those of a male not fully adult.

Upper lip with obtuse-angled margin. Mandibles with the generic
character.

First maxilla with bisetose palp ; on the inner plate one of the

172 Annah of tlic South African- Museum.

spines showed a tridentate apex. First maxilliped having very
numerous branchial leaflets on the epipod, exopod very elongate ;
terminal joint extremely small, attached at inner front angle of the
preceding laminar joint. Second maxilliped with short hut very
broad second joint, rather longer than the remaining joints, distally
narrowed, carrying a long feathered seta ; from the very short third
joint projects nearly at right angles a spine with a distally widened
spear-like end, microscopically ciliated, similar to that described by
Sars for C. macrophthalmus ; sixth joint not specially dilated, tipped
with two spines and carrying a short curved seventh joint, which
but for the attached muscles might pass for a spine. The third
maxillipeds have the much-curved second joint about as long as the
remaining serrate joints combined, the seventh joint very small.

The first perasopods are very like the third maxillipeds, but with
all the joints rather longer, and the fifth rather longer than the
sixth instead of the reverse. Second peraeopods with second
joint stout, not so long as the rest combined, the seventh rather
longer than the fifth and thrice the sixth. Third perseopods with
second joint much narrowed distally, much longer than the rest
combined, while in the fourth pair this joint about equals the others
together. Fifth pair narrow throughout.

Peduncle of uropods serrate on both margins, more strongly on
the inner, about twice and two-thirds as long as the endopod, which
has five spines on the inner margin and a terminal spine; the slightly
shorter exopod is almost unarmed.

The carapace, of immature male, measured 3'3 mm. long, by
2'5 mm. broad.

Locality. Cape Natal distant N. by E. 24 miles; depth 805m.
No. 12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey.

CAMPYLASPIS PJENEGLABER, n. sp.

Plate LXIV.

The specific name is applicable not only to the character of the
carapace but also to the close affinity between this species and the
Campylaspis glaber, described by Professor Sars, from Norway and
the Mediterranean. The size, the shape, the mouth organs, and
even so particular a feature as the arrangement of pellucid spots
on the carapace seem to be in close agreement. On the other hand,
against identification of the two species may be set the following
differences. The South African species is rather larger, its carapace
is not quite smooth, its eyelobe is differently shaped and without

The Sympoda. 173

any sign of lenses, its first antennae have a geniculate bulb at the
base, in the second perteopods the seventh joint is longer than the
fifth and sixth joints combined, and the fifth peraaopod, so far as can
be judged from figures of the other species, is more slenderly built,
with the second and fifth joints more elongate.

The female of the present species is at present unknown. The
carapace of the male is somewhat compressed, narrowly oval, in
dorsal view having what may be called a high-shouldered appear-
ance. The pseudorostral lobes are somewhat upturned, meeting
for a short distance in advance of the narrowly oval, slightly pro-
minent eyeless eyelobe, and in lateral view showing a very shallow
sinus. On the front part of the carapace are various pimples, one
pair of marked importance, but all difficult GO observe except by
turning the opaque white carapace at different angles to the light.
When the carapace is divested of its contents the pattern on it of
pellucid spots comes clearly into view. The first pedigerous seg-
ment is almost concealed by the carapace, but the other four are
distinct, with lateral ridges which are continued along the pleon.
This is much shorter than the preceding part of the body, its last
three segments together not much longer than the peduncle of the
uropods.

Both mandibles have the principal cutting-plate divided into six
teeth. The first maxilla shows ten spines on the outer plate and four
on the inner, the palp is long, ending in a single seta. The second
maxilla has four slender spines on its single plate. The first maxilli-
peds have the little terminal joint almost obsolete ; the branchial
epipod with a great number of leaflets. The terminal joint of the
second maxillipeds appears to be bifid, as in the Norwegian C. glaber,
not tritid as in the Mediterranean form. The figures will show the
likeness of the third maxilliped and the first peraaopad to those of
C. glaber. The second peraaopod has the seventh joint longer than
the fifth and sixth joints combined and has four short setae on each
margin ; the third and the shorter fourth perteopods have the second
joint narrowed at the apex.

The peduncle of the uropod is about once and three-quarters the
length of the endopod and twice as long as the exopod, with eight
setae on its inner margin ; the endopod has nine spines on the inner
margin and a long apical spine ; the exopod has a still longer apical
spine, but for most of its length is unarmed.

Length of specimen about 4'3 mm.

Locality. Cape Natal N. by E. 24 miles ; depth 805 m. ; No.
12605, sent by Dr. Peringuey,

174)

INDEX GENEEUM ET SPECIERUM/ :

PAGE

abbreviates (Ditistylis) 155

abbreviatus (Ekdiastylis) 155

acanthodes (Adiastylis), Plate LIII. 148

Adiastylis 146, 14s

africanus (Sympodomma), Plate L. 138

agnatus (Nannastacus) 104

algoas (Diastylis) 147

ampullaceus (Leptostylis) 152

anomalus (I.i'ii<-<ni ?) l.'is

anomalus (Sympodomma) 138

anomalus (Vaunthompsonia /) l:>s

antipus (Leptostylis) 153

arenosus (Bodotria) 130, 141

argentatus (Diastylix) 155

argentatus (Ekdiastylis) 155

armatus (Diastylis) 147

armatus (Procampylaspis) 167

asper (Paralamprops) 143

assimilis (Hemilamprops) 144

australis (Bodotria), Plate LI. B ... 142

Bathycuma 134, 135

bicristatus (Gynodiastylis) 147

biplicatus (Eudorellopsis) 129

Bodotria 129, 136, 140

Bodotriidse 131, 133, 140

bonnieri (Procainpylapsis) 167

borealis (Leptostylis) 153

brachyurus (Plat'ysympus) 144

brevipes (Iphinoe) 140

brevirostris (Bathycuma) 135

brevirostris (Leucon) 135

cccca (Vaunthompsonia) 135, 137

calmani (Die) 147

calmani (Schizotrema) Plate LXI. 165

Campylaspidae 133, 170

Campylaspis 171

carinatus (Gynodiastylis) 147

Ceratocuma 142

Ceratocumatidae 131, 133, 142

CeratocwmidcB 142

PAGK

Chalarostylis 144

cingulatus (J>im<ti/Ux\ 150

cingulatus iMakrokylindrus) 150

Colurostylidse .' 133, 140

Colurostylis 140

compress us (Procampylaspis) 167

costatus (Adiastylis) 14 s

costatus (Diaxti/lix) 148

costatus (Gynodiastylis) 147

crassicauda (Leptostylis) 153

crassipes (Iphinoe) 140

cri status (Hemilamprops) 144

Cuma 141, 146

< 'iiin/ii-i'ii 129

Cumella 129, 164, 166

Cumellopsis 164

Cumopsis 140

Cyclaspis 140

Cyclaspoides 140

Diastylidse 133, 146

Diastylis 146, 147

Diastyloides 146

Diasty loididae 133,140

Diastylopsis 146, 147

Die 147

Dicidae 133, 147

diomedeas (Heterocuma) 13*

diomedese (Sympodomma) 13s

Diops? ." 164

dubia (Diastylopsis) 150

dubius (Makrokylindrus) 150

echinatus? (Procampylaspis)

107
141
Ekdiastylidfe .................. 133, 146, 155

Ekdiastylis ........................... 146, 155

Ekleptostylis ........................ 146, 153

elegans (Chalarostylis) ............... 144

elongatus (Bathycuma) ......... 135, 137

Eocuma ................................. 140

erinaceus (Diastylis) .................. 150

Names printed in italics are such as are not accepted in the classification of the
present treatise. A note of interrogation signifies that the name originally was, or
still is, of doubtful validity.

Index.

175

PAGE

erinaceus (Makrokylindrus) ......... 150

Eudorella .............................. 155

Eudorellopsis ........................... 155

ferox (Pseudodiastylis) ............... 1-1(3

nmbriatus (Diastylit) ............... 155

fimbriatus (Ekdiastylis) ............ 155

fragilis (Makrokylindrus), Plates

LIV., LV ..... ". .......... ............ 150

Gaussicuma ........................... 134

gay (

gayi (Holostylis

gibbus (Bodotria) ..................... 141

glaber (Campylaspis) ............ 17'2, 173

gracilis (Leptostylis) .................. 153

Gynodiastylida? ..................... 133, 146

Gynodiastylis ........................... 146

helleri (D'uixti/lix) ..................... 146

helleri (Holostylis) .................. 146

Hemilampropidse ................. 133, 143

Hemilamprops ..................... 144, 158

Hemileueon .............................. 155

HemileuconidsB ..................... 133, 156

Heterocuma ........................... 140

Heteroleucon ........................ 155, 156

Heteroleuconidae ............. ----- 133, 1515

hexaceros (Dinxti/lis) .................. 155

hexaceros (Ekdiastylis) ............... 155

Holo.stylid8B ........... . ............ 133, 146

Holostylis ............................ 146

holti (Platycuma) ..................... 131

Jion-idn (Ceratocuma) .............. 143

horridus (Ceratocuma) ............... 143

horridus (Diastylis) .................. 155

horridus (Ekdiastylis) ............... 155

(Gynodiastylis) ...............

Lampropidse .................. 133, 143,

Lamprops ..............................

Leptocuma .............................

Leptocumatidae ........................

Leptostylis .................. 129, 146,

Leucon ........................ 136, 155,

LeuconidiB ........................... 133,

longicaudata (Bathyciima) .........

longicaudatus (Adiastylis) .........

longicaudatus (Bathycuma) .........

loagicaudatus (Leptostylis) .........

longimanus (Diastylis) ...............

longimanus (Leptostylis) ............

insignis (Iiiastylix) 155

insiguis (Ekdiastylis) 155

Iphinoe 140

josephinse (Dinstylis) 150

josephinee (Makrokylindrus) 150

kalluropus (Leucon), Plate LVII. 156

kinbergii (Leptocuma) 133

147
158
159
133
133
152
156
155
135
148
135
148
152
152

PAGE

longipes (Adiastylis) 148

longipes (Diastylis) 148

longirostris (Bathycuma) 135

longirostris (Leucon) 156

macrophthalnius (Campylaspis) ... 171
macruroides (Leptostylis), Plate

LVI 153

macrurus (Leptostylis) 153

Makrokylindrus .129, 146, 148, 150

iiiuiK- i (Iniistiilh) 153

nidiicii (Leptostylis) 153, 159

mancus (Leptostylis) 153

minor (Leptocuma) 133

minor (Nannastacus) 164

montagui (Bodotria), Plate LI. A ... 141

mystacinus (Diastylis) 155

mystacinus (Ekdiastylis) 155

Nannastacidao 133, 164

Nannastacus 129, 164, 166

natalensis (Bathycuma), Plate

XLIX ". 135

norrnani (Hemilamprops) 144

occidentalis (Colurostylis?) 146

orbicularis (Paralamprops) 144, 161

orbicularis (Platyaspis) 144, 161

orbicularis (Platytyphlops) 144

ovalis (Campylaspis), Plate LX1II. 171

OxyurostylidiB 133, 146

Oxyurostylis 146

pffineglaber (Campylaspis), Plate

LXIV 172

Paradiastylis 146, 147

Paralampropidae 133, 143

Paralamprops 143, 158

Paraleucon 155

Paraleuconidae 133, 156

Paranannastacus 164

parvus (Bodotria) 141

pellncida iHemilamprops) 144

pellucidus (Hemilamprops), Plate

LII 144

peringueyi (Platytyphlops), Plates

LVI1I.", LIX 159, 162

Petalosarsia 129

PlutyaspidcB 144

Platyaspis 144, 161

Platycuma 164, 171

Platysympodidffl 133, 143, 144, 159

Platysympus 143

Platytyphlops 158, 159, 162

politus (Diustylis) 155

politus (Ekdiastylis) 155

Proeampylaspidse 133, 167

Procampylaspis 167

productus (Leptostylis) 153

Pseudocuma 133

pseudocuma (Colurostylis) 146

Pseudocumatidee 133

170

Index.

PAGE

Pseudocuini(l<e 133

Pseudodias'tylidse 133, 146

Pseudodiastylis 146

Pseudoleucon 15-5

pulchellus (Bodotria) 141

pulex i Bodotria) 141

reptans {Nannastacus) 164

reptans (Paranannastacus) 104

roseus (Hemilam props) 144

sarsii (Eocuma) 140

Schizotrema 164, l(i-">

scorpioides (Bodotria) 130, 141

sculptus (DiaittyUx) 146

sculptus (Ekdiastylis) 146

serratocostatus (Paralamprops) ... 143

siamensis (Bodotria) 141

similis (Bodotria) 141

smith! (Oxyurostylis) 146

spectabilis (Cyclaspis) 140

spinulosus (Stenotyphlops), Plate

LX 162

Stenotyphlops 159, 162

Stephanomma 140

sublevis (Bodotria) 141

PAGK

suhmii (Nannastacus) 164

Sympoda 129

Sympodomma 1 :;s

SympodommatidsB 131, 133, l:;s

tardns (Nannastacus) 164

tardus (Paranannastacus) llil

tricinctus (Diastylis) 147

tridentatus (Procampylaspis),

Plate LXII 167

tubulicauda (Die) 147

typicus (Platysympus) 144

uniplicatus (Hemilamprops) 144

Vaunthompsonia 135

Vaunthompsoniidae 131, 133, 134

villosus (Leptostylis) 153

vitreus (Campylaspis) 171

walker! (Ekleptostylis) 153

walker! (Leptostylix) 153

weberi (Heterocuma ?) 138

weberi (Sympodomma) 138

zimmeri (Iphinoe) 140

Zy gosiphon 1 40

The systematic position of Pachystylis rotund atus, Hansen, 1895,
and of some other important species remains for the present inde-
terminate. For Coliirostylis (?) occidentalis, Caiman, the new
generic name Anchicolurus is proposed, and Kroyer's Cuma resima
is transferred from Diastylopsis to a new genus Brachydiastylis in
the family Diastvlidae.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

14

PLATE XLIX.
Bathycuma natalensis, n. sp.

n.s. Line indicating natural size of specimen figured below in lateral view.

car., car., tels. Dorsal view of carapace and telsonic segment, the lower figure
car. being a more highly magnified view of part of the carapace slightly
flattened, showing distal portion of right pseudorostral lobe, the littJe
triangular eyelobe, and part of the frontal lobe.

a.s., a.i., pip. First antenna, proximal part of second, and one of the pleopods,
more highly magnified than the preceding figures, but less than the
following figures which are to a uniform scale, except that the flagella of
the first antenna, and some spines of the first maxilliped are more highly
magnified than any of the other figures.

m. Mandible.

mxp. 1, '2, 3. First, second, and third maxillipeds, the third without its exopod
and ending with the third joint.

prp. 1, 2, 5. First perseopod, ending with the second joint; second peiteopod,
without its exopod ; fifth perseopod.

urp. Uropods, with second joint of endopod supplied from a separate specimen.

Ann. S. Afp. Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate XLIX.
Plate I.

Del.T.R.R.Ste'b'bing.

prp.5/

\Vest, Newman lith.

BATHYCUMA NATALENSIS, n,.sp.

PLATE L.
Sympodomma africanus, n. g. et sp.

n.s. Line indicating natural size of male specimen figured below.

car. Carapace and pedigerous segments in dorsal aspect.

oc. Ocular lobe and eye more highly magnified.

a.s. First antenna, with higher magnification of the small flagella.

m., mx. 1, mx. 2, raxp. 1, '2, 3. Mandible, first and second maxillae, first, second,
and third maxillipeds, with higher magnification of spine-teeth on the
first.

prp. 1, 2. First and second peraeopods, exopod of second only partially figured.
pip. 1. First pleopod.

urp. Left uropod in connexion with telsonic segment dorsally viewed.
All the appendages are drawn to a uniform scale.

Ann.S.Afr.Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate L.
Plate II.

Del .T.R.R.SteTDbing. West ' Newman imp.

SYMPODOMMA AFRICANUS, n.g.etsp.

PLATE LI. A.
llodotriii iiiontniiiii, n. sp.

n.s. Line indicating natural size of female specimen figured below in lateral view.
D. Dorsal view of carapac^ ami pedigerous segments.

T.s , urp. Telsonic segment, with left uropod, in dorsal view, on a higher scale
than the preceding figures, but uniform with the rest, except for still
higher magnification of the uropod's rarai.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae.

mxp. 2, mxp. 3. Second and third maxillipeds.

prp. 1, 2. 4, 5. First, second, fourth, and fifth perseopods.

PLATE LI.}s.
limh)tria aii-xtraliit, n. sp.

n.s. Line indicating natural size of female specimen in the adjoining figure.
D. Dorsal view of carapace and pedigerous segments,
car. Carapace flattened out.

T.s., urp. Telsonic segment, with left uropod, in dorsal view, on a higher scale
than the preceding figures, but uniform with the rest, except for still
higher magnification of the uropod' s inner ramus. All the figures of this
species agree as to scale with those of the preceding species.

a.s. First antenna.

mxp. '2. mxp. 3. Second and third maxillipeds.

prp. 1, 2, 4, o. First, second, fourth, and fifth perseopods.

Ann. S.Afp.Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LI.
Plate III.

B

irttn

urp.

Dal. T.R.R.Ste'bbing.

A. BODOTRIA MONTAGUI , n. sp. B. BODOTRIA AUSTRALIS, n. sp.

PLATE LII.
Hemilamprops pellueidus, Zimmer.

n.s. 3 . Line indicating natural size of male specimen figured below, with more
highly magnified part of dorsal crest.

T. <f , urp., T. ? , urp. Telson and left uropod of the male, and telson and right
uropod of the female.

a,s. 3 , a.i. <? ; a.s. ? , a.i. 9 . First and second antennae of the male, and of the
female.

prp. 2, <? , prp. 3, j . Second and third perseopods of the male.

prp. 1, 3, 4, 5, ? . The first, third, fourth, and fifth perseopods of the female, the
first shown only to end of second joint.

pip. Pleopod of male, with higher magnification of the rami.

Aim. S.Afr.Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LII
Plate IV.

a.s.9

W

Del.T.R.R.SteVbing

West, Newman imp.

HEMILAMPROPS, PELLUCIDUS, Zimmer-.

PLATE LIII.
.l<litixti/lis acanthodes, n. sp.

Line indicating natural size of male specimen figured below.

Part of the carapace in flattened dorsal aspect, showing armature of the pseudo-
rostral projection and indicating shape of the eyelobs and frontal lobe.
The carapace was too much damaged to afford a satisfactory view of all
its spines and spinules.

ped. s. 1. Part of front margin of first pedigerous segment.

T. urp. Dorsal view of pleon segments 4-6 and the telson with one of the uropods
in position.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae.

l.s., m., m. Upper lip and mandibles, the distal half of one, the other complete,
with higher magnification of the apical portions.

mxp. 1-3. The three maxillipeds, omitting the branchial epipod of the first.
prp. 1-5. The five perseopods, the first defective after the second joint,
pip. 1, 2. The first and second pleopods, each with higher magnification.

All the parts are drawn to the same scale, with added figures on a higher scale
for the mandibles and pleopods.

Ann. S.Afr. Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LIII.
Plate V.

mxp. 3.

prp.2.
R.KSteVbmg.

prp .4.

prp.l.

West.Newtnan imp.

ADIASTYLIS ACANTHODES, n.sp.

PLATE LIV.
Makrokylindrus fnifiilis, n. g. et sp. ? .

n.s. ? . Line indicating natural size of female specimen figured below,
car. Carapace of the same specimen in dorsal view.

T. urp. Telson in connexion with two preceding segments and one of the uropods
more highly magnified, on the same scale as the antennae and perceopods.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae.

l.s., m., mxp. 2. Upper lip, mandible, and second maxilliped, more highlv
magnified than the other appendages.

m'. Apex of mandible with accessory plate from another specimen,
mxp. 2'. Pair of second maxillipeds on the same scale as the perasopods.
prp. 1-5. The five peraeopods, the first defective from end of second joint.
prp. 2'. Part of second perseopod from another specimen.

Ann . S. Afr . Mus .Vol . X .

Crustacea Plate LIV.
Plate VI.

West, Newman imp .

MAKROKYLINDRUS FRAGILIS , n.g et sp.

PLATK LV.
Makrokylindrus j'runilix, n. g. et sp. 3 .

r. j . Terminal lobes of male pseudorostrum ; all the figures on this plate
magnified to a uniform scale with the mouth organs on the precediirj
plate.

a.s., a.i. First antenna and peduncle of second, with beginning of fiagellum.

mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1, mxp. 3. First and second maxillee, first maxilliped without
the large branchial epipod ; third maxilliped without its exopod.

prp. 4. Fourth perseopod without its exopod.
pip. 1. First pleopod.

Arm.S.Afp. Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LV.
Plate VII.

J| mx.2.

Del.T.R.R.Stetbing. West, Newman imp.

MAKROKYLJNDRUS FRAGILIS, n.g.etsp.

PLATE LVI.

I.rl>toxtl/lix llliirrin-iriilt'X, n. Sp.

n.s. Line indicating length of the male specimen figured below.

car. Part of carapace more highly magnified.

T. Telson in dorsal view, in connexion with the sixth segment of the pleon.

a.s., a.i. The first antenna, and peduncle of the second.

1 s., l.i., m. Upper and lower lips and mandible, this last with apical plates more
enlarged.

mxp. 2, mxp. 3. Second and third niaxillipeds.

prp. 1, 2, H, 5. First three and fifth perseopods, first only to end of second joint.

pip. 1, pip. 2. First and second pleopods, each with the ratni in further

magnification.

urp. The uropod (exopod broken) in attachment to the sixth pleon segment
shown along with the telson in lateral view.

All the parts are drawn to the same scale, except the above-mentioned portions of
the mandible and pleopods.

Ann.S.Afp. Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LVI.
Plate VIII.

Del. T.R.R.Stebbing .

West, Newman imp.

LEPTOSTYLIS MACRUR.OIDES, n. s/7.

15

PLATE LVII.
Leitcon kalluropus, n. sp.

n s Line indicating length of male specimen figured below,
a.s., a.i. First and second antennae more highly magnified,
l.s., m. Upper lip ; mandible.

mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1, 2, 3. First and second maxillae; first, second, and third
maxillipeds, the first with only fragments of its epipod and exopod.

prp. '2, 3, 4, 5. Second, third, fourth, and fifth perseopods.
pip 1, '2. First and second pleopods.

m-p Left uropod in attachment to the telsonic segment, with further enlargement
of spines on the endopod.

With exception of the last-mentioned spines, all the parts are magnified to a
uniform scale.

Ann. S.Afi?.Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LVII.
Plate IX.

am

,

ppp.4.

De] .T.R.R.Stebbing .

prp.3.

West, Newman lifh.

LEUCON KALLUROPUS, n. sp.

PLATE LVIII.

rinti/tyi>]il<>ps perini/tii't/i, n. ^. et sp.

n.s. . Line indicating actual length of female specimen figured in about three-
quarter view, showing both of the first antennae and of the uropods, but
only one member of each pair for the third maxillipeds and the five
peraeopods.

C.D. Dorsal view of the carapace followed by pedigerous segments and first pleon
segment.

T.V. Ventral view of telson, more highly magnified.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae, with tip of first and whole of second much
more highly magnified.

l.s., l.i., m., m., mx. 1. Upper lip, half of lower lip, parts of the two mandibles,
and first maxilla.

mxp. 1, 2, 3. First, second, and third maxillipeds. All the mouth organs magnified
to the same scale.

sp. mxp. 1. Spines of first maxilliped more highly magnified.

Ann.S.Afr. Mus.Vol.X

Crustacea Plate LV1II
Plate X.

Li.

Del.T.R.R.SteVbing.

mxp.2 .

PLATYTYPHLOPS PEBINGUEYI, n.g. et sp.

West, Newman imp.

PLATE LIX.
Platytyphlops /irriiii/ueyi, n.g. et sp.

C. Front of carapace flattened, with high magnification of part of the margin.

prp. 1, 2, 3, 4. First four perasopods of the female, with rudimentary exopo I of
the third peraeopod more highly magnified.

PI. s. 3, <? , T., urp. Dorsal view of male pleon from third segment to the end
including telson and uropods.

a.s., a.i., l.s , <J . First and second antennae and upper lip of male, with much
higher magnification of the tips of the fla.gella of the first antenna.

m., mxp. 3, prp. 2, 3, 4, 5 <? . Mandible, third maxilliped and last four perseopods
of male, the fifth perseopod attached to its segment, and separately more
highly magnified.

The appendages of male and female on this plate are all drawn to the same scale.

Ann . S. Afr. Mus. Vol. X

Crustacea Plate LIX.
Plate XI.

Del.T.B.B..Stetbing. "West,Newman imp.

PLATYTYPHLOPS PER1NGUEYI, n.g. et sp.

PLATE LX.
Stenotyphlops xjiiiiuloxtix, n. g. et sp.

n.s. Line indicating natural size of female specimen figured below in dorsal view,
with lateral view of carapace on the right.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae.

l.s., l.i. Upper and lower lips.

in., m. One of the mandibles complete and distal portion of the other.

mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1, 2, 3. First and second maxillae, and the three muxillipeds.

prp. 2, 3. The second and third perseopods.

T., urp. The telson and left uropod in dorsal view.

In this plate the lips, mandibles, the two maxillae, and part of the first maxilliped
are magnified on a uniform scale, more highly than the other figures. Again the
first and second antennae, the uropod and telson, are magnified to the same scale,
more highly than the figures of the maxillipeds and perteopods.

Ann. S.Afp.Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LX.
Plate XII.

%

1.1.

Del.T.R.R.Ste'b'bing

STENOTYPHLOPS SPINULOSUS, n.g.etsp.

PLATE LX1.
Schizotrema ccilimn/i, n. sp.

n.s. 3 . Line indicating natural size of male specimen figured below in lateral
view, with dorsal view (imperfectly made out) of the carapace and
pedigerous segments.

car. More highly magnified view of a pseudorostral lobe.

a.s. First antenna.

l.s.. m., mxp. 1, _!. o. Upper lip, mandible, first, second, and third maxillipeds.

prp. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. First, second, third, fourth, and fifth peraeopods.

urp. Left uropod.

All figures are magnified to the same scale except the lateral view of the whole
specimen with the dorsal view of its carapace and pedigerous segments.

Aim . S . Afr. Mu s .Vol. X ,

Crustacea Plate :

Plate XIII.

Del.T.R.R.Stebtmg.

prp.l.

West, Newman lith.

SCHIZOTREMA GAL, MAN I, n,. sp.

PLATE LXII.
Procampylaspis trideiitatns, n. sp.

n.s. Line indicating length of male specimen figured below.

car. Portion of carapace in dorsal view, more highly magnified, outline of eyelobe
doubtful.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae, flagellum of second incomplete.

l.s. Upper lip.

m. Mandible, with distal part more highly magnified.

mx. 2. Second maxilla, with armature more highly magnified.

mxp. 1, 2, 3. First, second, and third maxillipeds, with higher magnification of
the extremities of the first and second.

prp. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. First to fifth perseopods.

urp. Eight uropod, in connexion with telsonic segment in dorsal view.

All the separate parts are drawn to a uniform scale, with higher magnification of
certain details as above mentioned.

Ann. S.Afp.Mus.Vol.X

Crustacea Plate LXII
Plate XIV.

.5.

Del. T.R.R.Steb'birig. West, Newman lith.

PROCAMPYLASPIS TRIDEl^fTATU S, n.sp.

PLATE LXIII.
Canipylaspis ovalis, n. sp.

j . Male specimen figured below in three positions dorsally with surface of
carapace horizontal, carapace from left side tilted to the right, and thirdly
with surface of pedigerous segments and first six of pleon horizontal, but
carapace foreshortened by its downward inclination.

car. n.s. Lines indicating natural size of the carapace.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae, with further enlargement of fiagella of first
antenna.

l.s., m., m., mx. 1, mxp. 1-3. Upper lip, mandibles, first maxilla, first, second,
and third maxillipeds, with further enlai'gernent of the apices of the
mandibles and of the distal joints of the second maxilliped.

prp. 1-5. The five peraeopods, the fourth and fifth in attachment to their
respective segments.

urp. Eight uropod in attachment to the telsonic segment with the preceding fifth
pleon segment.

Ann. S.Afr.Mus.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LXIII
Plate XV.

Del. T.R.R.Steb~bing.

CAMPYLASPIS OVALIS, n.sp.

West, Newman lith.

PLATE LXIV.
('ti<iii/ln*iiis p&neglaber, n. sp.

n.s. Line indicating length of male specimen figured below in dorsal aspect. On
the right is the figure of a similar specimen from the left side more en-
larged, from which are taken the parts marked car., prp. 2, prp. 5, the
others being from the first-mentioned specimen.

car. Upper portion of carapace slightly flattened, showing pseudorostral sinus,
shape of eyelobe, and pellucid markings.

a.s. First antenna. Second antenna incomplete in both specimens.

mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1, 2, 3. First and second maxillffi, first maxilliped without

exopod, pair of second maxillipeds, third maxilliped.
prp. 1, 2, 5. First, second, and fifth perasopods.

urp. Left uropod, in attachment to the telsonic segment in dorsal view.
The separate parts are magnified to a uniform scale.

Ann. S. Afr.M-us.Vol.X.

Crustacea Plate LXIV.
Plate XVI.

w*

11T?p.

Del.T.R.R.Ste'bbing.

V/est, Newman litK.

CAMPYLASPIS E^NEGJLABER, n'. sp.

(177)

8. Ephemeridae from South Africa. By ESBEN PETEBSEN.
(With 12 Text Figures.)

ONLY a few species of Ephemeridae are known from South Africa,
and therefore I hope that this small contribution to our knowledge
of the fauna may be of some interest. The material reported on
belongs, with a single exception, to the South African Museum.

List of the species known from South Africa :

1. Elassoneuria tr/meniana, MacLachlan.

2. Polymitarcys capensis, nov. sp.

3. Hexagenia fulva, nov. sp.

4. Atalophlebia tabularis, Eaton.

5. Adenoplilcbia dislocans, Walker.

6. Adenophlebia ivestermanni, nov. sp.

7. Tricorythus discolor, Burmeister.

8. Caenis, sp. A. E. Eaton mentions in his " Eevisional Mono-
graph of Eecent Ephemeridae" (Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1888,
pp. 142 and 308) an undescribed species of that genus from Cape
Town.

9. Centroptilum bifasciatum, nov. sp.

10. Cloeon africanum, nov. sp.

11. Cloeon, sp., undescribed. A. E. Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc.,
Lond., 1871, p. 103 ; Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1888, p. 186.

12. Ecdyurus peringueyi, nov. sp.

13. Ecdyurus, sp., undescribed. A. E. Eaton, Trans. Linn.
Soc., Lond., 1888, p. 309.

GEN. ELASSONECJBIA, Eat.
ELASSONEURIA TRIMENIANA, MacLachlan.

Oligoneuria trimeniana, MacLachlan, Ent. Monthl. Mag., vol. iv.,
1868, p. 177-178 ; A. E. Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1871, p. 56,
pi. hi., 9-9.

14

178 Annals of the South African Museum.

Elassoneuria trimeniana, Eaton, Ent. Monthl. Mag., vol. xvii.,
1881, p. 191 ; Trans. Linn. Soc., Lend., 1888, p. 32, pi. iii., 3.

Of this interesting species, of which only the female is known,
there were six specimens in the Collection, all females. They
were taken at M'fongosi, Zululand, March, 1911, by W. E. Jones.

As the descriptions given by MacLachlan and Eaton are very
short, I add a few supplementary notes.

Head and thorax pale brown. Eyes black. Ocelli white, sur-
rounded by black. The basal joint of the antennae pale brown, the
bristle black. Abdomen white with a faint yellowish tinge. All the
dorsal segments with a small purplish brown hind border and a
lanceolate median spot, which does not touch the front or hind
border of the segments. The underside white with a small yellow
spot in the middle of each segment and with yellow lateral margins.
Setae and legs white.

Length of body, 16-20 mm. ; forewing, 17-22 mm.

GEN. POLYMITAECYS, Eat.

POLYMITARCYS CAPENSIS, Sp. nov.

Subimago $ . Head and thorax light violet-grey. The ocelli
white, surrounded by a black circle ; the eyes jet black. On the
prothorax two dark spots near the front margin ; front angles
and lateral margins reddish violet. Meso- and rnetathorax yellow-
ish brown, with a fine reddish violet median line. Abdomen
ventrally white, dorsally whitish with a faint reddish tinge, which
becomes strong reddish yellow on the last two segments. From the
front border of each segment two lunate spots extend backwards a
little farther than the middle of the segments. The two spots do
not touch each other. Forceps white ; penis yellow. Fore femora
and tibiae greyish black ; tarsi and underside of femora whitish.
Intermediate and hindlegs pale yellowish. Wings white with a
faint ash-grey tinge. Neuration opaque, and the costa, subcosta, and
radius in forewing with violet-greyish tinge.

Subimago. ? . Setae white and very pilose.

Length of body : $ , 13 mm. ; ? , 14-15 mm. Setae : ? , 13 mm
Wing : $ , 13 mm. ; ? , 15 mm.

One male and five females (all subimagines).

M'fongosi, Zululand, December, 1911.

In " A Ee visional Monograph of Recent Ephemeridae or Mayflies "
(Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1888), p. 45, A. E. Eaton mentions a

Ephemeridae from South Africa. 179

species of Polymitarcys from South Africa, but without giving any
description, and on Plate vi., 106, he gives a drawing of the fore-
wing. This figure agrees very well with the forewing of the above
described species.

GEN. HEXAGENIA, Walsh.
HEXAGENIA FULVA, sp. nov.

Imago. J . Head pale yellow ; eyes, a circle round each ocellus
and two spots at the hind margin of head black. 1st joint of
antennae light brown. Prothorax, above and beneath, pale yellow
and with a broad yellowish brown lateral line. Meso- and meta-
thorax yellowish brown ; abdomen slightly paler, dorsally with a
short curved blackish brown streak on the first six segments,
extending from the middle of the lateral margin to the hind margin
of each segment. Besides these short streaks there is on each side
of the lst-7th segments a comma-shaped blackish brown streak, the
fore tip of which is broadest and touches the fore margin ; the hind
tip is curved inwards and does not touch the hind margin. On the
dorsal surface of the 8th segment are found two dark brown longi-
tudinal lines at each side and one along the front border ; on the 9th
segment one dark brown, and on the 10th two small lunate dark
brown spots. Abdomen ventrally pale brown with the front angles
of the segments blackish. Forelegs reddish brown, intermediate
and hindlegs paler. Wings hyaline. Longitudinal nervures with
the exception of the subcosta yellowish brown ; the subcosta and
the cross-veins blackish brown. Wing-roots yellowish. The marginal
area of forewing yellowish brown.

Length of body, 22 mm. ; forewing, 20 mm.

One example, 5 . The specimen has lost its setae. It was
captured at M'fongosi, Zululand, December, 1911, by W. E. Jones.
The species much resembles Hexagenia limbata, Pict., from North
America, and it is the first species of the genus recorded from Africa.

GEN. ATALOPHLEBIA, Eat.
ATALOPHLEBIA TABULAKIS, Eaton.

Atalophlebia tabularis, Eaton, Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1888,
p. 91, pi. x., I6h.

This South African species was not represented in the Collection.
The only known example was found in 1874, floating on the
streamlet at the Platteklip, Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope.
But amongst the material is a specimen, gummed on paper and

180 Annals of the South African Museum.

with the wings cleft together ; it is in the subimaginal stage and
collected at M'fongosi, Zululand, September, 1911, by W. E. Jones.
With some hesitation I refer the specimen to a species of Atalophlebia.

GEN. ADENOPHLEBIA, Eat.
ADENOPHLEBIA DISLOCANS, Walker.

Ephemera dislocans, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., vol. v., 1860,
p. 198.

Adenophlebia dislocans, Eaton, Ent. Monthl. Mag., vol. xvii., 1881,
p. 194 ; " Kev. Monogr. of Eecent Ephemeridae," 1888, p. 112.

In the Collection are 2 $ $ (imagines) and 1 J (sub-imago), all
mounted on cardboard and not in good condition. The specimens
were collected at Barberton, Transvaal, by Miss H. Edwards,
March, 1911.

To the excellent description of both sexes in the imaginal stage,
given by Eaton, I have only to add that the pterostigmatical region
has a violet-grey tinge. In the subimago the wings have a slight
greyish tinge and blackish neuration. The cross-veins are shaded
with blackish grey.

ADENOPHLEBIA WESTERMANNI, sp. nov.

Imago. 3 . Head and thorax blackish brown. The abdominal
segments dorsally yellowish brown with the hind border and an
oblique streak on each side dark brown. The ventral surface of
abdomen yellowish brown with a median longitudinal brown streak.

FIG. 1. Left Forewing of Adenophlebia westermanni. 3 .

The forceps brown, the last joint yellow. Three caudal setae, which
are of equal length, brown at their base, paler towards their apex.
Legs brown ; femora with a broad black median band and with
a small black band at the base and at the apex. The tarsal claws
all narrow and uncinate. Femur, tibia, and tarsus of foreleg almost

Ephemeridae from South Africa. 181

of the same length. 1st tarsal joint of foreleg very short, 2nd the
longest, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gradually shorter.

Forewing very elongated ; hindwing oblong and oblique ; its
marginal area abbreviated and very broad. Membrane of wings
hyaline ; neuration brownish ; a great part of the cross-veins in
foi'ewings clouded with brownish. Hindwings with many cross-
veins.

Length, 7 mm. ; forewing, 8 mm. ; setae, 17 mm.

One specimen, a male, from Cape of Good Hope, January, 1817,
in the Westermannian Collection in the Museum of Copenhagen.

The species differs from Adenophlebia dislocans, especially in the
oblong form of forewings, and it is with some hesitation that I put
the species in that genus ; but as it agrees with the type species of
the genus in neuration of wings, in form of hindwing, of the tarsal
claws, as well as in the proportion of the length between femur,
tibia, tarsus, and tarsal joints I place it provisionally in that genus.

GEN. TRICORYTHUS, Eat.
TRICORYTHUS DISCOLOR, Burm.

Oxycypta discolor, Burmeister, Handb. der Ent., ii., 1839, p. 797.

Cloeon discolor, Walker, Cat. Neur. Ins., Brit. Mus., iii., 1853,
p. 577.

Caenis discolor, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1871, p. 96.
Hagen, Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1873, p. 399.

FIG. 2. Forewing of Tricorythus discolor.

Tricorythus discolor, Eaton, " Rev. Monogr. of Recent Epheme-
ridae," London, 1884, p. 139.

Imago. $ . Head black, pro-, meso-, and metathorax castaneous.
Abdomen dorsally greyish yellow-brown, hind borders of the seg-

182

Annals of the South African Museum.

merits darker. Setae greyish white with very small black annula-
tions. Legs greyish. Wings greyish brown ; longitudinal nervures
darker ; costa and subcosta blackish ; cross-veins not very distinct.

Length of body, 6 mm. ; forewing, 7-7 ''5 mm. ; setae, 12 mm.

Three males, imagines, mounted on cardboard from Tulbagh,
April, 1892, and two females, subimagines (pinned), from M'fongosi,
Zululand, October, 1911, taken by W. E. Jones.

FIG. 3. Forceps and Penis of Tricon/thus discolor. <? .

The species is described by Burmeister from a female, subimago,
in Winthem's Collection, taken at Cape of Good Hope. The present
two specimens of subimagines agree very well with the description,
with the exception that the ventral surface of abdomen is more
blackish, and that the legs are more greyish. I am undoubtedly
right in referring the three males to the species. The neuration of
wings is quite the same. The colour of wings in the subimago is
blackish grey, in the imago brownish grey.

GEN. CENTEOPTILUM, Eat.
CENTROPTILUM BIFASCIATUM, sp. nov.

Imago. 3 . Head and thorax light brown, darker at the sides.
Abdomen vitreous in 2nd-7th segments ; the last segments opaque,

FIG. 4. Fore (1), Intermediate (2), and Hindleg (3) of Centroptilum

bifasciatum. 3 .

reddish yellow. The dorsal surface of the first-named segments
with an oblong, reddish brown median spot, and an oblique spot

Ephemeridae from South Africa.

183

or streak of the same colour at each side ; the side spots do not
touch the front margin of the segments. On the underside of the
2nd-7th segments there are found the same markings as on the
upper.

Limbs of the forceps yellowish, the basal joint with a greyish tint.
Penis not visible. Femur of foreleg reddish brown, tibia dark
reddish brown, yellowish at the base ; all the tarsal joints yellowish,

FIG. 5. Forewing of Centroptilum bifasciatum. <? .

reddish brown towards apex. Femora of intermediate and hind-
legs reddish brown, yellowish at the base ; tibiae and tarsi yellowish.
Wings vitreous with the greater part of nervures light brown. Fore-
wings with the marginal areas and an abrupt, oblique fascia
brown coloured ; along the hind border is found a faint brown
shadow. A few cross-veins in the front and middle part of the wing
blackish brown. Hindwing brown towards the apex.

FIG. 6. Hindwing of Centroptilum bifasciatum. $ .

The female differs from the male in the colouring of the abdomen.
2nd-7th segments dorsally reddish with vitreous spots especially at
the sides, ventrally with a reddish brown streak at the sides of the
segments. In the forewing the abrupt fascia and the brown shadow
along the hind margin are wanting. Hindwing without brown apex.
Sub-imago ( $ and ? ). Thorax greyish brown. Abdomen light brown,
ventrally paler. Setae greyish brown, paler in the male. Fore

184 Annals of the South African Museum.

femora brown, tibiae light brown, darker towards the apex. Tarsal
joints light brown. Intermediate and hind femora yellowish red-
brown ; tibiae and tarsi yellowish. The greater part of the longi-
tudinal nervures and all the cross-veins in the forewings brown, and
and with greyish brown shadow. The membrane of wings mostly
greyish brown, and the colour forming cross-bands.

FIG. 7. Forceps of Centroptiluni bifasciatum. <? .

Three imagines and three subimagines found at M'fongosi, Zulu-
land, by W. E. Jones. Of the subimagines one male was captured
in September, 1911, one female in October, 1911, and one in Decem-
ber, 1911. Of the imagines one female was captured in October,
1911, and two males in December, 1911.

Although the species does not agree with the other species in the
genus in regard to the shape of the hindwing, I place it in the
genus Centroptilum. Possibly a new genus ought to be established
for the species, but I postpone doing so, because probably more allied
species will also be found in South Africa. This species is the first
Centroptilum recorded from this part of the world.

GEN. CLOEON, Sam.
CLOEON AFRICANUM, sp. nov.

Imago. 3 . Thorax castaneous. 2nd-6th segments of abdomen
transparent, whitish and with a faint reddish tinge ; the hind
borders of the segments darker. The 7th-9th segments reddish
brown on the dorsal surface, whitish on the ventral. Forceps yellow-

Ephemeridae from South Africa. 185

ish white. Setae white with darker annulations at the joints. Legs
white with a yellowish brown tinge. Wings hyaline with a yellowish
tinge in the marginal area. Longitudinal nervures yellowish brown ;
subcosta and radius mostly yellow. Cross-veins few in number,
placed as in the typical Cloeon-wmg, and only visible when the wing
is held up to the light. The number of cross-veins in the pterostig-
matical area is not visible owing to the forewings being compressed
together. In the forelegs the tibia is longer than the femur and of
the same length as all the tarsal joints together. 1st tarsal joint as
long as the three others ; the 2nd almost as long as the 3rd and the
4th together, and the 3rd is 1 longer than the 4th.

FIG. 8. Forceps of Cloeon africninini. 3.

Length of body, 4' 5 mm. ; wing, 5 mm. ; setae, about 10 mm.

One specimen, male, was captured at M'fongosi, Zululand,
September, 1911, by W. E. Jones.

The species has much likeness to a small male of Cloeon dipterum,
but it differs in the shape of the forceps and by its blackish red eyes
(dried). In Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1871, p. 103, A. E. Eaton
mentions a female specimen of a species of Cloeon from Knysna,
very closely allied to Cloeon dipterum.

GEN. ECDYUEUS, Eat.

ECDYURUS PEBINGUEYI, Sp. 11OV.

Imago. $ Pro-, meso-, and metathorax light brown. Abdomen
dorsally reddish brown, with the hind border of the segments a little
darker, ventral surface yellow with exception of the last segment,
which is reddish yellow. Forceps yellow. Femora light brown, tibiae
and tarsi yellow, the last named with darker joints and with blackish
claws. Setae brownish yellow with small brown annulations at the
joints. Wings vitreous with a very faint yellowish tinge in the
marginal area of forewing, which is mostly due to the yellow

186

Annals of the South African Museum.

subcosta and radius ; the other longitudinal nervures only a little
darker than the membrane. The cross-veins almost invisible.

FIG. 9. Forewing of Ecdyurus p6rlnr)ueyi.

FIG. 10. Legs of <J and ? of Ecdyurus ptringueyi.
(The legs of more enlarged than of 3 .)'

FIG. 11. Hindwing of Ecdyurus p&ringueyi.

5 . Pro-, meso-, and metathorax light brown, at the sides with
some small blackish stripes and spots. lst-6th abdominal segments

Ephemeridae from South Africa. 187

dark reddish brown above with black stigmata and with yellowish
hind borders ; 7th-9th segments reddish yellow with a reddish
brown median stripe. Ventral surface yellowish with a reddish
brown median stripe; the 9th segment with a long prolongation,
having an incision at its apex. Setae reddish at the base and
becoming yellowish towards the apex ; all the joints with a darker
annulation. Legs and wings as in the male.

Length of body : $ , 1 mm. ; 5 , 11 mm. ; forewing : <? , 8'5 mm. ;
? , 14-15 mm. ; setae : 3- ca., 15 mm, ; $ , 30 mm.

Three males, three females, all imagines, and one female, sub-
imago, are present in the Collection ; all collected at M'fongosi,
Zululand, October, 1911, by W. E. Jones.

FIG. 12. Forceps of Eedyurus ptringueyi. i .

I have placed the species in the genus Eedyurus, although with
some hesitation. The highly elongated and narrow forewings, the
proportion between the length of the tarsi and tibiae and the shape of
one of the claws, which is curved and plainly pointed, make in some
degree the place of the species difficult to determine. The propor-
tion between the length of tarsal joints is the same as in the genus
Eedyurus ; but the pale colour gives the species much likeness to a
species of Heptagenia. In " A Eevisional Monograph of Eecent
Ephemeridae or Mayflies " (Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1881), p. 309,

A. E. Eaton mentions a specimen (?) of Eedyurus, taken by

B. Trimen at Paarl. He says that the specimen " has a superficial
likeness to species of Heptagenia, but differs therefrom in the
proportion of its legs."

(189)

9. South African Trichoptera. By GEOBG ULMER.
(With 1 Figure.)

THROUGH the friendly mediation of Mr. Esben Petersen I obtained a
small number of Trichoptera from the South African Museum, Cape
Town, for investigation. With one exception the specimens collected
were already known, although six had hitherto not been proved to
be South African, but had only been recorded from Equatorial Africa.
Up to the present the following species from South Africa were
known :

1. Dipseudopsis capensis, Walk.

2. Dipseudopsis fasciata, Brau.

3. Chloropsyche maxima, Ulm.

4. Polymorphaniscus bipunctatus, Brau.

5. Aeihaloptera dispar, Brau.

6. Macronema capensc, Walk.

7. Molanna triangularis, Hag. (case and larva only).

In addition to several specimens of the genera Chimarrha, Hydro-
psyche, and Leptocerus, which could not be specifically identified,
the collection contains the following species :

GEN. CHIMAEEHA, Curt.
1. CHIMARRHA RUFICEPS, n. sp.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum light red, with dense golden-red
pubescence, metanotum blackish brown ; under surface of head and
of the whole sternum pale red. Abdomen black, dull, at the lateral
line grey-black. Antennae incomplete, but probably shorter than
the anterior wings, thin, black, with indistinct yellowish brown
rings, the basal joint reddish yellow. Maxillary palps blackish, the
first two joints and the base of the third greyish brown ; first joint
very short ; second joint long, with a stiff bundle of grey-brownish
bristles ; third joint very long, almost twice as long as the second ;
fourth joint somewhat shorter than the second ; fifth joint as long as

190

Annals of the South African Museum.

the third. Labial palps hidden, blackish, the first two joints fairly
short, the third as long as the two together. Legs yellowish red,
the tibiae and tarsi blackish (those of the posterior legs more
brownish black). Wings (figured) with greyish brown membrane
and greyish black, fairly dense pubescence ; veins dark brown,
marginal cilia blackish. The neuration is similar to that of
Wormaldia fallax, Ulm. (cf. Deutsche Zentralafrika-Expedition, iv.,
1912, p. 84, fig. 5), the veins in the region of the discoidal cell still

Chimarrha ruficeps, n.sp. Wings.

more strongly curved ; subcosta behind the costal transverse vein
little curved ; radius already strongly bent before the junction of the
sector, curved S-shaped behind it, and again curved at the point of
junction of the transverse vein with the discoidal cell ; thyridium cell
likewise distinctly curved; between the subcosta and radius near
the base a transverse vein ; discoidal cell broad, blunt at the base
(the veins there thickened) ; median cell as long as, but much
narrower than, the discoidal cell ; thyridium cell very narrow,
nearly one and a half times as long as the latter ; the naked cell
very distinctly marked, bordered basally by a thickened vein-like
ridge ; the membrane more strongly chitinised between the radius
and the base of the thyridium cell. Fork 1 sessile, fork 2 with very

South African Trichoptera. 191

short stalk (the stalk sometimes somewhat longer than in the figured
example), fork 3 with long stalk, fork 5 with short stalk. Discoidal
cell of hindwing (which is somewhat iridescent) as long as, but
somewhat narrower than, in the front wing; forks 1 and 2 sessile,
3 and 5 stalked. ? without ovipositor, 3 unknown. Length of
body, 7 mm. ; length of front wing, 10 mm. ; span of wings thus
about 22 mm.

Material : 3 $? J ; M'fongosi, Zululand, W. E. Jones, November
and December, 1911.

2. POLYMOBPHANISCUS BIPUNCTATUS, Brau.

Material : 1 J ; M'fongosi, Zululand, W. E. Jones, November,
1911.

3. CHLOROPSYCHE MAXIMA, Ulm.

Material : 1 $ ; Cape, Prieska, Miss Orpen.

4. PROTOMACRONEMA PUBESCENS, Ulm.

Material : 1 $ ; M'fongosi, Zululand, W. E. Jones, September,

1911.

5. LEPTONEMA OCCIDENTALS, Ulm.

Material : 3 3 $ , 1 5 ; Barberton, Transvaal, Miss H. Edwards,
November and December, 1911. These specimens appear to be
somewhat darker than the Kamerun examples which I saw some

years ago.

6. HYDROPSYCHE PROPINQUA, Ulm.

Material : 2 $ $ (one with injured abdomen) ; M'fongosi, Zulu-
land, W. E. Jones, September, 1911.

7. HYDROPSYCHODES DIMINUTA, Walk.

Material : Numerous $ $ and ? $ ; Henkries, Bushmanland,
E. M. Lightfoot, October, 1911 ; Smithfield, Orange Free State
Province, Kannemeyer, 1910 ; St. Mathew's, King William's Town
Division, Cape Province, E. M. Lightfoot, April, 1894 ; M'fongosi,
Zululand, W. E. Jones, October, 1911. Some specimens show a
strongly marked, light coloured, spotted design on the front wings,
especially at the margins.

8. TRIAENODES ELEGANTULA, Ulm.

Material : 4 $ $ , 3 25 (?, the abdomens injured) ; M'fongosi,
Zululand, W. E. Jones, March, September, and November, 1911.

(193)

' 10. Description of a New Species of Pselaphidae (Colcoptera) from
South Africa. By A. EAFFRAY.

TRIBE CTENISTINI

GEN. EPICAEIS, Eeit.

EPICABIS CRASSICOKNIS, sp. n.

OBLONG, attenuate in front, totally ferruginous red with broadly
scattered whitish scales. Head narrow and long, convex, antennal
tubercle large, cordiform, foveate at base, tempera fasciculate. Eyes
large, prominent. Palpi large, joint 2 elongate, thickening towards
the apex ; 3 ovate ; 4 thicker, slightly pyriform and rounded at tip ;
3 and 4 have a long pencil of hairs. Antennae robust, gradually
thickening, articles 2-S moniliform, 9-10 ovoid, 10 nearly half again
as thick as the 9. Prothorax larger than the head, convex, slightly
conical, fasciculate on each side of the base. Elytra longer than
broad, strongly attenuate towards the base, sides oblique, rounded
before the apex, shoulders slightly raised, hind border fasciculate
and depressed in the centre, raised at the suture, on each side there
is a sutural stria and a dorsal, both nearly entire. Abdomen shorter
and narrower than the elytra, with a very broad border, first and
second tergites large, equal, convex, the first slightly obliquely
impressed on each side. Femora thickened ; tibiae straight, some-
what slender, suddenly thickened at apex. Metasternum furrowed.

Length, 3.20 mm.

This species differs from E. vent rat is, Eaffr., from Abyssinia, and
occurring also in Senegal, in the following points : larger size ; last
joint of palps much thicker ; antennae much thicker and not dis-
tinctly club-shaped ; elytra shorter, much more rounded behind, and
more attenuate in front.

Hab. Transvaal (Pretoria).

15

(197)

11. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.
By K. H. BARNARD, M.A., Assistant.

(Plates XVII.-XXIV.)

NOTE.

In deference to Mr. Stebbing, I make the following alterations
in the gender of the specific names so as to bring them into
conformity with the names on the plates :

p. 201, for Gnathia africana, n.sp-., read Gnathia africanus, n.sp.
p. 203, for Idotea metallica, Bosc., read Idotea metallicus, Bosc.
p. 204, for Engidotea lobata (Miers) read Engidotea lobatus
(Miers).

Where the gender of the generic name is doubtful, the uniform
plan of making the specific name masculine is advantageous,
but I do not bind myself to extend the principle to all specific
names, whether the gender of the genus is doubtful or not ;
unless of course the principle be adopted generally by scientists
in all branches of zoology.

I wish to express my thanks to Mr. Stebbing for kindly
passing the plates through the press.

K. H. B.
5th February, 1914.

1896. ,, G. 0. Sars, Crust. Norw. ii. pt. 1, p. 10.

1900. ,, Stebbing, in Willey's Zool. Ees. pt. 5, p. 613.

16

(197)

11- Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.
By K. H. BAKNAKD, M.A., Assistant.

(Plates XVII.-XXIV.)

1. ADDITIONS TO THE MARINE ISOPODA.
(Plates XVII.-XXIV.)

THE following paper contains descriptions of thirteen species and
one variety of Marine Isopods, all from the collections in the South
African Museum. One genus, ten species, and one variety are
described as new. One species, known only from a dried specimen
in the British Museum without locality, also requires the institution
of a new genus. The males of two species, of which only the
females were previously known, are described for the first time.

In addition the records of four species already known, but which
were omitted from the General Catalogue of South African Crustacea
(Stebbing, Ann. S.A.M. vol. vi. pt. 1, 1910) are inserted.

A note of the occurrence of lais pubescens (Dana) and the descrip-
tion of the male will be incorporated in a future paper along with
the notes on the Sphaeroniid hosts which it inhabits.

To Eev. T. E. E. Stebbing, F.E.S., are due my very best thanks
for his kindly advice on several points and the addition of references
which I had overlooked.

FAMILY TANAIDAE.

1853. Tanaidae (part), Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. 13, p. 792.
1886. ,, Norman and Stebbing, Tr. Zool. Soc. Lond.

12, p. 102.

1896. G. 0. Sars, Crust. Norw. ii. pt. I, p. 10.

1900. Stebbing, in Willey's Zool. Ees. pt. 5, p. 613.

16

198 Annals of the South African Museum.

GEN. TANAIS, Audouin and M. Edwards.

1828. Tanais, Audouin and M. Edwards, Precis d'Entomologie, vol. 1,

p. 46, pi. 29, fig. 1.

1832. Anisocheirus, Westwood, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. 27.
1836. Zeitxo, Ternpleton, Tr. Entom. Soc. vol. 2, p. 201.
1843. Crossurus, Eathke, Fauna Norwegens, p. 35.
1886. Tanais, Beddard, Challenger Eep. vol. 17, pt. 48, p. 119.
1905. ,, Stebbing, in Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl.

Eep. 23, p. 2.
1905. ,, Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54, p. 7.

TANAIS SPONGICOLA, n. sp.
(Plate XVII. A.)

Body evenly cylindrical, smooth with the exception of a few hairs
along the anterior margins of the peraeon segments.

Head longer than its greatest width, eyes small but distinct,
situated on and forming the antero-lateral angles, front margin
between them flatly angular.

First segment of peraeon visible only at sides, second (first free)
segment narrow, the following ones gradually increasing in length,
but in none of them does the length equal the breadth, none of the
side-plates except the first as long as their respective segments, the
first acutely produced anteriorly.

Pleon composed of 6 distinct segments, lateral margins rather
densely setose, 4th and 5th segments not markedly narrower than
lst-3rd, 6th segment broader than long, apex rounded, with 3-4 setae,
a median groove on postero-inferior face.

First antenna, 1st joint 5 times as long as broad, 2nd joint a little
more than one-fourth length of 1st, 3rd joint one-third length of 2nd,
4th joint (= flagellum) minute, with strong brush of setae.

Second antenna about as long as first antenna, 1st joint a little
longer than 3rd, its margins minutely serrulate, 2nd joint a little
shorter than 4th, which is half the length of 3rd, 5th joint minute,
with strong brush of setae.

Upper lip bluntly rounded, with thick fringe of setae, epistome
narrow, strongly calcified.

Lower lip, outer lobes indented on exterior margin, lower portion
spinulose on margin, apex with a minute setulose "palp," inner
lobes as long as but not as broad as outer, evenly rounded, apices
setulose.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 199

Mandibles stout, apex bifid in the left mandible, in the right
entire, with 2 minute spines on inner side a little below apex,
molar prominent, denticulate.

First maxilla, masticatory lobe curved, outer margin serrulate,
apex with ca. 9 non-serrate spines and a bunch of setae external
to them, backward-bent "palp" ending in several setae (3-8).

Second maxilla tooth-like, apparently only 1-jointed, with broad
basal portion, distal half suddenly narrowed, pointed.

Maxillipeds, 1st joint short with 3 long spines on inner margin, 2nd
joint stout, 1^ times as long as broad, outer margin distally serrulate,
3rd and 4th joints subequal, outer margin of 3rd joint serrulate,
5th joint a little longer, 6th joint narrow, with apical setae, inner
plate reaching to middle of 4th joint, apex rounded, setose, inner
apical angle with 1-2 long curved setae (coupling-hooks), epipod
apparently absent (6 specimens were examined and no trace of it
could be found).

First gnathopod $ , thumb of propodos with incisive edge
extending from apical tooth to hinge, where it ends in a prominent
tubercle, at distal end a row of setae along its base, finger strongly
curved, very slightly thickened before the apical tooth, which fits
within that on the thumb.

First gnathopod $ , not quite so stout as in $ , thumb of propodos
with the incisive edge extending from apical tooth half-way along
thumb, a small setiferous tubercle near hinge, finger not much
curved, slightly bulbous at base internally, with apical tooth fitting
within that on the thumb.

Second gnathopod $ , ambulatory, 2nd joint longest, 3rd joint
shortest, 4th joint shorter than 5th, which is a little over half length
of 2nd, 6th slender bearing a slender spiniform unguis as long as
itself.

Second gnathopod $ , similar but not so elongate.

First and second peraeopods, stouter and longer than second
gnathopod, 2nd joint cylindrical, 3 times as long as broad, 3rd joint
half length of 2nd, 4th joint a little shorter, with ca. 6 strong apical
spines, 5th joint equal to 3rd, 6th joint with its slender nearly
straight unguis half length of 5th, posterior margins of 3rd, 4th, and
5th joints serrulate.

Third-fifth peraeopods stouter than 1st and 2nd peraeopods,
2nd joint fusiform, twice as long as broad, 3rd and 4th joints
subequal, shorter than 5th, 3rd joint with 1 apical spine on inner
margin, 4th joint with ca. 6 strong apical spines, 6th joint rather
more than half length of 2nd, with a strong falciform unguis.

200 Annals of the South African Museum.

Marsupial pouches arising from bases of peraeopods 3, and
extending from segment 4 to segment 7.

First and second pleopods, outer margin of peduncle with
5 plumose setae, inner rarnus smaller than outer with 3 plumose
setae on its inner margin (away from outer ram us) and an apical
spine-seta.

Third pleopods similar, but peduncle has only 2 setae, and inner
ramus only 1 seta.

Uropods as long as last 3 pleon segments combined, 6-pointed,
the 1st joint considerably stouter than the rest, 6th joint minute,
with long terminal setae.

Length : 5'5 mm.

Colour : Whitish with slaty-grey mottlings, the head and a medio-
dorsal spot on the peraeon segments markedly darker than the rest
of the body.

Locality : St. James, False Bay. 29/4/12. (Coll. K.H.B.) In
holes in encrusting sponges (Halichondria) and compound Ascidians,
low tide. $ $ and ? ? (with ova). (S.A.M. No. A2105.)

This species belongs to Tanais sensu lato, in that it has 6 pleon
segments and not 5 as in Tanais sensu stricto (Sars, 1896). In general
shape and the possession of 6-jointed uropods it resembles most
nearly T. normani, Eichardson, 1905, but differs in the form of the
first gnathopods of the male : T. normani has the finger and
thumb not widely separated (i.e., the finger is not strongly curved),
whereas in T. spongicola they are widely separated, as is the case in
T. robustis, Moore, 1894. The 6-jointed uropods distinguish it also
from T. gracilis, Heller, 1866.

FAMILY GNATHIIDAE.

1880. Gnathiidae, Harger, Eep. U.S. Cornm. Fish. pt. 6,

p. 408.

1886. Anceidae, Beddard, Challenger Eep. vol. 17, p. 135.
1897(-1899). Gnathiidae, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norw. ii. p. 50.
1901. Gnathiidae, Dollfus, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xxvi. p. 240.
1905. Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54,

p. 55.

1909. id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. 35, p. 483.

1913. ,, Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 20, pt. 4,

p. 231.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 201

GEN. GNATHIA, Leach.

1814. Gnathia, Leach, Edinb. Encycl. vol. 7, p. 402.

1855. Anceus, Hesse, Comptes rendus, Novernbre 26.

1858. ,, id. Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4, vol. 9, p. 93.

1863. ,, id. Mem. Savants etrangers, vol. 18, pp. 262, 268.

1874. Ancaeus, id. Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 5, vol. 19, Art. 8, p. 8.

1885. Anceus, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. 9, pt. 4,

p. 1005.

1886. Beddard, I.e. p. 135.

1900. Gnathia, Stebbing, in Willey's Zool. Ees. pt. 5, p. 625 (with

synonymy).

1902. ,, Hodgson, Nat. Hist, of the " Southern Cross," p. 241.
1905. ,, Stebbing, in Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl.
Kep. 23, p. 8.

GNATHIA AFRICANA, n. sp.
(Plate XVII. B.)

Head broader than long, with 2 diverging ridges running from the
middle of posterior margin to the antero-lateral angles, having above
the eyes one prominent tooth and some minor crenulations ; in
front of these ridges the head is concave, anterior margin slightly
convex and divided apically into 2 bifid lobes with a tuft of setae
at their base.

Peraeon, second segment not quite equalling the greatest breadth
of head, laterally quadrate (viewed dorsally), third segment laterally
rounded, posterior margin excavate, fourth segment separated from
third by a marked constriction, divided dorsally into two halves by
a longitudinal depression, fifth segment undivided, sixth segment
nearly three times as long as any of the other segments, narrow
at base and widening distally, deeply concave between the rounded
postero-lateral angles, seventh segment inconspicuous.

Pleon almost equalling peraeon in length, telsonic segment as
broad as long, apex pointed, with 2 setae.

Larva of the usual form, the fourth and sixth peraeon segments
indicated dorsally and laterally on the enlarged portion by stronger
and more deeply coloured cuticle, fifth segment only indicated at
the sides.

First antenna $ , 1st joint longer than 2nd, 3rd joint longer than
1st, flagellum with 1st joint very short, 2nd joint longest, last three
small, inconspicuous, with sensory filaments.

202 Annals of the South African Museum.

Second antenna 3 > a little longer than first antenna, 3rd and 4th
joints longest, setose, flagellum 7-jointed, sparsely setose.

Mandibles $ , arcuate, inner margin below the smooth upturned
apex with about 5 blunt teeth, a well-marked notch on outer margin.

Maxillipeds $ , 2nd joint not produced distally, 4th joint of
palp not incurved, outer margin with stiff setae.

Gnathopod 3 > 1st joint tapering, inner margin setose, 2nd joint
small with apical tuft of setae.

Peraeopods all similar, rather stout, 4th and 5th joints expanded
on front margin, 4th joint more so than the 5th ; 3rd, 4th, and 5th
joints have prominent tubercles on posterior margin, 6th joint as
long as 3rd, with 2 groups of 3 blunt tubercles and 1 blunt spine on
inner margin, 7th joint half length of 6th with minute tooth at the
base of the prominent unguis.

Pleopods, rami longer than peduncle, rami of first pleopods
narrower than the others, all tipped with long setae.

Uropods, outer ramus a little shorter and narrower than inner,
both with long setae.

In the larva the mandibles are rather pointed, inner margin
straight with the denticulations increasing in size proximally.

First and second maxillae are simple curved appendages, the first
shorter than the second.

Maxillipeds well developed, half-way along inner margin of the
large basal joint is a narrow blunt lobe, and at the apex two small
lobes, the outer blunt and tipped with setae, the inner pointed, with
three minute teeth on its inner margin.

Gnathopod short, apparently only 3-jointed with a strong falciform
unguis ; the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd joints are denticulated on inner
margin, the points of the denticulations facing proximally, those on
2nd joint sharper and more distinct than the others.

Length : 3 4 mm. ; larva 3 - 5 mm.

Colour : Yellowish grey, with darker rnottlings along margins of
head and on dorsal parts of peraeon and pleon.

Locality : St. James, False Bay. 29/4/12. (Coll. K.H.B.) One 3
and 2 larvae on Holothurians in rock-pools, low tide. (S.A.M.
No. A2553.)

Mr. Stebbing has favoured me with the following note on the
affinities of this species :

" Anceus forficularius, Eisso, 1816, Anceus rapax, Milne Edwards,
3840, and Anceus vorax, Lucas, 1849, all make a near approach to
the present form, but offer more or less trustworthy marks of
distinction."

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 203

FAMILY IDOTEIDAE.

For synonymy see Stebbing, S. Afr. Crust, pt. 1, p. 51, 1900, and
pt. 2, p. 55, 1902.

GEN. IDOTEA, J. C. Fabricius.

1798. Idotea, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 302.
1881. ,, Miers, Journ. L. S. Lond. vol. 16, p. 19. (Synonymy.)
1910. Stebbing, Gen. Cat S. Afr. Crust. Ann. S.A. Mus.
vol. vi. pt. 4, p. 432.

IDOTEA METALLICA, Bosc.

1802. Idotea metallica, Bosc. Hist. Nat. Crust, vol. 2, p. 179, pi. 15,

fig. 6.
1840. ,, rugosa, M. Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, vol. 3, p. 131.

1846. ,, robusta, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. (2) vol. 2, p. 108.

1847. ,, compacta, White, List. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 95.

1853. argentea, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. 14, p. 698, pi. 46,

fig. 1.
1881. ,, metallica, Miers, Journ. L. S. Lond. vol. 16, p. 35.

(Further synonymy.)
1905. Idothca metallica, Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54,

p. 362, figs. 392, 393.
(Omitted from the Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust. 1910.)

A cosmopolitan species. The Paris Museum possesses a series
from the Cape of Good Hope (teste Miers).

Cape Point NE. 28 miles. Surface. Flesh Point W. by N. f N.
distant 4J miles. Surface. s.s. " Pieter Faure." 24/6/03 and
30/12/03.

One specimen cast on beach at Chinde, mouth of the Zambezi.
29/10/12. (Coll. K.H.B.)

ENGIDOTEA, n. g.

Side-plates distinct in all peraeon segments except the first, and
as long as their respective segments. Pleon consisting of two seg-
ments with two pairs of lateral sutures. Second antennae with
multiarticulate flagellum. Maxillipeds 7- jointed. Inner plate of
first maxilla with two plumose setae. Uropods with only one
branch.

Eesembles Glyptidotea in the character of the side-plates, and

204 Annals of the South African Museum.

Paridotea as regards the composition of the pleon ; but differs from
both in having only two plumose setae on the inner plate of the first
maxilla.

ENGIDOTEA LOB ATA (Miers).
(Plate XVII. C.)

1847. Idotea iobata, White, List. Cr. Brit. Mus. p. 95, descript. nulla.
1881. ,, ,, Miers, J. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. 16, p. 57, plate ii.

figs. 8, 9.

Described from one dry specimen in the British Museum, without
locality.

Two specimens, 1<? and 1 immature ( 2 ?), in the South African
Museum (No. 8824) agree with Miers' description, except in a few
minor details, which may be due to their larger size.

First antenna reaches only to the extremity of the ante-penulti-
mate peduncular joint of second antenna, flagellum with ca. 15
groups of setae.

Second antenna extends only to the posterior margin of second
peraeon segment ; flagellum in the smaller specimen 10-jointed, in
the larger 12-jointed.

The mouth parts, not described by Miers, are as follows :

Epistome ti-ansverse, hardly flanking the labrum, which is twice
as broad as long, with hairs on the rounded angles but not in the
centre.

Lower lip, lobes quadrate, inner angles rounded, with stout setae
and smaller setules.

Mandibles, short and stout, cutting edge with 4 teeth, secondary
cutting edge with 3 teeth, molar denticulate, spine-row with ca. 5
plumose spines.

First maxilla, outer plate with 10 spines, inner plate with 2 plumose
setae and a minute setule.

Second maxilla is remarkable in having only 2 lobes (in both
specimens), the outer with 5-6 minutely serrate spines, the inner
with about 12 spines and, on the inner apical angle, 2 long stout
plumose setae.

Maxillipeds 7-jointed, 7th joint much smaller than 6th, inner plate
with about 10 apical spines and one strong coupling-hook, epipod
lanceolate, slightly curved inwards.

First peraeopods (gnathopods), 6th joint with 2 stout serrate spines
on inner margin ; 6th joint of the other peraeopods with one serrate
spine before the middle. Seventh joint in all the peraeopods strongly
biunguiculate.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 205

Male stylets on 7th peraeon segment contiguous, straight, slightly
narrowed distally, with blunt apices.

First and second pleopods with 6 hooked setae on inner apex
of peduncle.

Penial filament on the second pleopod nearly half as long again
as ranii.

No plumose seta representing the outer ramus of the uropod.

Length : 17 and 13 mm. ; breadth : 6 and 5 mm.

Colour : In spirit, straw-colour, with minute dots, chiefly visible
on the side-plates and pleon. A dark narrow medio-dorsal streak on
peraeon, dividing on segments 1, 4, 7 to enclose an oval space rather
lighter than the rest of the ground-colour.

Locality : St. James, False Bay, on seaweed in rock-pools. (Dr.
W. F. Purcell and Mrs. Purcell, Feb.-April, 1901.)

GEN: SYNIDOTEA, Harger.
For synonymy see Stebbing, S. Air. Crust, pt. 2, p. 59, 1902.

SYNIDOTEA SETIFER, n. sp.
(Plate XVIII. A.)

Body nearly parallel-sided, but tapering posteriorly, smooth. Head
with prominent antero -lateral angles, the margin between them
deeply excavate.

Eyes large, prominent.

Side-plates completely fused with their segments ; inferior margin
of 2nd and 3rd segments strongly angular, of 4th-7th segments
straight.

Pleon of two segments, the terminal one slightly narrower than
the first, sides slightly convex and converging distally, apex ernar-
ginate, lateral angles acute.

First antenna stout, 2nd and 3rd joints not very much more
slender than 1st, 4th joint a little longer than 2nd and 3rd combined,
narrowing distally and fringed with about 9 tufts of setae, with
a longer terminal seta.

Second antenna, ultimate joint of peduncle rather shorter than the
two preceding joints combined, flagellum 17-jointed, peduncle with
long scattered setae.

Epistome not broader distally than upper lip, which is rather
asymmetrically bilobed at the apex and fringed with long setae.

Lower lip as in S. hirtipes, inner margin strongly fringed.

206 Annals of the South African Museum.

Mandibles, cutting-edge in the left 4-toothed, in the right 3-toothed,
secondary cutting-edge 3-toothed, stronger in the left than in the
right, spine-row with 7 serrate spines in both mandibles, molar pro-
minent, denticulate, with setae on posterior margin.

First maxilla, outer plate with 10 not very stout, serrate spines,
inner plate with 2 long plumose setae.

Second maxilla as in S. hlrtipes.

Maxillipeds as in S. hirtipes, but the epipod is symmetrically
bevelled off on both inner and outer margins, instead of having an
inward sloping apical margin.

Peraeopods with long scattered setae, uniunguiculate. First
peraeopods (gnathopods) rather stouter than the others, 5th joint with
two small and indistinct tubercles on anterior margin, 6th joint
expanded. Peraeopods 2-7, 5th and 6th joints with 3-4 tubercles on
anterior margin. Peraeopods 6 and 7, 6th joint with 2 strongly
serrate spine-setae at the apex of inner margin.

Uropods, peduncle without oblique ridge, ramus not more than
one-third length of peduncle, as broad as long, apex transversely
truncate, outer angle rounded, 3 long plumose setae at outer apical
angle of peduncle.

Length : 15 mm. ; breadth : 4 mm.

Colour : In spirit, dull pinkish.

Locality : 33 3' S. lat. 27 57' E. long. 32 fathoms, s.s. " Pieter
Faure." 28/12/98.

One specimen, apparently an immature ? . (S.A.M, No. A20.)

FAMILY ASTACILLIDAE.

To the list of references given by Stebbing : S. Afr. Crust, pt. 4,
p. 50, 1908 (Ann. S.A.M. vol. vi. pt. 1), may be added :-

1911. Arcturidae, Koehler, Bull. Inst. ocean. Monaco, No. 214,
p. 1.

GEN. AECTUEUS, Latreille.

1829. Arcturus, Latreille, in Cuvier, Eegne Animal, 2nded. iv. p. 139.
1886. Beddard, Challenger Eep. vol. 17, p. 85.
1893. Stebbing, Hist. Crust, p. 370.

1904. ,, Whitelegge, Sci. Ees. Exp. " Thetis," pt. 7, p. 406.

1905. Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54, p. 327.
1910. id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. 37, p. 97.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of SoutJt Africa. 207

ARCTURUS (?) CORNIGER, Stebbing.

1873. Arcturus corniger, Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xii.

p. 96, pi. 3a, fig. 2.

1908. id. S. Afr.Crust.pt. 4, p. 51.

Locality : Port Elizabeth.

This species (which was omitted from the General Catalogue of
S.A. Crustacea, Stebbing, 1910) bears a strong likeness to the
species of Arcturopsis as regards the relative size of the 4th peraeon
segment. The " marsupial pouch of the fourth segment has a row
of tubercles below the hinge-line," but the number of pairs of
marsupial pouches is not given.

The pleon, judging from the figure, consists of one segment with
lateral indications of another fused with it.

The male is unknown, unless it is perhaps the following species,
which was taken at same place and time.

Stebbing (I.e.) remarks that this species should probably be
referred to Arcturella, but this was before Koehler instituted
Arcturopsis. Its true position can therefore only be ascertained
by the discovery of the male and the determination of the absence
or presence of the $ appendage on the 3rd (or 5th) peraeon
segment.

ARCTURUS (?) LINEATUS, Stebbing.
1873. Arcturus lineatus, Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xii.

p. 97, pi. 3a, Fig. 3.

1875. ,, id. ibid. (4), xv. p. 187.

Locality : Port Elizabeth.

(This species was also omitted from the Catalogue).

The sex is not stated. If a female it can hardly belong to the
genus Arcturopsis, owing to the absence of lateral protuberances on
the 4th peraeon segment.

GEN. ABCTUEOPSIS, Koehler.
1911. Arcturopsis, Koehler, I.e. p. 8.

ARCTUROPSIS HIRSUTUS, n. sp.
(Plate XIX. A.)

Sexual dimorphism, as usual in this genus, well marked. Head
smooth in $ , in 5 with 2 setiferous tubercles between the eyes and

208 Annals of the South African Museum.

2 rather larger ones just behind these, anterior margin semicircularly
excavate, antero-lateral angles subtruncate, eyes prominent, sub-
triangular, dark.

Peraeon segments 1-3 subequal in length, smooth in $ , in $ with
1 median setiferous tubercle. The first segment has the antero-
lateral angles produced almost to the vertical from the hind margin
of the eyes, where it meets a downward projection of the head
(cheek).

Fourth peraeon segment in $ 6 times as long as 3rd, cylindrical,
smooth with low inconspicuous median tubercle on posterior margin,
in $ not quite 6 times as long as 3rd, broadest in front where the
lateral margins are expanded to form a tubercle, posteriorly the
margin forms an expanded denticulated wing, dorsurn with 2 large
setiferous bosses in front, behind these a blunt median spine and on
the posterior margin 2 longer blunt spines. These spines are usually
very feebly setose, especially the median one, but in the single
specimen from False Bay all three bear strong tufts of setae.

Peraeon segments 5-7 larger than the first three, the 5th rather
larger than 6th or 7th, smooth in $ with low median tubercles, in
S? with stronger setiferous tubercles.

Side-plates not marked on first segment, on the 2nd and 3rd small
in $ but large and tubercular in ? , on the 4th small and indistinct
in both sexes, on 5th 6th and 7th large and tubercular in both
sexes.

The above applies to the ovigerous $ . The young $ has less
prominent non-setose dorsal tubercles.

Pleon composed of 3 short basal segments and the long telson, all
completely fused, the junctions being marked by furrows only,
smooth and glabrous in both sexes.

First antenna, reaching almost to the middle of 3rd joint of second
antenna, 1st joint broad, bluntly produced on inner margin, 2nd and
3rd joints subequal, rlagellum as long as peduncle, broadest a little
way from base, then tapering to a blunt apex, with apical tuft of
setules, and long marginal sensory filaments ca. 15 in $ , ca. 10
in J .

Second antenna, 1st and 2nd joints short, 3rd joint equal to 1st
and 2nd together, 5th joint equal to 2nd and 3rd together, 4th joint
a little longer, inner and lower surfaces of 3rd and, to a less extent,
4th joints with short blunt tubercles in $ , smooth in ? , flagellum
half length of 5th peduncular joint, its 1st joint long, 2nd joint one-
quarter length of 1st, 3rd joint one-third length of 2nd, junction
between 2nd and 3rd obscure, 3rd joint bearing a strong apical

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 209

tooth, inner margins of all 3 joints with clpse-set sharp teeth and a
few scattered setae.

Epistome not broader than upper lip, which is twice as broad as
long and asymmetrically bilobed, with fringe of setae.

Lower lip, lobes short and stout, apices rounded truncate.
Mandibles, cutting-edge quadridentate, secondary cutting-edge
tridentate in left, bidentate in right, spine-row with 3 spines in
left, 2 in right, molar prominent, bind and strongly denticulate
in right, entire in left.

First maxilla, inner plate with 3 stout plumose setae and a minute
spinule, outer plate with 9 spines serrate on their outer edges.
Second maxilla, outer plate with 4 serrate spines, narrower than
middle plate which has 5 serrate spines, inner plate nearly twice as
broad as other two plates together, with numerous plumose setae.
Maxillipeds $ , 4th 5th and 6th joints expanded internally, 7th joint
short and stout, inner plate truncate, with 1 strong coupling-hook
set a little within the inner margin, inner margins when in situ are
bent inwards, and fringed with stout plumose setae, epipod ovate,
reaching to middle of 4th joint. In the female similar, but 4th 5th
and 6th joints are less expanded, the epipod very large, irregular
rectangular, reaching to middle of 5th joint, basal joint has a laminar
expansion pointing posteriorly and helping perhaps to produce a
current of water in the brood chamber. It is present also in the
young 5 , but not so strongly developed.

First peraeopod (gnathopod) similar in both sexes, 2nd joint
longest, curved, 3rd and 4th joints short with few setae, 5th joint as
long as 3rd and 4th together, 6th joint not so long, 7th joint short,
blunt, as long as width of 6th, 5th 6th and 7th joints with thick
fringe of long setae, some doubly serrate, others simple. Unguis
longer than 7th joint.

Second, third and fourth peraeopods, 3rd joint shortest, 4th and
5th joints subequal, 6th longest, no trace of a 7th joint, all joints,
especially 4th 5th and 6th, with long simple setae on inner
margin.

Fifth, sixth and seventh peraeopods, 2nd joint longest, 4th and 5th
joints subequal, 6th joint equal to 3rd, 7th joint half as long as 6th
with strong apical tooth, unguis as long as width of 7th joint.

Marsupial plates developed on 1st 2nd 3rd and 4th peraeopods,
1st pair distinct in young ? as well as in ovigerous ? , lanceolate,
2nd and 3rd pairs shorter and broader, 4th pair large, posterior
margin with short inset lobe, 2 or 3 setiferous tubercles below hinge-
line. The young ? has shorter marsupial plates, the 4th pair being

210 Annals of the South African Museum.

very shallow and not expanded. In the specimen from False Bay
the tubercles are absent.

The male appendage on 3rd peraeon segment in both young and
adult takes the form of a low button-like protuberance, posteriorly
bilobed.

The male stylet on 7th peraeon segment only slightly tapering,
with blunt apex.

First pleopod, peduncle with obliquely transverse row of 5 plumose
spine-setae near base, rami a little longer than peduncle, broadest
distally, outer ramus with 3 strong plumose setae near base, both
margins and apex with long plumose setae, outer margin (next outer
ramus) of inner ramus without setae. In $ only the apices are
setose.

Second pleopod J , peduncle stouter than in first pleopod, with
transverse row of ca. 5 spines at about the middle, rami longer than
peduncle, penial filament longer than ramus, very narrow and
deeply bifurcate at apex. (This seems to be more correct than
describing it as ending in 2 long setae.)

Third-fifth pleopods ovate-lanceolate.

Uropods, elongate lanceolate, proximal end rounded, distal end
tapering, distal part of hinge margin fringed with plumose setae,
exposed ramus triangular, longer than broad, minutely setulose all
round, without spine, concealed ramus two-thirds length of exposed
ramus, and rather over one-third its width, with 2 long apical
setae.

Length $ : 12 mm. ; 5 : 10 mm. Second antennae $ : 8 mm. ;
$ : 6 mm.

Length of 2 from False Bay : 8 mm.

Colour : In spirit, yellowish white.

Locality : 10 miles N. of Eobben Island, Table Bay. 28 fathoms.
$ 3 and ? $ (with ova and embryos). 28/10/97. False Bay (Seal
Island, SW. ^ S. distant -J mile). 11 fathoms. 1 ? with embryos.
12/11/02. s.s. " Pieter Faure." (S.A.M. Nos. A54 and A53.)

This species is very near Arc turns corniger, Stebbing. This latter,
however, has 6 tubercles (2 median, 1 anterior pair and 1 posterior
pair) instead of 5 on the 4th peraeon segment ; the body is not
setose ; and the marsupial plate on the 4th segment has a row of
tubercles (6 in the figure) below the hinge-line.

I have placed this species in the genus Arcturopsis on account of
its general shape and the presence of an appendage on the 3rd
peraeon segment in the $ . This last feature Koehler says is

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 211

absolutely characteristic of his genus. He is also equally positive
that the 4 species which he assigns to it have only 3 pairs of
marsupial plates in the $ . But the present species has 4 pairs
distinct both in the ovigerous and the young females.

It would seem that this character by itself is not enough to delimit
the genera of Astacillidae ; for in Astacilla it is stated that there is
only 1 pair, attached to the 4th segment (Stebbing, 1893, Sars, 1897,
Eichardson, 1905), while in 1910 Eichardson corrects her previous
statement and says there are 2 pairs in A. granulata, caeca and
dilatata; and in 1911 Koehler maintains that A. granulata,
longicornis, deshayesii and his own mediterranean have 3 pairs.

ARCTUROPSIS HIRSUTUS, var. SUBGLABER.

Very similar to the female of A. hirsutus, differing only in the
following points.

Body less setose. Head with only two tubercles. Peraeon
segments 1-3 and 5-7 without medio-dorsal tubercles, the side-plates
only being tubercular. Fourth segment with an anterior pair of
bosses and a posterior pair of tubercles, lateral tubercles not very
prominent, postero-lateral margin not much expanded, not
denticulate.

There are four pairs of marsupial plates, of which the fourth has
a row of 4 inconspicuous tubercles below the hinge-line.

Uropods, concealed ramus bears 3 long apical spines and 1
short one.

The second antennae are incomplete.

Length : 17 mm.

Colour : In spirit, whitish.

Locality : St. Helena Bay (Paternoster Point SE. f S. distant
9 miles). 80 fathoms. 1 ? with ova. s.s. " Pieter Faure." 7/3/02.
(S.A.M. No. A52.)

I am unwilling to make this a new species in the absence of more
material, though the distinguishing characters seem to have more
than varietal value. The smaller size and thicker coating of setae
of A. hirsutus may possibly be due to the warmer water of Table
Bay. As noted above, the specimen of A. hirsutus from False Bay
(i.e. from the warm Agulhas current) is smaller and more strongly
setose than those specimens from Table Bay. These three forms
therefore constitute a series, with a rather wide gap between the
Table Bay form and the St. Helena Bay form.

212 Annals of the South African Museum.

GEN. ANTAKCTQEUS, zur Strassen.
ANTAECTUBUS KLADOPHOROS, Stebbing.

(Plate XVIII. B.)

1908. Antarcturus kladophoros, Stebbing, S.A. Crust, pt. 4, p. 53,
pi. 32 (where also a discussion of the genus will be
found).

Stebbing's description was based on a single female. The
following is a description of the male.

Body narrow and cylindrical, without setae.

Head, anterior margin with semicircular excavation, antero-lateral
angles blunt, shorter than diameter of the large and prominent eye,
inferior margin straight, without cheeks but with 2 small teeth,

2 low blunt tubercles between the eyes and behind these 2 long
spines, knobbed at ends and standing on broad boss-like bases.
Peraeon segments 1-3 not quite as long as head, subequal, covered
with scattered granules, 1st not produced downwards and forwards.
Fourth segment as long as head and first 3 peraeon segments
together, granular dorsally and ventrally, the largest of the granules
tooth-like and pointing backwards, 2 large teeth on posterior margin
curving backwards, postero-lateral angles produced into rounded
lobes. Sixth and seventh segments rather shorter than fifth, all
three granulate.

Side-plates distinct, 5th 6th and 7th triangular, 2nd and 3rd
small and not prominent, 1st and 4th forming downwardly produced
rounded lobes.

First antenna, 1st joint without spine, flagellum longer than
peduncle, with apical setae and 20 marginal filaments in pairs.

Second antenna, 1st joint with 1 blunt tubercle, 2nd joint with

3 on upper surface, 3rd joint with 3 on upper surface and 6-7 on
lower surface, 4th joint shorter than 5th, both long and slender
with a few setules, flagellum two-thirds fifth joint, 6-jointed, last
joint with small apical tooth.

Upper and lower lips as in ? .

Mandibles as in $ , spine-row with 3 spines, molar strongly
denticulate. First maxilla, outer plate with 11 spines, inner with 3
(2 long and 1 short) plumose setae.

Second maxilla, outer plate with 5 plumose setae, middle one with
3, inner plate with numerous plumose setae.

Maxillipeds as in ? , inner plate squarely truncate, with plumose
setae but no coupling-hook, epipod obovate reaching to end of
2nd joint.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 213

First peraeopod (gnathopod), 5th 6th 7th joints with long doubly
serrate setae, distal third of 7th joint suddenly narrowed, unguis
one-third length of 7th joint, otherwise as in 5

Peraeopods 2, 3, 4 becoming successively longer. In second
peraeopod 2nd joint equals 4th, 3rd joint twice length of 5th, all
with blunt spines, 6th joint not quite as long as 5th, 7th joint
one-quarter length of 6th, tipped with exceedingly long unguis
and a much shorter spine, finger and unguis together equal to
6th joint.

Third peraeopod, 2nd joint longer than 2nd joint of peraeopod 2,
3rd and 4th joints subequal, both shorter than 2nd, 5th joint equals
2nd and 3rd together, 6th joint a little shorter, 7th joint and unguis
as in peraeopod 2.

Fourth peraeopod, 2nd joint longer than 3rd and 4th together
and equal to 5th, 6th joint shorter than 6th in 2nd and 3rd
peraeopods, unguis also shorter.

Peraeopods 5, 6, 7 decreasing in length and stoutness, as in $ ,
but armature is not so strong, especially on 3rd joint, on which joint
in peraeopods 6 and 7 it is obsolete.

Male stylet on 7th peraeon segment lanceolate, sides straight,
apex blunt, slightly incurved. There is no appendage on the third
or fifth segments.

First pleopod, inner margin peduncle has ca. 12 hooked spines,
otherwise as in 2 , except that distal end of exopod is produced
outwards, and apex is shallowly trifid.

Second pleopod, peduncle short, rami long obovate, penial filament
narrow, strongly curved at base, distally tapering to a single long
point reaching to end of the plumose setae on apices of the rami.

Third-fifth pleopods, rami elongate lanceolate.

Uropods as in $ , but the denticles on the surface are blunter and
more granular.

Length: 18mm.; breadth: 1'75 mm. ; depth: 1-5 mm. Second
antenna: 20 mm.

Colour : In spirit, pinkish.

Locality : Cape St. Francis NE. distant 29 miles. 75 fathoms.
2<?<?. s.s. " Pieter Faure." 19/2/02. (S.A.M. No. A51.)

NEOAECTUEUS, n. g.

Body cylindrical, without bend between 4th and 5th peraeon
segments.

Fourth peraeon segment not longer than the third.

17

214 Annals of the South African Museum.

Side-plates distinct on all segments (except first?).

Pleon of 4 fused segments.

Second antennae with 3- jointed flagellum.

NEOAECTURUS OUDOPS, n. sp.
(Plates XVIII. C and XIX. B.)

Body granular, without bend between 4th and 5th peraeon seg-
ments ; head longer than broad, anterior margin excavate, antero-
lateral angles blunt, no cheeks, a transverse groove dividing two low
rounded and granular dorsal ridges, no eyes.

Peraeon, all the segments about equal in length, the anterior ones
being a little longer than the posterior ones, antero-lateral angles of
the 1st segment not much produced, the first four segments with
two transverse angular dorsal ridges, the anterior of which is smaller
than the posterior, the three last segments with one large transverse
ridge.

Side-plates distinct on all the segments (including the first ?).
Pleon of four fused segments, the dividing grooves being distinct,
first segment small and short, second large and swollen, the fourth
(telson) with lateral subapical wings.

First antenna, 1st joint stout, 3rd joint short and geniculate,
flagellum a little longer than 2nd joint, with 6 pairs of sensory
filaments and 2 apical setae.

Second antenna, 1st and 2nd joints short, 3rd 4th and 5th
becoming gradually more slender, 4th a little longer than 3rd and
5th a little longer than 4th, flagellum as long as 5th joint, 3-jointed,
the 2nd joint being the longest.

Upper lip shallow, semicircular, very minutely hirsute.

Lower lip, lobes broad, inner angles excised.

Mandibles, the left strongly angular, cutting-edge tridentate,
secondary cutting-edge bidentate, spine-row with 3 spines, molar
prominent, quadrate ; the right straight, both cutting-edges entire
and rather feeble, spine-row with one feeble spine, molar strong,
oblique, with setae on posterior surface.

First maxilla, outer plate with 9-10 spines, inner plate with
2 spines and some setules.

Second maxilla, outer and middle plates with 3 spines, inner with
numerous spines.

Maxillipeds, 1st joint strong, 3rd joint short, 7th joint short and
blunt, 5th 6th and 7th joints with pectinate setae, inner plate with
rather sharp inner angle, setose but without coupling-hooks, epipod

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 215

lanceolate, reaching to middle of 4th joint, margins smooth.
First peraeopod (gnathopod), 3rd 4th and 5th joints short, 6th
joint ovate-fusiform, posterior margins of 5th and 6th joints with
pectinate setae, 7th joint two-thirds length of 6th, setose,
biunguiculate.

Second, third and fourth peraeopods similar to one another
except that the 2nd joint is barely longer than 3rd in peraeopod
2, longer in peraeopod 3 and twice as long in peraeopod 4, 3rd and
4th joints short in all three peraeopods, 5th and 6th joints subequal,
7th joint three-quarters as long as 6th, bearing in peraeopods 2 and
3 1 very long and 1 shorter unguis, the longer one nearly twice
length of 7th joint, and in peraeopod 4 2 short ungues, the longer
of which is not half the length of 7th joint, inner margins of
2nd-6th joints with long setae.

Fifth, sixth and seventh peraeopods similar to one another except
that 2nd joint is long and narrow in peraeopod 5, shorter and some-
what ovate in peraeopod 6 and still shorter, strongly ovate and equal
to the 3rd joint in peraeopod 7, 4th and 5th joints short, 6th joint
with 4 curved spines on hind margin, each spine bearing a little
tuft of setules on its outer edge, 3rd and 6th joints subequal, 7th
joint shorter than 6th, setose, biunguiculate.

Male stylet on seventh peraeon segment, margins sinuous, apex
deeply bind, the lobes blunt.

No appendage on the 3rd or 5th peraeon segment.

First pleopod, peduncle with ca. 10 teeth on outer margin and
3 hooked spines on inner margin, endopod a little longer than
peduncle, with plumose setae, exopod nearly twice length of
peduncle, outer margin bearing 5 simple setae followed by 6
plumose setae, after which is a deep incision, the apex is bifid,
the outer and longer lobe spoon-shaped, with strong teeth on
inner margin and apically hirsute, inner lobe with plumose setae,
a setose ridge runs nearly whole length of exopod, ending on
the inner margin of the outer lobe.

Second pleopod, peduncle short and broad, outer margin with
2 plumose setae, inner with 3 hooked spines, rami equal, with
plumose setae, penial filament rather longer than rami, broadened
and bilobed distally, the inner lobe longer and narrower than the
outer. Third, fourth and fifth pleopods lanceolate, the endopods of
the third and fourth pairs shorter than the exopods.

Uropods elongate lanceolate, proximally rounded, minutely
setulose on both margins, outer margin distally with long plumose
setae and a short stout spine at the junction with the exposed lobe,

216 Annals of the South African Museum.

which is triangular and has a minute setule on either side of the
terminal spine, concealed lobe very small ending in one long seta.

Length : 5mm.

Colour : In spirit, whitish.

Locality : Cape Point NE. by E. 1 E., distant 38| miles. 755
fathoms. \$. s.s. " Pieter Faure." 23/6/05. (S.A.M. No. A69.)

This form seems to require the institution of a new genus, though
the absence of the female is greatly to be regretted.

The composition of the pleon separates Neoarcturus from all the
other genera except Arcturopsis, Arcturella and Arcturina; from
these it differs in the fourth peraeon segment not being longer than
the third, thus resembling Arcturus. The latter, however, has more
than four joints in the flagellum of the second antennae, whereas
this species has only three. Arcturina is distinguished by the
aberrant structure of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th peraeopods and Arc-
turopsis by the presence of an appendage on the 3rd (or 5th)
peraeon segment in the male.

Lastly, it approaches Antarcturus in the absence of coupling-
hooks on the maxillipeds and the peculiar first pleopods in the
male. The shape of the apex of the exopod of the latter in N. oudops
can be regarded as an exaggerated and ornate development of that
found in A. kladophoros.

GEN. PLEUEOPKION, zur Strassen.

1902. Antares, zur Strassen, Zool. Anz. xxv. p. 687 (nom. preocc.).

1903. Pleuroprion, id. ibid. xxvi. p. 31.

1905. Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54, p. 342.

1908. Stebbing, S. Afr. Crust, pt. 4, pp. 51, 52.

PLEUROPRION CHUNI, zur Strassen.

1902. Antares chuni, zur Strassen, Zool. Anz. xxv. p. 687, text-fig. 4.

1903. Pleuroprion chuni, id. ibid. xxvi. p. 31.

One <? and one ? from the Agulhas Bank, 156 metres
(" Valdivia ") (omitted from the General Catalogue, 1910).

FAMILY STENETEIIDAE.

1905. Stenetriidae, Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1904, ii. 2.

p. 315.
1905. ,, Eichardson, Bull. U.SNat. Mus. No. 54, p. 439.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 217

GEN. STENETEIUM, Haswell.

1881. Stenetrium, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. 5, p. 478.

1886. Beddard, Challenger Eep. vol. 17, p. 8.

1905. ,, Hansen, I.e. pp. 303, 316. (Conspectus specierum.)

1905. ,, Stebbing, in Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl.

Eep. xxiii. pp. 48, 53 (where previous references
are given).

1906. ,, Nobili, Bull. Mus. Paris, 12, p. 266.

1910. ,, Eichardson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23.

p. 110.

STENETEIUM CRASSIMANUS, n. sp.
(Plate XX. A.)

Whole body, in <? more so than $ , covered with rather long
hairs, which are especially numerous on the pleon.

Antero-lateral angles of the head slightly bent inwards, teeth
forming the inner angles of the sockets for the second antennae
fairly prominent, rostrum longer than broad with blunt apex. Eyes
kidney-shaped. First segment of the peraeon rather longer than
the rest, its antero-lateral angles strongly produced.

Lateral mai'gin of pleon with one tooth.

First antenna, 1st joint largest, 2nd joint shorter than 3rd, much
shorter than 1st, flagellum not quite as long as peduncle, composed
of ca. 12 joints very indistinctly separated.

Second antenna, 1st joint acutely produced externally, apex with
1 tooth and 4 setae, 3rd joint rather longer than 1st and 2nd com-
bined, exopod widening distally, 4th joint the shortest, 6th joint a
little shorter than 5th, flagellum a little longer than peduncle, with
many short scarcely separated joints.

Upper lip apically rounded ; epistome with distal margin bidentate
in the centre.

Lower lip, lobes with inner margin straight, outer strongly
sinuous, apices setose.

Mandibles, cutting-edge 4-toothed, secondary cutting-edge in
left mandible 3-toothed, in the right probably represented by 4
serrate spines, spine-row in left mandible with 6 serrate spines and
one arising from base of secondary cutting-plate, in the right with
5 serrate spines ; molar strong and prominent, with tufts of setae
on posterior margin; palp strong, 2nd joint with 2 long serrate

218 Annals of the South African Museum.

spines and several shorter ones, 3rd joint falciform, with short
marginal spines and longer serrate apical ones.

First maxilla, inner lobe with 3 strong spines, 1 weaker one
between the bases of the two inner spines, a small tooth and some
fine setules, outer lobe witli 11 more or less serrate spines.

Second maxilla, outer and middle lobes with 4 spines, inner
plate broader, with several serrate spines on inner margin.

Maxillipeds, epipod reaches to apex of 4th joint, apex of inner
plate with blunt teeth and serrate spines, three very short and
broad coupling-hooks.

First paraeopod (gnathopod) male, 3rd joint strongly and acutely
produced on upper margin, 4th joint subacutely produced, 5th
joint not produced on lower margin, 6th joint as broad as long,
thick and convex above, with a thin laminar process below forming
the palm and hind margin, front margin convex, setose, hind margin
densely setose, about as long as the palm, which is transverse,
setose, and has 2 strong teeth in the centre and a third tooth at its
junction with the hind margin, finger curved, longer than palm,
finely setulose.

First peraeopod (gnathopod) female, much smaller than in $ ,
3rd joint strongly and acutely produced on front margin, 4th joint
likewise produced in front and also less strongly on hind margin,
5th joint larger proportionately and squarer than in $ , 6th joint
half as long again as broad, margins nearly parallel, front margin
with a few isolated setae, hinder densely setose, palm shorter than
hind margin, transverse, defined by a strong spine and bearing a row
of pectinate spines decreasing in length towards the hinge of the
finger, where there is a bunch of longer setae, finger stout, only a
little longer than palm, with spiuulose inner margin.

Second peraeopod (gnathopod) slender, 2nd joint as long as or a
little longer than 3rd and 4th combined, 3rd joint a little longer
than 4th, with 1 spine in centre of front margin, 4th joint produced
in front, with 1 apical spine, 6th joint a little shorter than 2nd, 5th
joint a little shorter than 6th, 7th joint one-third length of 6th,
biunguiculate.

Third-seventh peraeopods do not differ from the second peraeo-
pods.

First pleopod, male, peduncle with 2 submediau spines, each
ramus with a long seta in the centre and a row of marginal setae.
First pleopod, female, tapering distally with bifid apex.
Second pleopod, male, as figured by Hansen but apex of penial
filament is acutely pointed.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 219

Third pleopod as figured by Hansen.

Fourth pleopod. Hansen in his description of the genus Stene-
trium, loc. cit. p. 305, says : "... a two-jointed exopod, which is
slightly longer and somewhat broader than the unjointed en-
dopod. . . ." This conflicts somewhat with his figure, pi. xx.
fig. 2fc. Stebbing describes and figures the exopod of the fourth
pleopod of S. chiltoni as narrower than the endopod, and this
is also the case in the present species.

Fifth pleopod, short and broad, distal end obliquely truncate,
apex setulose.

Uropod, peduncle shorter than rami, of which the inner is rather
longer than the outer, apical setae long and slightly plumose, the
others shorter and simple.

Length : 7 mm. ; breadth : 2 mm. Second antennae: 5 mm.

Colour: Greyish white, peraeon with faint indications of a darker
median line, most marked on the last three segments.

Locality : St. James, False Bay, under rocks, low tide. 29/4/12.
(Coll. K.H.B.) One $ , one ? with ova. (S.A.M. No. A2261.)

The distribution of the genus is cosmopolitan, species having
been recorded from shallow water in New Zealand, Australia, Siam,
Ceylon, the West Indies, and the " Challenger " obtained a deep-
water form off the Eio de la Plata in S. America. With the possible
exception of S. mediterraneum, Hansen, 1905, which Eichardson,
1910, says is synonymous with Jaera longicornis, the genus seems
absent from European waters.

FAMILY JAERIDAE.

1897. laniridae, G. 0. Sars, Crust. Norw. ii. p. 98.

1905. Parascllidae (part), Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1904, ii.

pt. 2, p. 315.
1905. Janiridae, Stebbing, in Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl.

Eep. 23, p. 48.

1905. Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54, p. 448.

1910. Jaeridae, Stebbing, J. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. 31, p. 224.

GEN. JANIEA, Leach.

1814. Janira, Leach, Edinb. Encycl. vii. p. 434.

1829. Oniscoda, Latrielle, Cuv. Eegne Anim. 2nd ed. iv. p. 141.
1840. M. Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, hi. p. 151.

1847. Henopomus, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidskr. (2) ii. p. 366.

220 Annals of the South African Museum.

1853. Asellodes, Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan. p. 41.
1886. Janira, Beddard, Challenger Eep. vol. 17, pt. 48, p. 5.
1898. A. 0. Walker, Tr. Biol. Soc. Liverp. vol. 12, p. 280.
1905. ,, Stebbing, in Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl.

Eep. 23, p. 49.
1910. Stebbing, J. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. 31, p. 224.

JANIRA CAPENSIS, n. sp.
(Plate XX. B.)

Body nearly parallel-sided, greatest width in the middle, covered
with small slender spines which are strongest on the lateral margins
of the peraeon.

Head, anterior margin somewhat produced, straight in centre,
slightly concave in front of the eyes, which are large, oval, black,
near the lateral margin. Peraeon, antero-lateral angles of the
segments produced as small spiniferous lobes, side-plates 1-4
bilobed, side-plates 5-7 extending beyond postero-lateral angles of
the segments, notched.

Pleon nearly circular, lateral margins minutely denticulated,
surface spiniferous, about 7 rather long slender spines on lateral
margin and a row of close-set spines at the apex between the uropods.

First antenna reaches to apex of 5th peduncular joint of second
antenna, basal joint of peduncle strongest, 3rd joint shorter than
2nd, 4th joint very small, flagellum 1^ times length of peduncle,
17-jointed, setose and with sensory filaments.

Second antenna longer than body, exopod on 3rd joint well
developed, with apical tuft of spines, 5th joint rather shorter than
6th, Hagellurn a little longer than peduncle, multiarticulate, rather
feebly setose.

Upper lip a little broader than long, apex rounded, with short
fine setules.

Lower lip, lobes broad and stout, outer margin very convex,
inner apical angles setose.

Mandibles, cutting-edge with (4 or) 5 teeth, secondary cutting-edge
in the left mandible similar, spine-row with 6 spines in the left, 8 in
the right mandible, palp 1st joint shortest, 2nd joint longest, with
a row of ca. 7 spines near apex, 3rd joint gently curved with
marginal and apical spines.

First maxilla, outer plate with ca. 9 spines, most of them serrate
on their inner margins, inner plate half as wide as outer, apex
rounded, with 4 strong spine-setae and numerous setules.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 221

Second maxilla, outer and middle plates with 3 long spines, inner
plate nearly twice as wide, with numerous setae.

Maxillipeds, 2nd joint stout, width equals outer margin, 3rd joint
twice as broad as long, 4th joint and proximal half of 5th broad,
5th joint narrowing rapidly distally, 6th joint not very slender,
7th joint shorter than 6th, inner plate with rounded-truncate
spinose apex, inner margin with 2-3 short stout coupling-hooks,
epipod reaching to the 4th joint, oblong, outer distal margin
obliquely truncate, not setose.

First peraeopod (gnathopod) $ , 3rd joint two-thirds length of 2nd,
4th joint half length of 3rd and shortly produced in front, 5th joint
equal to 2nd, hind margin slightly expanded, with one long stout
apical spine and one shorter subapical one, 6th joint slender, equal
to the 5th, setose on both margins, 7th joint very short, biunguiculate
with small tooth at base of ungues.

Second and following peraeopods similar to first but stouter and
rather shorter, expansion on 5th joint not so marked, apical and
subapical spines small, inner margin of 6th joint with solitary
spines, outer margin setose, triunguiculate.

First pleopods $ , peduncles fused basally, diverging distally, with
well-developed rami.

Second pleopod $ , peduncle longer than broad, narrowing distally,
exopod arising at apex of peduncle, distal portion of penial filament
a little longer than peduncle.

Third pleopod, outer ramus stout, longer than and nearly as broad
as inner, 2-jointed, inner ramus with 3 apical plumose setae.

Fourth pleopod, widest portion of outer ramus only half the width
of inner, 2nd joint tapering, with apical setae.

Uropods, both rami longer than peduncle, outer shorter than
inner, both margins undulate and with groups of spines, apices
also with spines.

Length : 4 mm. ; breadth : 2 mm. Second antennae : 6 mm.

Colour: Whitish, with minute stellate specks of dark pigment.

Locality : Sea Point, Cape Town. 25/4/98. (Dr. W. F. Purcell.)
Ij. St. James, False Bay. 11/8/12. (Coll. K.H.B.) 5<??. Under
stones at low tide. (S.A.M. No. A2263.)

GEN. IANIROPSIS, G. 0. Sars.

1897. laniropsis, G. 0. Sars, Crust. Norw. ii. p. 102.
1904. Janiropsis, Richardson, Harriman Alaska Exp. Crust. 10,
p. 221.

222 Annals of the South African Museum.

1904. Janiropsis, Bichardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 27, p. 665.
1910. Thielemann, Abh. Ak. Wiss, Miinchen. Suppl. 2,

Abh. 3, p. 70.

IANIROPSIS PALPALIS, n. sp.
(Plate XXI. A.)

Body nearly parallel-sided ; surface smooth, only a few short
setae on the lateral margins.

Head, anterior margin not very produced, front slightly concave,
antero-lateral angles obsolete, eyes small, oblong, dark, some little
distance from the lateral margin.

Peraeon, antero-lateral angles not much produced, side-plates
bilobed.

Pleon rather longer than broad, tapering very gently, apex flatly
rounded, with a row of setae, postero-lateral angles not prominent,
with a row of setae, margins entire.

First antenna reaches to middle of 5th peduncular joint of second
antenna, basal joint strongest, 3rd joint a little longer but more
slender than 2nd, 4th joint very small, flagellum 10-jointed in 3 ,
7-jointed in ? , with only a few sensory filaments.

Second antenna longer than body, exopod on 3rd joint well
developed, setiferous, 5th joint a little shorter than 6th, flagellum
about as long as peduncle, multiarticulate, feebly setose.

Upper lip as broad as long, with fine apical setae.

Lower lip, lobes broad, inner and outer margins equally
convex, so that inner angle becomes an apical angle, beset with
setae.

Mandibles, cutting-edge with 5 teeth, secondary cutting-edge in
left mandible with 5 teeth, spine-row with 6 spines and a blunt tooth
below them, molar prominent, denticulate, 2nd joint of palp slightly
the longest, with 2 long stout setae, 3rd joint curved, with apical and
marginal setae.

First maxilla, outer plate with ca. 10 serrate spines, inner plate
with 4 spines and several setules.

Second maxilla, outer and middle plates with 3 spines, inner plate
not quite twice as broad, with several spines and setules.

Maxillipeds $ , width of 2nd joint equal to inner margin, 4th joint
very broad, expanded on both margins, 5th joint as long as 1, 2, 3
combined, 6th joint slender and a little shorter than 5th, 7th joint
still more slender and a little shorter than 6th, inner plate rounded-
truncate, with apical spines and 2 stout coupling-hooks near its base,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 223

epipod small, reaching apex of 3rd joint, outer margin strongly
angular.

Maxillipeds $ , 4th joint not so much expanded as in $ , as long
as broad, 5th joint half as long as 4th, 6th joint a little shorter than
4th, 7th joint equal to 5th, epipod scarcely reaching apex of
3rd joint.

First peraeopod (gnathopod) similar in both sexes, 2nd joint
longest, 5th joint equal to 3rd, fusiform, not expanded, outer
margin with a few setae, inner margin with shorter and more
numerous setae, 6th joint not quite as long as 5th, 7th joint minute,
biunguiculate.

Second and following peraeopods stouter and rather shorter, 2nd
and 3rd joints both shorter than 5th, 7th joint triunguiculate.

Marsupial plates on segments 2, 3, 4.

First pleopod $ , distally expanded, without rarni.

First pleopod ? (operculum) broader than long, rounded ; distal

margin concave.

Second pleopod $ , peduncle apically pointed, exopod arising some
distance from apex, penial filament not projecting much beyond apex
of peduncle.

Third pleopod, outer ramus apically blunt, with 3 strong plumose
setae, one on outer angle, two on inner, inner ramus almost straight,
suture between its 2 joints oblique, 2nd joint not projecting much
beyond apex of outer ramus.

Fourth pleopod, inner ramus 1-jointed, half as long as outer
ramus, narrow and tapering to an acute point, outer margin (away
from outer ramus) setulose.

Uropods two-thirds length of pleon, peduncle nearly one-third
length of pleon, rami longer than peduncle, inner ramus longer than
outer, with apical and marginal groups of setae.

Length : 4 mm. ; breadth : 1 mm. Second antennae : 6 mm.

Colour: In spirit, whitish, with dark pigment specks, circular
(more or less) in the adult, stellate in younger specimens.

Locality: Sea Point, Cape Town. 19/5/96. (R. M. Lightfoot.)
Several J $ and 2 ? ? (one with ova). (S.A.M. No. A252.)

Kalk Bay, False Bay. 26/5/96. (E. M. Lightfoot.) Several $ $
and young. (S.A.M. No. A251.)

This species closely resembles I. longiantennata, Thielemann. The
second antennae, however, are even longer proportionately than in
that species, the shape of the head is different, the maxillipeds in
the $ differ in the 4, 5, 6, 7 joints, and the epipod in both sexes
does not extend beyond the apex of 3rd joint.

224 Annals of the, South African Museum.

The genus contains only 4 other species, viz. : /. brcviremus, G. 0.
Sars, 1897, from Norway, I. calif ornica, Kichardson, 1904, from Cali-
fornia, J. kincaidi, Kichardson 1904, from Alaska, and /. longian-
tennata, Thielemann 1910, from Japan.

GEN. JAEEOPSIS, Koehler.

1885. Jaeropsis, Koehler, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 6, vol. 19, art. 1, p. 2.

1886. Beddard, Challenger Eep. vol. 17, p. 20.
1893. Stebbing, Hist. Crust, p. 379.

1905. ,, id. in Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl. Eep. 23,

p. 50.
1909. Eichardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. 36, p. 421.

JAEKOPSIS CURVICOBNIS, (Nicolet).
(Plate XX. C.)

1849. Jaera curvicornis, Nicolet, in Gay's Hist, de Chile. Zool. vol. 3

p. 263. pi. 3, fig. 10.

1891. Jaeropsis neo-zelanica, Chilton, Tr. N.Z. Inst. vol. 24, p. 267.
1902. ,, cnrv/cornis, Eichardson, Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci. vol. ii.

p. 298.
1905. Stebbing, I.e. p. 51, pi. xi. (C).

The single specimen differs only in details from the descriptions
of Chilton and Stebbing ; both the latter, like Nicolet's, were based
on females, whereas this specimen is a male.

The head is broader than long, the antero-lateral angles not so
produced as in Stebbing's figure ; the eyes are dark.

Second antenna, 5th joint not denticulate on inner (front) margin
as in Stebbing's figure.

Mandibles, the spine-row has 10 spines.

The apex of the pleon between bases of the uropods is convex ; in
Stebbing's figure it is emarginate. The lateral margins have 3 teeth
on one side, 4 on the other.

First pleopods very little expanded distally, with rami.

Second pleopods, peduncle lanceolate, exopod arising some distance
from apex, male stylet hardly projecting beyond its apex.

Third pleopods, inner ramus with 3 apical strong plumose setae,
outer ramus very little longer than inner, 2-jointed, 2nd joint apically
pointed.

Fourth pleopods, outer ramus minute.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 225

The uropods have a tooth at the apex of the peduncle.
Length : 3-5 mm. ; breadth : 0'75 mm.
Colour : Whitish.

Locality : St. James, False Bay. 29/4/12. (Coll. K.H.B.) 1 $ .
(S.A.M. No. A2262).

Distribution : Chile, New Zealand, and Ceylon.

FAMILY MUNNOPSIDAE.

1861. Munnopsidae, M. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1860, p. 84.

1893. ,, Stebbing, Hist. Crust, p. 383.

1897. ,, G. 0. Sars. Crust. Norw. vol. 2, p. 132.

1905. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54, p. 485.

1905. Parasellidae (part), Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1904, ii. 2,

p. 315.
1912. Munnopsidae, Richardson, Bull. Inst. ocean. Monaco. No. 227,

p. 1.

GEN.: MUNNOPSURUS, Richardson.
1912. Munnopsurus, Richardson, I.e. p. 1.

MUNNOPSURUS MIMUS, n. sp.
(Plate XXI. B.)

Body smooth, head broader than long, widest in front, more
strongly calcined than any other part, anterior margin excavate.

Peraeon, first segment as wide as head, lateral portions produced
forwards, scabrous, second, third and fourth segments wider than
head, third and fourth rather wider than second, antero-lateral angles
scabrous and bearing 1 small spine each, fifth, sixth and seventh
segments separated from anterior segments by a marked gap and not
separated from one another as are the latter, with shallow median
groove but no tubercles, lateral portions quadrate.

Side-plates 1-4 bilobed, scabrous, 5-7 entire, not so angular as in
I\L arcticns, scabrous but less so than the 4 anterior ones.

Pleon as long as broad, evenly rounded without median lobe.

First antenna, 1st joint very stout, 2nd joint acutely produced
internally, with 1 strong and 2 smaller spines, 3rd joint equal to
2nd with one small spine on outer apical angle, 4th joint one-quarter
as long, flagellum in $ 4 times, in J \\ times as long as peduncle,
with long setae on lower edge.

Second antenna, 1st joint small and developed chiefly on outside,

226 Annals of the South African Museum.

2nd joint broader than long, 3rd joint with acute projection on upper
side covering the junction of the 4th joint, which consequently
appears to be sunk in the 3rd, outer margin of 3rd joint with small
but distinct and movable scale bearing 2-3 apical spines, inner
margin slightly convex with 1 strong outstanding spine, 4th joint
also hollowed out beneath to receive the 5th joint, 5th and 6th joints
and the flagellum not preserved intact on any of the specimens, 5th
joint measures 17 mm., the 6th joint 14 mm., and the flagellum
30 mm., 6th joint about as slender as peraeopods 2-4, 5th joint a
little stouter.

Upper lip as broad as long, proximal portion triangular and
forming a low blunt tubercle, distal margin evenly and rather flatly
rounded, minutely hirsute. Epistome strongly calcined, semicircular,
embracing the proximal half of labrum.

Lower lip, outer lobes broad, apices bluntly rounded, inner margin
densely fringed, inner lobes well developed.

Mandibles, cutting-edge bilobed in left, entire in right, molar
stronger than in M. arcticus, with small brush of setae.

First maxilla, outer lobe with 12 spines, some of them minutely
serrate on outer margins, inner lobe with incurved apex bearing
2 long spine-setae and numerous fine setules.

Second maxilla, outer and middle lobes similar, bearing long
curved spine-setae, serrate on inner margins, inner lobe twice as
broad with 16-18 rather shorter doubly-serrate spine-setae.

Maxillipeds, 4th joint largest, 5th joint with outer margins short,
inner margin expanded but not sharply produced, 6th joint strongly
expanded internally, 7th joint slender and a little shorter than 6th,
inner plate squarely truncate, with apical plumose setae and 8
coupling-hooks near the base, epipod reaching half-way along 4th
joint, lanceolate, apically pointed, inner margin nearly straight,
outer convex and distally oblique.

First peraeopods a little longer than body, 5th joint the longest,
6th joint two-thirds length of 5th, 7th joint about one-seventh length
of 6th.

Second, third and fourth peraeopods very long, about 2J times
length of body, 6th joint twice length of 5th, 7th joint one-quarter
length of 6th, biunguiculate.

Marsupial plates developed on peraeopods 1-4, not meeting in the
middle line, except in the ovigerous 5 , where the 2nd 3rd and 4th
pairs are greatly enlarged.

Fifth, sixth and seventh peraeopods, 5th joint strongly expanded
posteriorly, narrowing rapidly distally, 6th joint symmetrically ovate,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 227

less strongly expanded, both 5th and 6th joints with plumose setae
on both margins, 3rd joint with a few plumose setae on posterior
margin, 7th joint as long as width of 6th, very slender, margins
minutely setulose, apex with 2-3 setae.

Male appendages on 7th segment narrow, slender, distal three-
quarters thread-like, not extending beyond the first pleopods.

First pleopods $ , long and narrow, not apically expanded, rami
projecting a little beyond the apices of peduncles.

Operculum $ evenly rounded and without (or with very indistinct)
keel.

Second pleopods $ , strongly contracted near the apex, male stylet
barely longer than peduncle.

Third pleopods, outer lobe 2-jointed, narrow, strongly curved but
hardly reaching beyond apex of broad inner lobe.

Fourth pleopod consists of 2 broad rather wrinkled lamellae, the
anterior one being smaller and fitting within the posterior one, which
fits within the still larger and similarly wrinkled fifth pleopod, which
consists of only a single lamella.

Uropods small, peduncle barely projecting beyond margin of pleon,
inner ramus as long as peduncle, with 2 apical spines, outer ramus a
little longer, with 3 apical spines and a few setae.

Length : 3 11 mm. $ 14 mm. ; breadth : $ 4 mm. $ 5 mm.

Colour : In spirit, whitish or faintly pinkish.

Locality : Lion's Head SE. J S. distant 50 miles, 230 fathoms ;
24 $ ? (some with ova) and 4 $ $ . 2/4/02. Cape Point NE.
distant 40 miles, 560-700 fathoms ; 1 mutilated specimen. 17/9/03,
s.s. " Pieter Faure." (S.A.M. Nos. A1614 and A2458.)

This species is very near to the type species M. arcticus,
Eichardson, but differs in the following characters :

There are no dorsal tubercles on peraeon segments 5-7 and the
pleon is evenly rounded, not produced into a median lobe.

The mandibles have more strongly developed molars and the left
cutting-edge is bilobed.

Inner lobe of the first maxilla has 2, not 3, spines ; and the spines
on outer and middle lobes of the second maxilla are long and pointed,
not short and blunt.

The sixth joint of the maxilliped is strongly expanded, not parallel-
sided as represented in Kichardson's figure.

The second pleopod in the male is distally narrowed, the outer
margin not being evenly convex.

The uropods have apical spines instead of being rounded.
M. arcticus is recorded from Nova Zembla.

228 Annals of the South African Museum.

FAMILY DAJIDAE.

1887. Dajidae, Giard and Bonnier, Travaux de 1'Inst. Zool. Lille,

vol. 5.

1893. Stebbing, Hist. Crust, p. 398.
1895. Dajinae, Hansen, Isopoden d. Plankton Exp. p. 22.
1897 (-1899). Dajidae, G. O. Sars Crust. Norw. ii. p. 221.
1905. Dajidae, Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 54, p. 572.

GEN. ZONOPHEYXUS, Eichardson.

1903. Zonophryxiis, Eichardson, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. p. 51.

1904. ,, id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. 27, p. 677.

1910. id. Washington Bur. Fish. Doc. 736, p. 41.

1911. Koehler, Bull. Inst. ocean. Monaco, No. 196, p. 16.

ZONOPHRYXUS QUINQUEDENS, n. Sp.

(Plate XXII.)

Body of $ oval. The dorsal surface shows four thoracic segments
marked by indistinct sutures and four abdominal segments of which
the sutures are very clear and deep in the middle line but indistinct
laterally. The thoracic segments are more marked ventro-laterally.
The margin which surrounds the body ventrally has 4 small notches
in the thoracic region and posteriorly is produced into 10 triangular
teeth, 5 on each side without a median one.

The external antennae are apparently 1-jointed (not 2- jointed as in
Z. grimaldii). The internal antennae are large and laminar, indis-
tinctly divided into two portions, of which the posterior embraces
the upper and lower lips (rostrum).

Upper lip broad, margin entire, very slightly emarginate on either
side of a central convexity.

Lower lip narrower, tapering, with distal end deeply indented.
Both lips are curved towards one another at the sides so as to form a
cone. Through the opening at the apex of this cone project the
narrow gouge-shaped mandibles.

Maxilla. In one specimen there were two appendages lying
beneath the maxillipeds and about in the same position, the "palp "
pointing outwards as does the epipod of the maxillipeds. Both the
palp and the outer margin of the basal plate are minutely serrulate.
In two other specimens I have failed to find any trace of these
appendages. Koehler (I.e.) makes no mention of them, but says he

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 229

refrained from dissecting the single specimen at his disposal ; and
they cannot be seen until the maxillipeds have been removed.

Maxillipeds indistinctly 2-jointed, with well-developed epipod. All
five pairs of peraeopods are similar, consisting of four stout joints
and a curved unguis with 2 setae on its inner margin.

Marsupial plates, 1st pair elongate, composed of a short outer lobe
and a longer inner lobe, almost completely covering the maxillipeds,
2nd and 3rd pairs very small, 4th pair larger but not equalling the
1st pair, 2nd-4th pairs completely hidden under 1st pair, 5th pair
very large, extending to hinder end of body.

When the marsupial plates are folded back the ventral surface of
the body shows a wrinkled (this is perhaps due to preservation)
median ridge and four transverse ridges ; the first transverse ridge is
just below the opercular plate (sternite) ; at the sides of the third ridge
is a pair of 2-jointed appendages, representing the single pair of
pleopods. At the extreme end of the body are three raised pads,
apparently representing the last three pleon segments. If so, the
segment below the opercular plate is the seventh peraeon segment.

A single specimen of a young female shows a transverse head with
which the 1st peraeon segment is fused, and 5 free peraeon segments.
The 7th peraeon segment is fused with the abdomen, which is com-
posed of a single segment. There are 7 papillae along the medio-
ventral line. The rostral cone shows no differentiation into upper
and lower lips, and there is no trace of the mandibles. There are
7 pairs of peraeopods, each consisting of 5 joints and a curved
unguis ; they appear hammer-shaped owing to the 5th joint being
very much larger than the small 3rd and 4th joints and being much
expanded behind.

Between the 3rd and 4th (free) segments of the right side a
cryptoniscan male was attached.

The male is similar in shape to that of Z. retrodens, Richardson
(Proc. U.S.N.M. vol. 27, 1904, p. 679, fig. 33). On each of the
6 free peraeon segments there is a rounded median ventral papilla.

The oval pleon shows three indistinct furrows.

Mandibles minute, styliform, with broadened bases.

Peraeopods 5-jointed, hammer-shaped, first 2 joints large, stout,
2nd and 3rd joints small, 5th joint large, transversely oval, with
curved unguis.

The single specimen was found under the right 5th marsupial
plate of a female measuring 8 mm. by 4-5 mm.

Cryptoniscus stage. The peraeon and pleon show the full comple-
ment of segments, the postero-lateral angles being acutely produced

18

230 Annals oj the South African Museum.

backwards. First antenna has 2 large basal joints and 2 minute
terminal lobes, both lobes and the posterior apical angle of 2nd
basal joint with thick tufts of setae.

Second antenna, peduncle 4-jointed, basal joint large, flagellum
5-jointed.

Peraeopods 1 and 2 stout, 3-jointed, 3rd joint with ill-developed

unguis.

Peraeopods 3-5 long, slender, 6-jointed, 2nd joint distally
expanded on front margin, 3rd and 4th joints small, 5th joint almost
as long as 1st, elongate oval, with short oblique palm defined by one
spine and bearing 2 others in the middle, finger longer than palm
but not half as long as 5th joint.

Peraeopods 6 and 7 similar to peraeopods 3-5 but 5th joint is
slender and tapering, the finger as long as 5th joint, very slender
and tapering, nearly straight.

Pleopods, peduncle short, broad, with 2 setae on inner apical
angle, rami subequal, set rather far apart on peduncle, tipped with
long plumose setae.

Uropods, peduncle very short, outer ramus minute, tipped with se-
tae, inner ramus nearly as long as 6th pleon segment and not clearly
distinguished from peduncle, tapering gradually, tipped with setae.

Length : 22 mm. ; $ : 2-5 mm. ; breadth $ : 14 mm. ; $ : 1 mm.

Length of young female with same form as adult and with
attached male : 8 mm. ; of younger female with attached cryptoniscid
male : 5 mm.

With the exception of Holophryxus giardi, Richardson (39 mm.),
this is the largest member of the family.

Colour : In spirit, yellowish.

Locality : Cape Point NE. by E. distant 36 miles, 650-700 fathoms.
2? $ , 1 $ juv. and 3 Cryptoniscus larvae. 8/7/03. Cape Point
ENE., distant 36 miles, 660 fathoms. 1 ?. 22/7/03. Cape Point
NE. f E., distant 29 miles, 470 fathoms. 1? with $ . 11/6/03. s.s.
"Pieter Faure." (S.A.M. Nos. A270-1, A2276.)

The host is unknown ; but in the same bottles were numbers of a
deep-red Decapod allied to Nematocarcinus (at present awaiting
identification), as well as a few specimens of Acanthephyra purpurea,
Glyphocrangon sculpt us and Polycheles beaumontii. The presence of
one Zonophryxus in a bottle containing only Nematocarcinus may
justify the view that this latter Decapod is the only host.

Only three other species of the genus are known : Z. retrodcns,
Richardson, 1904, from Hawaiian Islands ; Z. trilobus, Richardson,
1910, from Philippine Islands ; and Z. grimaldii, Koehler, 1911, off
the coast of Portugal.

PLATE XVII. A.
T<in<iix spongicola, n. sp.

ep. + l.s. Epistome and upper lip.

l.i. Lower lip.

mx. 1, 2. First and second maxillae.

gn. 1 3 . First gnathopod male.

gn. 1 ? . First gnathopod female.

pi. 4, 5, + urop. Pleon segments 4, 5 and 6 with uropods.

PLATE XVII. L.
Giiatliid nfi'ican/i , n. sp.

n.s. cT . Natural size male, peraeopods omitted.

profile <r . Profile of head of male.

prp. Peraeopod of male.

mand. mx. 1, 2, juv. Mandible and first and second maxillae of larva

mxp. juv. Maxilliped of larva, with portion further enlarged.

I'r.ATF. XVII. C.
Eiiflidotca lohuta (Miers).

ant. 1. Upper antenna, with a group of setae further enlarged.

ep. + 1-s. Epistome and upper lip.

l.i. Lower lip with marginal setae further enlarged.

mx. 2. Second maxilla.

mxp. Maxilliped with portion of 6th and 7th joints further enlarged.

Ann. S.Afr.Mus.Vol.X.

Plate XVII.

"West, Newman lith.

A. TANAIS SI ) ONGICOLA,7^^. B. GNATHIA AFRICANUS, n.sp.
C. ENGIDOTEA LOBATUS (.Miers}

PLATE XVIII. A.
teii netifer, n. sp.

n.s. Natural size of specimen, peraeopods omitted.

ant. 1. First antenna.

ant. 2. Second antenna.

mand. Mandible with molar I'm'thor enlarged.

mxp. Maxillipc-d.

pry. 1 (gn.). First peraeopod (gnathopod).

PLATE XVIII. 13.
iinift kladophoros, Stebbing.

n.s. j . Natural size ol' male, peraeopods not completely drawn in.
ant. '2. First three joints of second antenna.
1. mand. rt. mand. Left and right mandibles.

prp. 1 (gn.). Seventh joint of first peraeopod (gnathopod), setae omitted, but one
drawn on a larger scale.

pen. Male stylet on 7th peraeon segment.

pip. 1. First pleopod.

pip. '2 J . Second pleopod of male.

PLATE XVIII. C.

is oixlopx, n. g. et sp.

l.i. Lower lip.

pen. Male stylet on 7th peraeon segment.

urop. Terminal portion of uropod.

Arm.. S.Afr. Miis. Vol. X.

Plate XVIII.

A.

\
nrop.

K.H.B.del. West.Kewman lth.

A. SYNIDOTEA SETIFER,^.^ B. ANTARCTURXJS KLADOPHOROS, Stebb.
C. NEOARCTURUS OUDOPS, n..q e ffp.

PT.ATK XIX. A.
.1 r<-tiir<>j>*i* liiixntns, n. sp.

U.K. 3 , n.K. ?. Natural size of male and female respectively, the hitter drawn in
lateral and dorsal views, bases only of perai-opnds indicated.

ant. 1. First antenna with sensory tilament further enlarged.
nixp. rf , mxp. . Maxilliped of male and female.

prp. 1 (gn.) ? | mars. pi. First peraeopod of female with marsupial plate. One
seta from 5th joint further enlarged.

pen. Male stylet on 7th peraeon segment.

app. per. 3. Male appendage on l-Jrd peraeon segment.

pip. 1. First pleopod.

pip. '2 rf . Second pleopod of male.

PLATE XIX. B.
Neoarctiiniit nudops, n. g. et sp

us. Natural size of specimen, in lateral view: pic mi ami telson in dorsal view;
peraeopods omitted.

mxp. Maxilliped.

pip. 1. First pleopod with hooked seta from peduncle and the terminal portion of
exopod further enlarged.

pip. '2 rf . Second pleopod of male with apex of penial tilament further enlarged.

Ann. S.Afr.A

n.s.

K.H.B del.

A. ARCT1TROPSIS HTRSUTUS n.sp. B . NEOARCTURUS OUDDPS, n.g el sjo.

PLATE XX. A.

crasaimanus, n. sp.

n.s. Natural size of specimen, peraeopods omitted.

l.i. Lower lip.

nixp. Maxilliped with coupling-hooks and apical armature of inner plate further

enlarged.

prp. 1 (gn.) rf . First peraeopod (gnathopod) of male.
prp. 1 (gn.) ? . First peraeopod (gnathopod) of female, magnification twice that of

male.

pip. 1 cf . First pleopod of male.
pip. 2 $ . Second pleopod of male.
pip. 4. Fourth pleopod.

I'LATK XX. Li.

x, n. sp.

mxp. Maxilliped.

prp. 1 (gn.) 3 . First peraeopod (gnathopod) of male, with 7th and terminal
portion of (ith joints enlarged.

pip. 1 $ . First pleopod of male.

pip. 2 $ . Second pleopod of male.

pip. 3. pip. 4. Third and fourth pleopodt?.

tels. -{- urop. Portion of telson with one of the uropods.

PLATE XX. C.
opxi*: i-nrricornis, (Nicolet).

pip. 1 j First pleopod of male.
pip. 2 c? . Second pleopod of male.
pip. 3, pip. 4. Third and fourth pleopods.
urop. Uropod.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. Vol. X.
A.

Plate XX.

prpl(gn)
?

pip 4

plp.l cJ.

pip. 2 cf.

urop.

B.del.

plp.3.

lith.

A. STENETRIUM CRASSIMA'NUS, n. sp B. JANIRA CAPENSIS , n.sp.
C. JAEROPSIS Cl3ILVlCO~R'NIS,,CJV~iGoZeJ

I'l.ATE XXI. A.

ix /)//'//*, n. sp.

1. mancl. vt. mand. Left and right mandibles.

mxp. <? , mxp. ? . Maxillipeds of male and female respectively.

pip. 1 i . First pleopod of male.

pip. 1 ?. First pleopod (operculum) of female.

pip. 2 j . Second pleopod of male.

pip. 3, pip. 4. Third and fourth pleopods.

tels. -f urop. Telson with one of the uropods.

PLATE XXI. B.
Munnopsurus iitiiitux, n. sp.

ant. 1 ? . llight first antenna of female viewed from above.

ant. 2. First four joints of peduncle of left second antenna, viewed from below.

ep. -j- l.s. Epistome with upper lip.

l.i. Lower lip.

1 inand. Left mandible with brush on molar and terminal portion of palp lurtlar
enlarged.

mx. 1. First maxilla.

mx. 2. Second maxilla with setae from outer and inner plates further enlarged.

pen. Male stylet on 7th peraeon segment.

pip. 1 + 2 3 . First and second pleopods of male, with apex of first pleopod further
enlarged.

pip. 3. Third pleopod.

Ann . S. Afr . Mus .Vol. X.

Plate XXI

l.mand.

pip 2

pip 19

pip 1 <S.

pip 4.

pip 3.

B.

r

\

K.H.B.del . West, Newman lith.

A. 1AN1ROPSIS PALPALIS, n.sp. B. MUNNOPSURUS MIMUS , n.sp.

PLATE XXII.
Zonophryxus quinquedens, n. sp.

n.s. Natural size of adult female, drawn in dorsal and ventral views

n s. * juv. Natural size of young female with Cryptoniscan male attached

n s. 3 . Natural size of male.

ant. 1+2 ? . Left first and second antennae of female.

Is ? . Upper lip of female.

l.i. ? . Lower lip of female.

mand. v . Mandible of female.

1. mx. 9 . Left maxilla of female.

rt. mxp. ? . Eight maxilliped of female.

prp. ? . Peraeopod of female.

prp. ? juv. Peraeopod of young female.

pip. ? . Pleopod of female.

mand. 3 . Mandible of male.

prp. j . Peraeopod of male.

head + app. Crypt. Head of Cryptoniscus larva with tirst and second antennae
and rostral cone.

prp. o. Crypt. Third peraeopod of Cryptoniscus larva.

pi. (I + urop. Crypt. Sixth pleon segment with uropods of Cryptoniscus larva.

Ann . S . Afr. Mus .Vol. X .

Plate XXII.

ant 1 + 29

rt. mxp 9 .

l.s.5

n.s.9.

l.mx 9.

Li. 9

n.s.

9.

J-U.V.

n.s.

d 1

ppp

pip.?.

mand d.

prp 9.

lie ad + app
Crypt.

prp 3.
Crypt

West, Newman lith.

ZONOPHRYXUS QUINQUEDENS, n.sp.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 231

2. DESCRIPTION OP A NEW SPECIES OF PHREATOICUS (!SOPODA)

FROM SOUTH AFRICA.

(Plates XXIII. and XXIV.)

The tribe Phreatoicidea, Stebbing, was instituted to receive some
peculiar Isopods resembling most nearly the Asellota, but differing
from them in certain respects and possessing also an external
likeness to the Amphipoda. It contains a single family, comprising,
besides the typical genus with eight species, three other genera
each with only one species.

The following is a list of all the hitherto known species.

TRIBE PHREATOICIDEA, Stebbing, 1893.

FAMILY PHBEATOICIDAE, Chilton, 1891.

1. GEN. PHREATOICUS, Chilton, 1882.

1. P. typicus, Chilton, 1882. A blind species, from wells near

Canterbury, New Zealand.

2. P. aus trails, Chilton, 1891. With eyes, from Mt. Kosciusko,

5,700 ft., Victoria, Australia.

Thompson, 1892, reported this species from Mt. Wellington,
Tasmania, but subsequently (1894) referred his original specimen
to the young of his species P. tasmaniae. Since then Smith, 1909,
has recorded P. australis from several localities in Tasmania, from
sea-level to the top of Mt. Wellington, 4,000 ft. According to the
arrangement of spines on the uropods he distinguishes three varieties,
to which, however, he does not give separate names.

3. P. asswulis, Chilton, 1894. Blind, from wells near Canterbury,

New Zealand.

4. P. tasmaniae, Thomson, 1894. With eyes, from the Great Lake,

3,000 ft., Tasmania.

Annals of the South African Museum.

5. P. shephardi, Sayce, 1900a. Blind, from a surface spring at

2,000 ft., near Melbourne, Australia.

6. P. kirkii, Chilfcon, 1906. Blind, from fresh-water lagoon, New

Zealand.

6<z. P. k. var. dunedinensis, Ghilton, 1906. Blind, from streams
near Dunedin, New Zealand.

7. P. spinosus, G. Smith, 1909. With eyes, from the Great Lake,

3,000 ft., Tasmania.

This species is very similar to P. tasmaniae, especially as regards
the telson and uropods. P. tasmaniae was described from a dried
specimen, and Smith apparently has not seen this paper, since
he quotes Thomson's record of P. australis from Mt. Wellington
and makes no reference to Thomson's own correction in 1894.
According to Thomson the young of P. tasmaniae differs from older
specimens (| inch) as regai'ds the spines on the body, so that it
is possible that P. spinosus (Smith gives its length as 15-25 mm.)
is only a larger form of P. tasmaniae, though the 5th pleon segments
differ.

8. P. brevicaudatus, G. Smith, 1909. With eyes, from the Great

Lake, 3,000 ft., Tasmania.

2. GEN. PHBEATOICOPSIS, Spencer and Hall, 1897.

1. P. terricola, Sp. and Hall, 1897. With eyes, burrowing in the
banks of the Upper Gellibrand Eiver, Victoria, Australia.

3. GEN. PHEEATOICOIDES, Sayce, 1900.

1. P. gracilis, Sayce, 1900. Blind, from surface runnels, Gippsland,
Victoria, Australia.

4. GEN. HYPSIMETOPUS, Sayce, 1902.

1. H. intrusor, Sayce, 1902. Blind, in the burrows of the land-
crayfish Engaeus, Tasmania.

From the above it will be seen that the family is distributed thus :
New Zealand 3 species (1 genus) ; Australia 4 species (3 genera) ;
and Tasmania 5 species (2 genera). Only one species is common
to any two regions, namely, P. australis from Australia and
Tasmania. The distribution of the family is thus a very narrow
one. Sayce, 1902, remarks that it would be interesting to know

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 233

if any representatives were found in South America. The discovery
of a species on Table Mountain, South Africa, is therefore of great
interest, as being one more fact in support of the existence of an
ancient land-mass connecting the Southern continents (Gondwana-
land).

PHREATOICUS CAPENSIS, n. sp.
(Plates XXIII. and XXIV.)

Specific diagnosis. Body rather stout, surface with short scattered
hairs, eyes well developed, head not as long as first and second
peraeon segments together, first and second peraeon segments
subequal in length, penultimate joint of first antenna as long as
the preceding three joints together, second antenna four-sevenths
of the total length, right mandible with secondary cutting-edge,
sixth joint of first peraeopod (gnathopod) with the palm not well
defined, fifth pleon segment as long as third and fourth together,
with the posterior margin notched, pleopods 3-5 with epipodites,
telson deeply concave above the terminal projection, lower margin
straight, uropods not extending beyond end of telson.

Colour: Slaty-grey with lighter crescentic niottlings on sides
of the peraeon and pleon ; they are large on the anterior segments,
but become smaller posteriorly.

Length : Up to 14 mm.

Habitat : Four specimens from near the reservoir on the top of
Table Mountain (C. J. French, March 4, 1913). On May 1, 1913,
Mr. S. H. Haughton and myself found numerous specimens under
the moss growing on the stones in the bed of a swiftly running
stream, near the reservoir at an altitude of about 3,000 ft. Several
of them were pairing ; the males are slightly larger than the
females.

Prof. E. Goddard tells me he found the species some years ago
on Table Mountain, but did not describe it. I have to express
my thanks to him for permitting me to do this, and also for
giving me Tasmanian specimens of P. australis for comparison.

The following detailed description is taken from the three largest
specimens (11-14 mm.), 2<? J and 1 5 ; these specimens are in the
South African Museum (No. A2257).

The Body is rather stout, the pleon long in proportion to the
rest of the body. Using Sayce's method and reckoning the cephalon
and peraeon as 100, then the pleon measures 70-75. The greatest
depth of the pleon is equal to the breadth of the peraeon segments
and a little more than twice their depth. The surface of the head

234 Annals of the South African Museum.

and anterior peraeon segments with irregular shallow depressions,
which become obsolete on the posterior peraeon segments and pleon.
Hairs on the peraeon and pleon short and scattered, most abundant
on the 6th pleon segment.

The Head in profile is subtriangular, convex in front. Longer
than the 1st peraeon segment but shorter than the 1st and 2nd
segments together. Eyes well developed. Below the eyes is a
small notch from which a groove runs backwards parallel with
the inferior margin and defining the cheek. Frontal and inferior
margins emarginate. Near the posterior margin is a groove running
out to the rounded intero-posterior angle of the head.

The Peraeon. First segment rather closely attached to the head,
a little longer in the centre than at the sides. Inferior angles
rounded, not produced, inferior margin convex. Segments 2, 3, 4
nearly as long as and a little deeper than the first ; inferior margins
emarginate, infero-anterior angles rather pointed. Segments 5, 6, 7
a little deeper than the preceding ones ; 5 and 6 a little shorter
than 4, 7 half the length of 1. Inferior margins, especially of
5 and 6, excavate.

Epimera of segments 1-4 bilobed, the lobes rounded with a
few hairs on each. Epimeron 1 nearly as long as its segment,
epimera 2, 3, 4 distinctly shorter than their respective segments.
Epimera 5, 6, 7 subtriangular, anterior angles rounded, posterior
angles pointed, with a few hairs.

The Pleon. Its length (with telson) is twice its depth. Pleura
well developed, concealing the pleopods in their natural position.
Pleuron 1 nearly as deep as its segment, pleura 2, 3, 4 equal to
or slightly longer than their respective segments, pleuron 5 nearly
twice as long as its segment. Inferior margins rounded, beset
with numerous hairs. Segment 1 not quite as long as peraeon
segment 7, segments 2, 3, 4 gradually increasing in length ; the
fifth as long as the third and fourth together, posterior margin
deeply notched where pleuron joins the segment ; the sixth segment
and telson together as long as the fourth and fifth together, infero-
anterior angle rounded with 3 strong setae and a few hairs. No
groove or ridge defining the junction of telson with the 6th pleon
segment.

The Telson in profile is strongly convex above with a deep
concavity above the terminal projection. This is bluntly tridentate
with two strong spines and a few hairs ; one strong spine in a
slight notch on either side of the terminal projection and another
strong spine further back and some little way within the inferior

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 235

margin. Inferior margin straight, both from below and from the
side, fringed with hairs.

The First Antenna reaches to the middle of the 5th joint of
peduncle of second antenna. Its peduncle consists of 3 joints :
the first stout, the second subequal but narrower, the third a
little longer and more slender than the second. Apices of each
joint with setae. The flagellum equals in length the peduncle
and consists of 5 joints, of which the first three are subequal in
length and little more than half the length of the last joint of
the peduncle ; the fourth is as long as the three preceding ones
together ; the fifth minute. All the apices with fine hairs.

The Second Antenna reaches to the end of the peraeon and is four-
sevenths of the total length. Peduncle of 5 joints ; first two short
and stout, next two longer and more slender and subequal in length ;
the fifth half as long again as fourth. The flagellum is 2^
times as long as the peduncle and consists of about 30 joints ;
the first is composed of 2 or 3 incompletely fused joints, the
remaining joints become longer and more slender towards the
end. Apices of all with tine setae, but without calceoli.

The Upper Lip is evenly rounded, with terminal and lateral
patches of hairs. The epistome is notched in the centre of the
anterior margin.

The Mandibles. The left mandible is of the normal form, main
cutting-edge with 4 obliquely set teeth, inner cutting-edge (lacinia
mobilis) with 3 teeth ; both edges strongly chitinized. The right
mandible is unusual in having also two cutting-edges ; the outer
with 4 teeth, the inner with 3, but the inner edge is less strongly
chitinized than that in the left mandible, being quite pale in
colour. First joint of the palp the shortest, third a little longer,
second half as long again as first. Anterior margin of third joint
with a thick fringe of stout and simple (not plumose) setae.

The Lower Lip. Lobes oblong, apically rounded, the outer
margin oblique distally, straight towards the base. Outer margin
distally with a dense fringe of long hairs, inner margin with shorter
hairs.

The First Maxilla has the outer lobe gently curved, margins
parallel, apex with 12-13 teeth, some of the inner ones being
dentate. Inner lobe shorter and a little narrower, apex with 4
strongly plumose setae, and 2 which arise from the bases of the
first and third plumose setae and are plumose only at the tips.

The Second Maxilla has the outer articulated lobe half as
broad again as the inner ; outer margins of both convex, extremities

236 Annals of the South African Museum.

obliquely truncated, the outer with 19, the inner with 15 long
setae denticulated on their inner edges. Inner fixed lobe rounded
at apex, with a number of fine setae, the innermost ones being
plumose. Inner margin slightly concave with a thick row of
simple setae.

The Maxillipeds. Epipodite almost rectangular, very slightly
longer than broad, the angles rounded, reaching to end of the
second joint of exopodite. The basos a little more than twice
as long as broad ; ischios very short ; meros produced externally
for three-quarters the length of the carpus ; carpus rather sunk in
meros with external margin straight and internal margin convex ;
propodos ovate longer than broad ; dactylos narrow lanceolate, as
long as propodos. Endopodite arises from the basos and reaches
to the middle of the carpus, bearing externally long plumose setae
and internally 2 coupling spines.

The First Peraeopod (Gnathopod). In the first as in all the legs
the coxos is fused with the epimeron. The basos is twice as long
as broad ; ischios two-thirds length of basos and narrower ; meros
sub-triangular broader than long, anteriorly produced into a pointed
process ; carpus as long as broad, broader than third ; propodos
obovate, proxirnally twice as broad as distally, anterior margin
evenly rounded, palm not well defined, slightly concave, beset
with numerous setae and about 7 spines. These spines are tuber-
cular in shape at the distal end, but towards the base of the
palm gradually approximate to the ordinary form of setae, and
eventually are indistinguishable from the setae fringing the base
of the hand. The dactylos is strongly curved at the base, but
distally nearly straight ; a minute secondary unguis at base of
the terminal one, and behind that some very minute denticula-
tions.

The gnathopod of the female differs hardly at all from that
of the male ; the hand is equally developed and of the same
form. The spines on the palm, however, are bicuspid and more
slender.

The Second and Third Peraeopods. The basos is twice as long as
broad ; ischios two-thirds length of basos and also twice as long
as broad ; meros as long as ischios, subtriangular, anterior margin
expanded distally ; carpus a little shorter than meros ; propodos
as long as ischios ; both the carpus and propodos have strong
spines on the posterior margins ; dactylos a little more than half
the length of the propodos, with secondary unguis and an apical tuft
of setae.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 237

The Fourth Pcraeopod is a little shorter than the preceding ones.
The basos 2^ times as long as broad ; ischios two-thirds length
of basos ; meros a little shorter and expanded distally ; carpus as
long as meros, rather swollen, anterior margin with 3 apical setae
and one further back, posterior margin with 6 very stout and long
spines and a few finer setae ; propodos a little longer than and
at right angles to carpus, distal end prolonged externally beyond the
articulation with the dactylos, anterior margin with an apical tuft
and a few setae behind, posterior margin with 3 stout spines on a
slightly convex palm and a few fine setae ; dactylos shorter than and
at right angles to propodos, curved, with secondary unguis, an
outer apical tuft of setae and a few very fine ones on inner margin.
The female differs from the male in the following points : the carpus
is less swollen ; the propodos more slender, the length being 3 times
the breadth instead of twice ; the dactylos less curved ; the convex
palm is hardly developed and the spines on both carpus and
propodos are more slender.

The Brood-pouches in the female are developed on the 2nd, 3rd
and 4th peraeon segments.

The Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Peraeopods. The fifth is slightly
longer than the preceding ones and the sixth and seventh are longer
than the fifth. They agree with each other except in the width of
the basos ; this in the 5th and 6th legs is one-half the length, in the
7th two-thirds. The ischios joint is three times as long as broad ;
the meros a little more than two-thirds the length of the ischios,
with a distal prolongation on posterior margin ; carpus joint nearly
as long as ischios, its length nearly 4 times its breadth ; propodos
as long as carpus but more slender ; dactylos half as long as pro-
podos, with secondary unguis, apical tuft of setae and a few fine
ones on the inner margin.

The setae of all the legs, but especially those of the last three
pairs, are covered with numerous short-stalked Infusoria.

The Male appendages on the seventh peraeon segment are curved
towards one another, not swollen at the base, with blunt apices and
a few hairs, chiefly on the inner margin.

The First Pleopod. Protopodite rectangular ; exopodite and
endopodite lanceolate, the former rather narrower and more pointed
than the latter, both with a few plumose setae on outer margins and
apices.

The Second Pleopod. Protopodite subtriangular with 2 setae on
its inner distal apex. First joint of exopodite produced proximally
into a rounded lobe ; both margins gently convex, the inner with

238 Annals of the South African Museum.

fine simple setae, the outer with plumose setae ; apex oblique,
scarcely hollowed to receive the second joint, which is more than
twice as long as broad, with long plumose setae. Endopodite as
long as first joint of exopodite, outer margin strongly curved, with a
few setae becoming plumose distally, inner \ margin straight, apex
rounded. These parts are similar in both sexes. The penial fila-
ment of the male extends to the end of the endopodite, with which
it is fused for about one-half its length. The fused portion bears
very minute hairs, the free portion on outer margin (i.e., away from
endopodite) small setae at regular distances apart, and becoming
longer towards the apex, which is slightly bent over. In another
specimen the penial filament is a little shorter than the endopodite
with w